FrameworkLTC Update History

SoftWriters is continually enhancing its products based on comments from the experts - pharmacists using our software who give us great new ideas for making it better.

Below are the FrameworkLTC software release notes and a brief description of the changes, fixes and enhancements, along with a listing of the new medical record and label formats included in each release. These descriptions are meant to assist you in determining which sections of the software have changed.

NOTE: Software updates include enhancements and changes to existing functionality. Care should be taken to evaluate the impact of these changes prior to deploying the update.

Version 3.0.212 (Database Revision 1.03.260) Released 8/24/2018

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.

NOTE: All updates are cumulative. Applying the most recent update will include all previous enhancements and bug fixes.


REGULATORY
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When using the ASAP 4.1 format and the state is Kansas, FrameworkLTC will now populate DSP17 with the either the Posted Date or the Dispense Date depending on the "Use Rx Posted Date for Dispense Date" setting.
    • When using the ASAP 4.2 format and the state is Massachusetts, FrameworkLTC will now leave AIR03 and AIR04 blank, AIR05 will be populated with "delivery" and AIR11 will be populated with "03".
  • Physicians (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the XDEA/NADEAN number for the physician.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the DEA number for the supervising physician.

ENHANCEMENTS
  • ERx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now accept the signature indicator flag when processing NEWRX and REFRES messages if the message comes through FrameworkERX and the vendor set on the mailbox (in the FrameworkERX Setup) is Mediture.
    • FrameworkLTC will now aide in processing clipped documents when using FrameworkECM for E-Rx Message processing.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC will now allow the E-Rx Request within Rx Entry to be saved. Once the record is saved, FrameworkLTC will allow interaction with FrameworkECM.
  • Facility Setup (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a filter row within the packing slips grid for the user to be able to easily filter results.
  • Pharmacy Formulary (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now has an option to set “Prospective Billing” for each item within the pharmacy’s formulary. Setting “Prospective Billing” on the item in the formulary, will default the item to be a Prospective Billing transaction for a new prescription within Rx Entry, if the facility and patient’s nursing station has Prospective Billing enabled.
    • When performing a drug substitution on an item in the formulary whose Prospective Billing is checked and the new system option “Copy prospective billing setting” is turned on, the new item being added to the formulary will be added with the Prospective Billing checkbox checked.
  • Post Rx Batch (4.0)
    • After posting batches that contain the first Prospective Billing ‘B’ transactions, FrameworkLTC will now prompt the user to create Prospective Billing ‘P’ transactions from the ‘B’ transactions that were just posted.
  • Rx Entry
    • For new prescriptions, where the facility and patient’s nursing station has Prospective Billing enabled, the Prospective Billing checkbox will be defaulted based on the item from the formulary.
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Copy prospective billing setting”. When the new option is set to “Yes” and adding a new item to the formulary during drug substitution, the “Prospective Billing” setting will be copied over from the old item. The default value is “No”. The new system option can be found under (System)(Pharmacy Formulary Substitution).

FIXES
  • Barcode Finder
    • If only one NDC was found when entering a barcode, FrameworkLTC was not returning the NDC. This behavior originated in 3.0.211 and has been corrected.
    • Under certain circumstances, FrameworkLTC was throwing an “Invalid object ‘##tNDCs’” error when performing the lookup for manufacturer barcode. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Billing Summary By MOP (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer include the ACT Cost column in the CSV export.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer include the Total Amt column.
    • FrameworkLTC will now calculate the Difference and Margin for each row.
    • FrameworkLTC will now pull the Inv Cost from the Billing record instead of HRxs.
  • Completion of Partial Fill
    • FrameworkLTC was throwing a “Error = 3246: Connection object cannot be explicitly closed while in a transaction” error when the reversal of the partial fill functionality was rejected from the third party. The functionality will now display a message that the claim could not be reversed and partial fill functionality cannot continue.
  • Compounds (4.0)
    • When saving a new compound/iv, FrameworkLTC was not saving the Modifier Codes with the ingredient. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Create Billing
    • An "object variable or with block variable not set" error would be thrown when clicking on the "Selected Facility Groups" option. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When running billing, for the current facility and selecting to filter patients out, FrameworkLTC was not requiring patients to be selected. If no patients were selected, billing would run for all patients in the current facility. This issue has been corrected, by requiring at least one patient to be selected.
    • When using the "Only include the following patient(s)" filter and selecting more than one patient, FrameworkLTC was only creating billing for the first patient. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Create Unit Dose Composite
    • When running a composite on unit dose transactions that were split in history, the composite record was pulling the Date Written from the first unit dose prescription in history. The first unit dose prescription in history contained the date you split on (+1). This was causing an incorrect date written to be pulled into the composite record. FrameworkLTC was corrected to set the Date Written on the split transaction to that of the reorder, instead of the new split date.
  • Delete Batch (4.0)
    • If licensed for MOT, FrameworkLTC was sending RxDelete messages even if the original prescription was never sent to Medicine on Time. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If licensed for MOT, FrameworkLTC was sending RxDelete messages through the Medicine On Time interface for reorders/refills. This behavior has been corrected to only send the RxDelete message for new prescriptions.
  • Delete Prescription (4.0)
    • If licensed for MOT, FrameworkLTC was sending RxDelete messages even if the original prescription was never sent to Medicine on Time. This behavior has been corrected.
  • DocuTrack Integration
    • When attempting to load an object in FrameworkLTC from DocuTrack that required the application to change facilities, an "Either the Linked Client or DocuTrack is in a state where this operation is not allowed" error was being thrown. This behavior originated in version 3.0.211 and has been corrected.
  • Facility Setup (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a warning instead of a hard stop when validating if any of the options for Rx Entry Validations against the check boxes for allowing reorder functionality.
    • When attempting to save the first facility in a new installation, a "Value cannot be null. Parameter name: beforeAdminTimes" would be thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry (4.0)
    • If licensed for DocuTrack, the patient name was not being included in the association data. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Move Prescriptions By Batch (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was moving rejected claims that were not in the batches selected. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was timing out when selecting large number of batches to process. The process was also locking the rx tables in the database. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the “Claims Not Submitted” option was being used, prescriptions were not being moved unless the packaging step was required on the prescription. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Packaging
    • When the "Allow user to Print Packaging Label from Packaging Screen" option was turned on and the user cleared out the Expiration Date on the screen, FrameworkLTC was throwing a “Type Mismatch” error and the application would shut down. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Setup (4.0)
    • If licensed for PaperFree, integration was returning a return code of -1. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Modifications have been made to the way that FrameworkLTC loads the physician drop down lists in order to improve performance and accuracy of data.
  • Pre-Billing Verification Report
    • When running the report for “All Facilities” and the system had the same Login ID set for more than one user, user would receive a “Subquery returns more than 1 value” error. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Prepack Labels
    • When the "Disable Internal Expiration Date when printing prepack labels" system option was set to "No" and the user was not entering and Internal Expiration Date, a "Type Mismatch" error was being thrown. This issue originated in version 3.0.211 and has been corrected.
  • Print Prescription Labels (4.0)
    • If your facility ID contained an ampersand, an "incorrect syntax" error was being thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When printing a prescription that had multiple splits and using a format that includes all directions on each label, the directions were being repeated (x times the number of splits) on each label. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Prospective Billing
    • FrameworkLTC was displaying a Web API error, “The wait operation timed out”, when attempting to process more than one record that contained both a primary and secondary method of payment. The issue was due to a lock that was being placed on the Rx.HRxs table. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Prospective Billing Generator
    • When calculating the quantity for reorders that have a cutoff date and the admin type was monthly, FrameworkLTC was always stating the day was an administration day. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Receive Inventory (4.0)
    • When scanning a manufacturer barcode that contains less than 11-digits the grid displaying the values to select from will now have a status column for active/inactive status.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC was not calculating pricing when a value was entered in additional quantity billed, but there was no value entered in quantity. This behavior originated in version 3.0.211 and has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was not saving the quantity correctly within the Pharm.ECSHistory table on the reversal records when performing partial fill functionality and billing to a third party. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Unit Dose Billing
    • If the Insurance ID had more than four characters and the Monthly Rx Limit was greater than zero, a “String or binary data would be truncated” error was being displayed. This behavior has been corrected.

FORMATS
  • New Detailed Statement Format - LFSTMT102
  • New Discharge Summary Format - LFDIS16
  • New IV Label Format - LFIV02
  • New MAR Format - LFMAR433
  • New Packing Slip Formats - LFPAK08-FDA2, LFPAK237, LFPAK237-PC, LFPAK238, LFPAK238-FDA, LFPAK238-ID, LFPAK239 and LFPAK82-A
  • New Physician Order Format - LFPOF338
  • New Prepack Label Format - LFPPL20
  • New Prescription Label Formats - LFLBR109-NPP, LFLBR114, TFLBL260-C, TFLBL285-QTY, TFLBL322-NC, TFLBL354-LOT, TFLBL386-NC, TFLBL391-DEA, TFLBL617, TFLBL618, TFLBL619, TFLBL620 and TFLBL621

SCHEMA CHANGES
  • FWDB.AUDIT
    • Added a new field, XDEANo, to the PhysiciansLog table.
    • Added new field ProspectiveBilling to Audit.InventoryLog table.
  • FWDB.FAC
    • Added a new field, XDEANo, to the Physicians table.
    • Modified the Physicians_Update_Audit trigger on the Physicians table to handle the new XDEANo field.
    • Modified the ReportPhysicians stored procedure to include the XDEANo field.
    • Modified the TRG_Physicians_Audit trigger on the Physicians table to handle the new XDEANo field.
  • FWDB.FWLTC
    • Modified the GetLoggedInPharmacistDefaultPharmacy function to return the Top 1 DefPharmID.
  • FWDB.PAT
    • Modified the ReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPayment stored procedure to return the results from the RX.GetReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPayment function.
  • FWDB.PHARM
    • Added new field ProspectiveBilling to Pharm.Inventory table.
    • Modified the GetDEAClass function to include NOLOCK.
    • Updated the TRG_Inventory_Audit trigger to populate new field ProspectiveBilling in the Audit.InventoryLog table.
  • FWDB.RX
    • Added a new function, GetReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPayment, which will be used by the 4.0 version of the Billing Summary by MOP report.
    • Added a new index, IX_Rxs_MOP_Includes, to the Rxs table.
    • Added a new stored procedure, AddProspectiveBillingRxIngredsToBatch, which will insert the new Prospective Billing ‘P’ transactions after posting the Prospective Billing ‘B’ transactions.
    • Added a new stored procedure, AddProspectiveBillingRxToBatch, which will insert the new Prospective Billing ‘P’ transactions after posting the Prospective Billing ‘B’ transactions.
    • Added a primary key of Id, RowNum to the ReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPaymentResults table.
    • Added new field, RowNum, to the ReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPaymentResults table.
    • Modified the ChangeBatchBadRx40 stored procedure to correct a missing parentheses which was causing rejected claims records to be moved by the Move Rx – By Batch functionality which were not in the selected batch(es).
    • Modified the ChangeBatchBadRx40 stored procedure. It was missing a parenthesis, causing the “OR” clause to always return records. A parenthesis has been added, so that the “AND” and “OR” clause are performed in the correct manner.
    • Modified the ChangeBatchUnsubmitted40 stored procedure to include "and a.PackReqd = 1" in the where clause.
    • Modified the CountScripts stored procedure to allow for Insurance ID being up to ten characters.
    • Modified the fnTranslateSig function to handle the translation of greater than and less than symbols when used as SIG codes. This function is used by the FrameworkHL7 interface when sending outbound orders and the Translate_TQ1_11 configuration setting is set to True.
    • Modified the ReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPaymentInsert stored procedure to use the GetReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPayment function and insert values into the RX.ReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPaymentResults in the user-specified sort order so that they do not have to be re-ordered when they are retrieved.
    • Modified the ReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPaymentResultsQuery stored procedure to retrieve unmodified data directly from ReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPaymentResults.
    • Modified the RxAuthReqd view to improve performance on Delivery Dashboard.
    • Modified the SplitUnitDoseHRxs stored procedure to set the date written on the history record to that which was on the reorder.

Version 3.0.211 (Database Revision 1.03.245) Released 6/8/2018

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0180 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0256 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0175 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0059 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0018 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0057 or higher

REGULATORY
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now pull the Medicare Number from the “MBI” section within the 504-F4 segment of the eligibility response for Medicare Part D eligibility checks. If the “Update patient Medicare number from Medicare Part D eligibility inquiry” system option is set to "Yes" and the patient does not have a current Medicare Number on their profile, the value from the “MBI” section will be stored on the Medicare Number.
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • If the "Use Mega Rule regulations" nursing station option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC now allows the user to specify which drug groups the nursing station would like to regulate. This new functionality also provides the ability to copy the drug groups to other nursing stations with the nursing station option set to “Yes”.
  • Patient Profile (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now pull the Medicare Number from the “MBI” section within the 504-F4 segment of the eligibility response for Medicare Part D eligibility checks. If the “Update patient Medicare number from Medicare Part D eligibility inquiry” system option is set to "Yes" and the patient does not have a current Medicare Number on their profile, the value from the “MBI” section will be stored on the Medicare Number.
    • FrameworkLTC will now pull the Medicare Number from the “MBI” section within the 526-FQ segment of the eligibility response for Medicare Part A/B eligibility checks. If the “Update patient Medicare Number from Medicare Part A/B eligibility inquiry” system option is set to "Yes" and the patient does not have a current Medicare Number on their profile, the value from the “MBI” section will be stored on the Medicare Number.

ENHANCEMENTS
  • Completion of Partial Fill
    • FrameworkLTC will now save the OnNsFormulary, OnFacFormulary and PriceBranch fields on the reversal transaction within history.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now accommodate the entire file name for the TH02 and TT01 files for the state of Montana.
    • When using ASAP 4.0, ASAP4.1, ASAP 4.2, ASAP4.2A for the state of California and the pharmacy state is not California, added Non-Resident Permit Input Box for use in PHA11.
    • When using the ASAP 4.2 format, the selected state is West Virginia and the pharmacy state is not West Virginia, FrameworkLTC will now pass "WV" in AIR03, "99" in AIR04, "MAILORDER" in AIR05, "99" in AIR06, "HOMEDELIVERY" in AIR07, "HOMEDELIVERY" in AIR08 and "98" in AIR11.
  • Create Unit Dose Billing
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Price Branch field on the unit dose transaction record during pricing evaluation.
  • Custom Reports (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now logs when users display custom reports to an audit log table called FWDB.AUDIT.CustomReportsDisplayLog.
  • Discontinue Orders (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now re-evaluate the Price Branch field on the prescription transaction record, when modifications to prescriptions in open batches and recalculation of pricing is performed.
  • E-RX Triage Color Rules
    • FrameworkLTC now supports color coding the ERx Triage Folders. This new functionality can be found under (File)(Pharmacy) menu.
  • E-RX Triage Manager
    • FrameworkLTC will now apply the color rules specified by the pharmacy to each row.
  • E-RX Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now attempt to pull the default physician from the patient’s nursing station during patient admittance. If there is no default physician set up for the patient’s nursing station, the default physician will continue to pull from the facility. The default physician lookup only occur if no physician was provided on the CENSUS message.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the new “If exact match is not found, search for suggestions using drug name on product selection screen” system option during the product selection process.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the package size in the Product Selection and Product Selection (Generic Substitution) grids when processing new drug orders.
    • If the "Allow Off Formulary Dispensing” system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now list off formulary products at the end of the results in the product selection screen. These off formulary items, will no longer be duplicated if the NDC was found in formulary. Also, the products that are off formulary will display with a white background and black foreground. The status for these off formulary products will now display as “OFF FORM”.
    • When processing a Recall, FrameworkLTC will now populate either the “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary” flag when adding the recall order to an open batch.
    • When processing a Recall, FrameworkLTC will now populate the Price Branch field on the prescription transaction record during pricing evaluation and adding the recall order to an open batch.
  • Electronic Claims Submission
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the new PriceBranch field from the prescription transaction record to pull the correct Cost Basis 1 or NCPDP Cost Basis Override from Pricing when populating the Basis of Cost Determination (423-DN) field during building of the claim request.
  • Facility Setup (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now has the ability to edit email addresses and passwords for multiple FrameworkLink facility administrators, using the Change FrameworkLink Administrator Password functionality.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Delivery Date and Delivery ID in the export batch details grid.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Delivery Date and Delivery ID in the Rx Information section.
    • If the system option, “Perform Clinical Screenings during Final Review”, is turned on, FrameworkLTC will no longer perform clinical screenings for a pseudo patient. A message box will now be displayed stating the clinical screenings will not be performed.
  • Flash RX
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate either the “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary” flag when adding the order to the batch.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Price Branch field on the prescription transaction record during pricing evaluation.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the "Add to Profile" check box based on the new pharmacy option, "By default, check the Add To Profile box on Initial Review".
    • FrameworkLTC will now save/default the Monograph printer that is selected.
  • Leave of Absence
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Default start date to dispense date for reorders/refills" facility option.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate either the “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary” flag when adding the order to the batch.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Price Branch field on the prescription transaction record during pricing evaluation.
  • Login
    • FrameworkLTC will now have the ability to utilize impersonation using the credential file configuration.
    • FrameworkLTC will now use token authentication to increase API security.
  • Medicare Part D Rejection Form
    • FrameworkLTC will now show use version 0938-0975 (Expires: XX/XX/2020) of the CMS form.
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a default physician.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, and updating Nursing Station Id, FrameworkLTC will now update the FrameworkECM Document Associations, so the link to the nursing station, and documents within FrameworkECM, are not lost.
  • Packaging
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the expiration date is not less than the current date.
    • If the NDC on the order is a User Defined Drug product with an empty GPI, FrameworkLTC will now look up the NDC by the External Med ID. The External Med ID will be matched on the NDC itself, so in order to find a match, the External Med ID for the Default Interface, must be the User Defined NDC.
  • Patient Profile (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was not requiring the MOP field to be entered, nor was the Price Code for any MOP other than, Facility, Private or Guarantor, being required when saving medicare coverage. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now accept a value as large as 99999999999.9999 within the Total Qty Written and Total Qty Dispensed fields on the Reorders screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include all condition types, excluding ‘07’, in the associated diagnosis list on the Reorders screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate if the drug falls under the Mega Rule Regulations by using the drug groups defined in the MegaRuleDrugs for the patient’s nursing station when evaluating the Reorder.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, and Transferring, Merging or Changing Patient ID, FrameworkLTC will now update the FrameworkECM Document Associations, so the link to the patient, and documents within FrameworkECM, are not lost.
    • On the Prescription History screen, FrameworkLTC now displays a new read-only check box, “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary” for prescription transactions, depending on which formulary is currently being used. This check box will only be visible for records that have either the “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary” flag set. This checkbox will not appear for older transactions that were dispensed before the “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary” functionality was in place.
    • When adding a new patient, FrameworkLTC will now default the primary physician based on the nursing station. If there is not a default physician specified for the nursing station, FrameworkLTC will use the facility's default.
    • When adding standing drug orders to batch, FrameworkLTC will now populate either the “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary” flag when adding the order to the batch.
    • When adding standing drug orders to batch, FrameworkLTC will now populate the Price Branch field on the prescription transaction record during pricing evaluation.
  • Pharmacy Setup (4.0)
    • Added a new pharmacy option, "By default, check the Add To Profile box on Initial Review". By default, the value is "No". This option can be found under the Prescriptions -Workflow section.
  • Post Rx Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now contain a filter row within the grid to allow the user to type a value in each column to filter on.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • When using the SHP Interface File export, FrameworkLTC will now include Facility State, New Facility Custom Field “SiteID” and Days Supply for each record. These new fields have been appended to the end of the record.
  • Print IV Labels (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now retain the user's selection to "Only include RX's not packaged".
  • Print Prepack Labels
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the internal expiration date is not prior to the current date.
  • Print Prescription Labels (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter on package type.
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to "Only include RX's not Final Reviewed".
    • FrameworkLTC will now retain the user's selection to "Only include RX's not packaged".
  • Print TPN Labels (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now retain the user's selection to "Only include RX's not packaged".
  • Prospective Billing Adjustment
    • FrameworkLTC will now include retroquick transactions and records that will be discontinued on the current date when searching for transactions to be rebilled.
  • Prospective Billing Generator
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to "Reevaluate quantity and days supply".
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to "Skip prescriptions already in Rx Batches?", as part of the search criteria when refilling billing transactions.
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to filter results based on ACA Short Cycle.
  • Rebill From History
    • FrameworkLTC will now save the OnNsFormulary, OnFacFormulary and PriceBranch fields on the reversal transaction within history.
  • Receive Inventory (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now re-evaluate “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary”, when user selects to perform substitutions on “Current Prescription Batches” during receiving of inventory.
    • FrameworkLTC will now re-evaluate the Price Branch field on the prescription transaction record, when user selects to perform substitutions on “Current Prescription Batches” and recalculation of pricing is performed.
    • When scanning items into the grid, the item was being placed on the bottom row and not being displayed. The functionality will now display the newest scanned item on top of the list staying visible and selected.
  • Retro Quick Rxs
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Price Branch field on the retro-quick transaction record during pricing evaluation.
    • FrameworkLTC will now save the OnNsFormulary, OnFacFormulary and PriceBranch fields on the reversal transaction within history.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now displays a new read-only check box, “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary” for prescription transactions, depending on which formulary is currently being used.
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary” when saving a drug and set the flag accordingly.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer consider a reorder/refill to be expired if the expire date equals the current date and will allow the prescription to be filled.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the days supply from the last history record, if available, rather than the days supply from the reorder when determining if it is a refill too soon.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the house stock list when saving reorders and refills.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include all condition types, excluding ‘07’, in the associated diagnosis list.
    • FrameworkLTC will now only require Mega Rule Regulations to be validated for transactions that are “P” or “B”.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Price Branch field on the prescription transaction record during pricing evaluation.
    • FrameworkLTC will now provide the ability to launch the Patient Note History screen by clicking on the new button beside the patient DOB.
    • FrameworkLTC will now re-evaluate the quantity per dose when a Therapeutic Interchange is performed.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate if the drug falls under the Mega Rule Regulations by using the drug groups defined in the MegaRuleDrugs table for the patient’s nursing station.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, and updating Patient or Reorder Number within the prescription, FrameworkLTC will now update the FrameworkECM Document Associations, so the link to the prescription, and documents within FrameworkECM, are not lost.
    • When saving a prescription, FrameworkLTC will now validate that the prescriber on the order is active. If the prescriber is inactive, the order will not be able to be saved and the user will have to select another prescriber.
    • When using the Edit Batch function and changing the pharmacy ID on an existing batch, FrameworkLTC will now warn the user that "Changing the pharmacy on this batch will not alter the pharmacy on any of the prescriptions within this batch.".
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate either the “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary” flag when adding the order to the batch.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Price Branch field on the prescription transaction record during pricing evaluation.
  • Substitute Drug (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now re-evaluate “On Nursing Station Formulary” or “On Facility Formulary”, when user selects to perform substitutions on “Current Prescription Batches”.
    • FrameworkLTC will now re-evaluate the Price Branch field on the prescription transaction record, when user selects to perform substitutions on “Current Prescription Batches” and recalculation of pricing is performed.
  • System Options
    • If licensed for FrameworkERX, a new system option, “If exact match is not found, search for suggestions using drug name on product selection screen”, is available. If this new option is set to “Yes”, the E-Rx product selection screen will work as it has in the past to search by drug name, if an exact match on NDC/GPI cannot be found. If the new option is set to “No”, there will be no search by drug label name and no products will be listed. The default value of this new option is “Yes”. The new option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
    • New system option, "Block ‘Change User Identity functionality’". If this system option is turned on, the menu items for "Change User Identity" and "Revert Identity" will not be available. The default value for this new option is "No". This new option can be found under (System)(General). Please note that you will need to Disconnect and Connect after changing this setting in order for it to take effect.
  • Unfulfilled Prospective Billing Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now include billing transactions that are Prospective Billing that will be discontinued on the current date instead of just transactions that were already discontinued.

FIXES
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • Moved the standard error messages received in toting to prior to any updates to Delivery Dates and Delivery IDs for POD. This was done so that the user will not be prompted to update the delivery information for POD until after all the other standard toting checks have been passed (i.e. orders users attempt to tote into shipping totes that do not correspond with the tote level set at the Facility).
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • Moved the standard error messages received in toting to prior to any updates to Delivery Dates and Delivery IDs for POD. This was done so that the user will not be prompted to update the delivery information for POD until after all the other standard toting checks have been passed (i.e. orders users attempt to tote into shipping totes that do not correspond with the tote level set at the Facility).
  • Antibiotic Days of Therapy Report
    • When the DaysSupply of the dispensing record was a half number, in a situation where the record was coming from a dispensing machine, the Days Supply would round down to the next full number, causing the Days of Therapy and Qty calculation to be incorrect. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Billing Summary by MOP Report (4.0)
    • The Difference and Margin % columns were calculating incorrectly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Black Box Warnings for Medical Professionals
    • A "Multiple-step operation generated errors. Check each status value." error was being thrown. This behavior originated in version 3.0.209 and has been corrected.
  • Browse Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC did not allow refill/reorder of controlled substances when the refill/reorder was a “Completion of Partial Fill”. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Compounds (4.0)
    • When adding ingredients to a compound, associated drug information was not being looked unless the enter key was pressed or the cursor moved to a different column. This behavior originated in version 3.0.194 and has been corrected.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now exclude Retro Quick transactions when using the ASAP 4.0, 4.1, 4.2 and 4.2A formats and the Use Rx Posted Date for Dispense Date and Exclude Billing Only Transactions options are checked.
    • If the option to Use Rx Posted Date for Dispense Date is checked, it was pulling in data outside the specified date range. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the ASAP 3.0, ASAP4.0, ASAP4.1, ASAP4.2 and ASAP 4.2A formats, FrameworkLTC was sending the underscore place holders in zip + 4 address. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Create Billing
    • Under certain circumstances, selecting specific patients to bill for would not generate any billing. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Custom Reports (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was having several issues during the displaying of some Crystal Reports. These issues included adding a timestamp to date field parameters and prompting for login. These issues were the result of using a newer Crystal Report Viewer and have been resolved by using the same report viewer used within 3.0.
    • When using SQL authentication, checking the user's access to the custom reports was case sensitive resulting in users not being able to access reports that have been granted access to. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Default MAR Groups (4.0)
    • If the type is set to "By GPI", "ALL Drugs" is selected and "ALL Products" is selected, the dosage form and strength were being saved as blanks instead of asterisks. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Docutrack Integration (4.0)
    • When opening a reorder record from Docutrack, FrameworkLTC will now open through the 4.0 Patients screen instead of the 3.0 Patients screen.
  • E-RX Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate facility reorder settings for controlled substances for prospective billing, dispensed transactions during the order selection process.
    • When the system option to “Allow off formulary dispensing”, is turned on, and the only matching product was found off formulary, FrameworkLTC will now include NDCs with the same GPI that are on your formulary within the production selection screen. These NDCs with the same GPI fill display after the off formulary NDC. If the system option to “Allow off formulary dispensing”, is turned off, functionality will work as it currently does.
  • Export Batch
    • When using the TCGRx export format, if the "Generate Batch ID" check box was unchecked, FrameworkLTC was still generating a new Batch ID and overwriting the AMID within the database with a 0. This behavior originated in version 3.0.203 and has been corrected.
  • Export Billing
    • When selecting SHP Interface File as the destination, an 'Invalid Column Name' error was being thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Facility Setup (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was reverting the Next Reorder Number during saving of a facility when orders were being entered in Rx Entry. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If not licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will now allow duplicate Delivery IDs in the delivery schedules, provided the duplicate Delivery IDs are not scheduled for the same day.
    • If the type is set to "By GPI", "ALL Drugs" is selected and "ALL Products" is selected, the dosage form and strength were being saved as blanks instead of asterisks. This applies to the Formulary, House Stock, Per Diem Formulary and Therapeutic Interchange screens. This behavior has been corrected.
    • On creation of new facilities, certain fields were being saved as nulls instead of zeros. This behavior originated in 3.0.203 and has been corrected.
    • On creation of new facilities, facilities were being created in an inactivated state. This behavior originated in 3.0.203 and has been corrected.
    • When adding a new facility, if the facility option on the General tab "Only process house stock list for private methods of payment" is NOT checked, the "HouseStockPrivOnly" value was being saved as NULL instead of 0 in the database. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When editing packing group exceptions, FrameworkLTC was not prompting to save changes, if changes were made to the records and the user clicked “Quit”. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry (4.0)
    • Pressing the ESC key would not close the form when the focus was inside the grid. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The admin times were not being populated if the nursing station was set to use the facility admin times. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC was duplicating precautions during clinical warning screenings, for prescriptions with multiple ingredients. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Financial Impact Report (4.0)
    • When selecting specific Invoice Groups and/or Methods of Payment and choosing to export to CSV, FrameworkLTC was not displaying any data. However, when “All Invoice Groups” and “All Methods of Payment” are selected when exporting to CSV, the data shows. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Find Patient
    • When running a search where results were found, then clearing out the search criteria and searching again, the results grid was not clearing out. If the user then selected Open Patient Profile, a run-time error would be thrown and the application would close. This error has been corrected, by clearing out the results grid before searching for matching patients.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC was duplicating precautions during clinical warning screenings, for prescriptions with multiple ingredients. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer perform clinical screenings for a pseudo patient. A message box will now be displayed stating the clinical screenings will not be performed.
  • Insurance Plans (4.0)
    • If the type is set to "By GPI", "ALL Drugs" is selected and "ALL Products" is selected on the insurance plan formulary screen, the dosage form and strength were being saved as blanks instead of asterisks. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When adding ECS fields with both the patient payment plans and insurance plans screens open, both set of fields would get updated regardless if they were in edit mode. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Manufacturer Barcode
    • If more than one match is found when scanning a manufacturer barcode that contains less than 11-digits, then FrameworkLTC will display all matching NDCs in a grid where the user will make a selection to link the barcode and the NDC. The selection will be stored in the FWLTC.RawBCs table so that it will auto match to the NDC going forward.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility (4.0)
    • When using the "save responses and print report" option, an "Unexpected error occurred. The stream is currently in use by a previous operation on the stream." error would be thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch By Batch
    • If the user selected more than one criteria when moving prescriptions and they were moving the prescription to a batch or a different pharmacy and the Rxs in the batches met some of that criteria, the message saying that no Rxs were moved would incorrectly be displayed and those Rxs would actually be moved. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch By Patient
    • If you are only moving to a batch in a different pharmacy, the pharmacy id on all records in the Rx.Prescriptions and Rx.RxPickups tables were getting updated. This behavior originated in version 3.0.209 and has been corrected.
    • When moving prescriptions by patient between batches with the same Pharmacy ID, the message box 'No prescriptions have been moved' would display incorrectly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • If not licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will now allow duplicate Delivery IDs in the delivery schedules, provided the duplicate Delivery IDs are not scheduled for the same day.
    • On creation of new nursing stations, certain fields were being saved as nulls instead of zeros. This behavior originated in version 3.0.203 and has been corrected.
    • When saving blank custom field entries, custom field records were being omitted from the database, instead of being saved as blank. This issue was causing issues with certain formats that used these custom fields and originated in 3.0.194. This behavior has been corrected, however re-saving of the record will need to take place to save the records correctly.
    • When the "Require cut date and diagnosis to be populated on new antibiotic orders+option is turned on, the list that FrameworkLTC was providing included orders within that nursing station that had already been cut. This functionality was changed to only include orders that have not been cut, orders that have not been cut and do not have a diagnosis, or orders that have a cut date in the future and do not have a diagnosis.
  • On Site Store Inventory Report (4.0)
    • When an On Site Store was set up with a compound in the contents, the NDC/CCID field on the report would be blank for the compound. This behavior has been resolved.
  • On Site Stores (4.0)
    • When a User Defined Drug is added to an On Site Store, the Brand Name of a different User Defined Drug would be displayed in the grid. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile (4.0)
    • A "Type needs to have a constructor with 0 args or only optional args" error would be thrown when attempting to navigate through the patient's payment plans. This behavior has been corrected.
    • A “Sequence contains no matching element” was occurring when adding a new patient if the “Auto Assign Patient ID” option is set to "Yes". This behavior has been corrected.
    • A violation of PRIMARY KEY constraint 'PK_PatientMOPs'. Cannot insert duplicate key in object 'PAT.PatientMOPs.' error was being thrown when adding a new patient to a retail facility when the patient's family has a non-private MOP specified. This behavior has been corrected.
    • An "Error sending request to paperfree. Error number = -2146233088 Error description = Cannot implicitly convert typ 'int' to 'string'" message was being thrown when using the Paperfree Retrieve function. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC did not allow refill/reorder of controlled substances when the refill/reorder was a “Completion of Partial Fill”. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was checking for refills remaining during a completion of partial fill. This behavior has been corrected to not check refills remaining, when the order should be a completion of partial fill.
    • FrameworkLTC was not allowing the deletion of per diem eligibility and was throwing a validation indicator when deleting. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was periodically displaying multiple records of the same authority when displaying tax statuses. The behavior originated in 3.0.209 and has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was permitting overlapping date ranges when saving Medicare coverage. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If a patient is transferred from one facility to another and that new facility does not have one of their literal order category IDs, it would appear blank. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the "Show the cutoff time" system option is set to "Yes", the user was not able to enter the date as one value on the Cut All Active Orders screen. They would have to set focus on each individual element (month, day, year) of the date. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the "Tie Pharmacist NPI to Login ID" pharmacy setting (File>Pharmacy>Pharmacy Setup>General tab) is not checked and the user adds a note to the patient's profile, the pharmacist drop-down was in read only mode and the drop-down was not available. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the "Update the medical condition text after editing medical conditions" system option is set to "No", if the user opened the patient medical conditions screen, pressed Edit then Save then Quit without changing anything, the medical condition on the patient record would get updated. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the facility setup and patient screens are open at the same time and the user edits and saves the facility, the facility default package type was being populated into the patient's default package type. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the user answered "No" to the "Do you wish to update the "Allergy" message that appears on the patient's medical records?", the allergy notice field was being cleared. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The admin times were not being populated on the literal orders if the nursing station was set to use the facility admin times. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The Docutrack “Load Last Assoc. Document” and “Load All Assoc. Documents” button was disabled on the Rx History screen. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The facility id was not being evaluated when displaying the packaging groups. As a result, definitions were displaying for all patients with the same ID. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The Placed In Tote By and Placed In Tote Date fields were not being displayed on the Workflow tab of Rx History if the Tote ID was NULL. This behavior originated in version 3.0.209 and has been corrected.
    • When adding Population or Procedure items to the patient's medical conditions, the ICD-10 codes were not being populated. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When associating a document to Docutrack, an "Error Violation of PRIMARY KEY constraint 'PK_PatientDocs'. Cannot insert duplicate key in object 'PAT.PatientDocs'." error was being thrown. If you hit “OK” the document associated correctly, but nothing was written to the fwdb.pat.patientdocs table. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When calculating AWP during the add standing drug orders to batch process, the AWP was being calculated incorrectly due to operator precedence. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When cutting active orders and including prescriptions in batches, FrameworkLTC was not re-calculating the quantity correctly if the "-- Reduce quantity dispensed if Cut Date < Dispense Date + Days Supply" system option was set to “Yes”. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When licensed for ACCPAC and the "Prevent dispensing when the customer's account is on hold" system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC was allowing the customer to be placed on hold while they had orders in a batch. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When saving blank custom field entries, custom field records were being omitted from the database, instead of being saved as blank. This issue was causing issues with certain formats that used these custom fields and originated in 3.0.194. This behavior has been corrected, however re-saving of the record will need to take place to save the records correctly.
    • When submitting Medicare A/B eligibility, then Medicare number was not being parsed correctly from a response message, causing the Medicare number to not be saved on the patient profile when the system option, "Update patient Medicare number from Medicare Part A/B eligibility inquiry" was set to "Yes". The behavior originated in version 3.0.194 and has been corrected.
    • When the "Add Standing Drug Orders Target Location" was set to "Patient Profile", a "Violation of primary key constraint PK_ReorderDocs" error would be thrown when attempting to add the standing drug orders to the patient's profile. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the system option, "Update the medical condition text after editing medical conditions" was set to “Yes” and a Resolved Date was added and the user chose to update the Patient’s medical records, the medical condition was not being removed from the free text field on the Notices tab. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When toggling between the Class and Drug radio buttons, FrameworkLTC was saving the NDC value in the Class ID field when saving a patient allergy. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the change Patient ID function, an "object reference not set" error was being generated. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the transfer patient function, an "object reference not set" error was being generated. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient What If Analysis
    • FrameworkLTC was duplicating precautions during clinical warning screenings, for prescriptions with multiple ingredients. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was not correctly displaying the Return Zone/Bin when navigating through the records. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If licensed for FrameworkHL7 and the Update Label Override feature is used to change the label on orders, the Update Rx message was not being sent. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The package type list was not refreshing when the selected pharmacy was changed. This behavior originated in version 3.0.197 and has been corrected to refresh the package type list on changing of the pharmacy.
    • When saving blank custom field entries, custom field records were being omitted from the database, instead of being saved as blank. This issue was causing issues with certain formats that used these custom fields and originated in version 3.0.194. This behavior has been corrected, however re-saving of the record will need to take place to save the records correctly.
    • When typing in the first few letters of the drug name, when the list was sorted by “Drug Label Name” and the “Show Label Name” option was selected, FrameworkLTC was moving to the record with the lowest NDC, instead of the first occurrence of the drug name. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Setup (4.0)
    • When saving blank custom field entries, custom field records were being omitted from the database, instead of being saved as blank. This issue was causing issues with certain formats that used these custom fields and originated in version 3.0.194. This behavior has been corrected, however re-saving of the record will need to take place to save the records correctly.
  • Physicians (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was showing physicians with the same license number, but different state, on the E-Rx tab. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, and updating Physician NPI, FrameworkLTC will now update the FrameworkECM Document Associations, so the link to the physician, and documents within FrameworkECM, are not lost.
    • When saving blank custom field entries, custom field records were being omitted from the database, instead of being saved as blank. This issue was causing issues with certain formats that used these custom fields and originated in version 3.0.194. This behavior has been corrected, however re-saving of the record will need to take place to save the records correctly.
  • Post Its (4.0)
    • If the type is set to "By GPI", "ALL Drugs" is selected and "ALL Products" is selected, the dosage form and strength were being saved as blanks instead of asterisks. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Prebilling Verification Report (4.0)
    • An "unexpected error occurred." when the Amount was null. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was displaying “Customer number not set for patient” for patients that had a customer number set. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Packing Slip By Batch
    • For any packing slip with a monograph, the monograph was not printing correctly. This behavior originated in version 3.0.209 and has been corrected.
  • Print Packing Slips By Tote
    • For any packing slip with a monograph, the monograph was not printing correctly. This behavior originated in FrameworkLTC version 3.0.209 and has been corrected.
  • Prospective Billing Adjustment
    • When calculating AWP while adding orders to the batch, the AWP was being calculated incorrectly due to operator precedence. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Received EDK
    • When scanning/entering in a barcode that was less than 11 digits, FrameworkLTC would not look up the barcode. This behavior has been changed so that if the NDC/Barcode entered does not equal 11 digits, the Barcode Finder will be used.
  • Reprint Packing Slips
    • For any packing slip with a monograph, the monograph was not printing correctly. This behavior originated in version 3.0.209 and has been corrected.
  • Retro Quick Rxs
    • If the order was for an IV, was partial returned, and then the remaining quantity was retro quicked, the price and ingredient quantiles were not being calculated properly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC did not allow refill/reorder of controlled substances when the refill/reorder was a “Completion of Partial Fill”. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was duplicating precautions during clinical warning screenings, for prescriptions with multiple ingredients. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was not sending a WorkflowComplete message through the HL7 message when the workflow steps have been reset and completed again. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow the user to save a new image before a RxNo has been assigned when entering a new prescription.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer validate facility reorder settings for controlled substances for orders being filled for first time after the original order was profile only.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer validate the facility reorder settings for controlled substances on retro-quick transactions.
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate facility reorder settings for controlled substances for prospective billing, dispensed transactions.
    • FrameworkLTC will now reevaluate defaulted ECS values on the third party insurance plan during refilling, when the value on the ECS code on the reorder was empty. Otherwise, the value will be set to that on the reorder.
    • If (1) an Rx is filled for a partial amount and adjudicated, (2) the completion was done for that Rx and adjudicated correctly and (3) the prescription was reordered and changed to Partial Fill, the incorrect quantity on a partial fill was being submitted on the claim. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the "Reset workflow steps during Rx Edit Operations" and "Only reset workflow steps when clinically significant fields change" system options are set to "Yes" and a user deleted a split Sig, the workflow steps were not being reset. This behavior has been corrected.
    • In FrameworkLTC version 209, functionality was put in place to only print Placed In Tote and Placed in Tote By within the workflow grid if a Tote ID was present. This was causing those prescriptions that were toted during Export Batch to not show Placed in Tote and Placed in Tote By values. This issue has been corrected.
    • The compound and IV ingredients where not validating against the pharmacy formulary correctly. This behavior originated in version 3.0.203 and has been corrected.
    • When a patient was marked as Profile Only, the House Stock warning was not being displayed causing the Cycle Fill box to be evaluated incorrectly. If the patient is marked Profile Only, the following message will be displayed when dispensing House Stock:
      'This item is on the house stock list for this facility/nursing station. Do you wish to continue?'
    • When a Therapeutic Interchange was set up for a compound to be replacing an NDC, the NDC and the Drug Label Name would be set to an empty string. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When in a retail facility and the patient had an address on their profile, the address field was not get reevaluated on the change of a record. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When moving a prescription to a batch in a different pharmacy, the Pharmacy ID on all records in the Rx.Prescriptions and Rx.RxPickups tables were getting updated. This behavior originated in version 3.0.209 and has been corrected.
    • When the "Tie original date to date written instead of dispense date on new Rxs" system option was set to "Yes", the original date was not correctly being updated when the date written was changed. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When viewing Medicare D plan claim submission, the button text has been updated to read, “Print CMS Medicare Rights Notification”.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC was not picking up the days supply from the Insurance Plan override when the “Re-evaluate payment plan rules on reorders/refills” and “Re-evaluate Days Supply on Reorders” system options were set to “Yes”. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate facility reorder settings for controlled substances for prospective billing, dispensed transactions.
    • If the "Allow Off Formulary Dispensing" system option is set to "No" and the reordered prescription is for a drug that is no longer on the formulary, FrameworkLTC will now display the "This drug product is no longer on the pharmacy's formulary" warning when adding the item to the grid.
  • Security
    • When logging into the application, if the user name included trailing spaces, a "You not have been granted access to this function" message would be thrown when attempting to open the 4.0 screens. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Synchronization Accpac Data
    • The “Print Statements” box on the customer's profile in Accpac was getting checked when syncing. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Treatment Records (4.0)
    • An “Invalid property value” error was being thrown when using format LFTS59. This behavior has been corrected.

FORMATS
  • New Detailed Statement Formats - LFSTMT100, LFSTMT101 and LFSTMT99
  • New Early Refill Request Format - LFRTS14
  • New IV Label Format - TFIV88
  • New MAR Formats - LFMAR430, LFMAR431 and LFMAR432
  • New Packing Slip Formats - LFPAK189-PC, LFPAK228, LFPAK228-ID, LFPAK228-NID, LFPAK229, LFPAK229-ID, LFPAK230, LFPAK230-FDA, LFPAK230-ID, LFPAK231, LFPAK231-A, LFPAK231-ID, LFPAK231-NS, LFPAK232, LFPAK232-ID, LFPAK233, LFPAK234, LFPAK235, LFPAK236 and LFPAK79-CF
  • New Physician Order Formats - LFPOF333, LFPOF334, LFPOF335, LFPOF336 and LFPOF337
  • New Prescription Label Formats - LFLBR113, TFLBL235-RO, TFLBL435-QR, TFLBL480-B, TFLBL488-RO, TFLBL612, TFLBL613, TFLBL614, TFLBL615 and TFLBL616
  • New Rx Blank Format - BLANK128
  • New TPN Label Format - TFTPN08

4.0 SCREENS ENABLED
  • The following 4.0 screens have been turned on:
    • File -> Pharmacy -> On Site Stores -> On Site Store Expiration Report
      Prescriptions -> Delete Prescription From Batch
      Prescriptions -> Move Prescriptions to Batch - By Batch
      Prescriptions -> Processing Reports -> Monographs
      Prescriptions -> Processing Reports -> Batch Validation Report
      Prescriptions -> Processing Reports -> Prescription Batch Edit List
      Prescriptions -> Processing Reports -> Prescription Blanks
      Prescriptions -> Processing Reports -> Prescription Labels
      Prescriptions -> Processing Reports -> Auto Substitution Notices

SCHEMA CHANGES
  • FWARCHIVE.dbo
    • Added new field, OnFacFormulary, to the HRxs table.
    • Added new field, OnNSFormulary, to the HRxs table.
    • Added new field, PriceBranch, to the HRxs table.
  • FWDB.AUDIT
    • Added new field, DefaultPhNPI, to the Nursing StationsLog table.
    • Added new field, LastModifiedBy, to the InventoryZonesLog table.
    • Added new table, eRxTriageFolderColorRulesLog which will audit the new PHARM.eRxTriageFolderColorRules table.
    • Added new table, FwDB.Audit.CustomReportsDisplayLog, to store information on when the custom reports are being used.
    • Added new table, MegaRuleDrugsLog.
  • FWDB.FAC
    • Added new field, DefaultPhNPI, to the Nursing Stations table.
    • Added new table, MegaRuleDrugs, to keep track of Mega Rule Drug Groups per nursing station. This table will be pre-populated with drug groups 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, and 62 that were being used in previous functionality.
    • Added new trigger, TRG_MegaRuleDrugs_Audit on table MegaRuleDrugs table.
    • Modified the TRG_NursingStations_Audit trigger on the NursingStations table to handle the new DefaultPhNPI field.
    • New stored procedure, AddDefaultMegaRuleDrugGroups, for adding default entries to the FAC.MegaRuleDrugs table when a new nursing station is created with the "Use Mega Rule regulations" nursing station option enabled.
    • Update the ReportAntibioticDaysOfTherapy stored procedure to round DaysSupply to next full number if DaysSupply is greater than 0, otherwise if DaysSupply is a negative number, the stored procedure will round down to the next whole number. This was put into place so that Days of Therapy and Qty calculations were calculated correctly.
  • FWDB.FWLTC
    • Added new index IX_ECMDocumentAssociation_AssociationKey to table ECMDocumentAssociation to speed up retrieving records that need updated based on AssociationKey.
    • Added new stored procedure, UpdateECMDocumentAssociations, to update table FWLTC.ECMDocumentAssocation when an association key is updated within the application.
    • Added new table, ECMAssociationModificationQueue, to store records that FrameworkECM will evaluate in order to update document associations with FrameworkECM.
    • Modified the FWECM_GetPackingSlipProofOfDeliveryData stored procedure to include two decimal places within the quantity column when sending the FrameworkPOD Proof of Delivery to FrameworkECM.
    • Modified the FWECM_GetPackingSlipProofOfDeliveryDataForEmailDelivery stored procedure to include two decimal places within the quantity column when sending the FrameworkPOD Proof of Delivery to FrameworkECM.
    • Modified the GetFaciPriceCdCCID function to now search Facility/Nursing Station Formulary for Facility Price Code for compounds.
    • Modified the GetFaciPriceCdNDC function to not check an exclusive Nursing Station Formulary for price code.
    • Modified the GetPatMopCCID stored procedure to pass FacID and PatID to FWLTC.GetPrivPriceCdCCID and FWLTC.GetFaciPriceCdCCID to be able to search Facility/Nursing Station Formulary for price codes for compounds
    • Modified the GetPrivPriceCdCCID function to now search Facility/Nursing Station Formulary for Private Price Code for compounds.
    • Modified the GetPrivPriceCdNDC function to not check an exclusive Nursing Station Formulary for price code.
    • Modified the IsMegaRuleDrug function to use the new MegaRuleDrugs table instead of a hard coded list.
  • FWDB.PAT
    • Added new index, IX_PatPackagingGroups_FacID_PatID, to the PatPackagingGroups table.
    • Modified the AddStandingDrugOrderToBatch stored procedure to accept parameters OnNsFormulary and OnFacFormulary to insert into Rx.Rxs table when adding standing drug orders to batch.
    • Modified the AddStandingDrugOrderToBatch stored procedure to accept parameters PriceBranch to insert into Rx.Rxs table when adding standing drug orders to batch.
    • Modified the AutoGeneratePatientID stored procedure to insert patients into the Pat.AutoPatientIds table and use the ID created by this to check if the Patient ID is free in the Pat.Patients, Rx.Rxs and Rx.HRxs table. If the Patient ID exists, functionality will continue to loop until a free Patient Id is found.
    • Modified the AutoGeneratePatientId stored procedure to set the next value of the sequence correctly.
    • Modified the GetAllReorderAdminTimes function to change the data type of the @FacID and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetAllReorderDirections function to change the data type of the @FacID and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetAntibioticStewardshipOrders stored procedure to not include orders that have a past cut date.
    • Modified the GetMedicalRecordOrdersBT stored procedure to include PhNPI, PhNameOnOrder for patient literal orders, and add the bedtime to the SortFirstFourAdminTimes parameters.
    • Modified the GetMedicalRecordOrdersOPA stored procedure to include RxLabelText value.
    • Modified the GetPatCustomerNo function to change the size of the PatientID parameter from 6 to 11.
    • Modified the GetPRNMegaRuleOrders stored procedure to use the new MegaRuleDrugs table instead of a hard coded list.
    • Modified the GetProspectiveBillingAdjustmentRecords stored procedure to include records ‘Q’ transactions and records that will be cut on the current date.
    • Modified the GetReorderAdminTimes function to change the data type of the @FacID and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetReorderAdminTimesInMilitaryFormat function to change the data type of the @FacID and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetReorderDirections function to change the data type of the @FacID and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the ReportBillingSummaryByMethodOfPayment stored procedure so that it returns a new field, TotalInvCost, which is suitable for use for calculating the difference and margin values. Also, removed the patCount_CTE and consider patient by facility when calculating the counts.
    • Modified the ReportTherapeuticType stored procedure to change the data type of the DispenseDt field in the #Results table from NVARCHAR(100) to DATETIME.
    • Modified the UpdateLabelOverride stored procedure to pull ProdDescAbbr from Drug.dbo.ManufNames when the label override field was empty and selecting to update it from Pharmacy Formulary.
  • FWDB.PHARM
    • Added new field, LastModifiedBy, to the InventoryZones table.
    • Added new table, eRxTriageFolderColorRules. This will be used by the new E-RX Triage Color Rules screen.
    • Added new trigger, TRG_eRxTriageFolderColorRules_Audit on the eRxTriageFolderColorRules table.
    • Modified the PreBillingVerificationBuildTemp stored procedure to coalesce the @Amount value to prevent an error from being thrown when the value was NULL.
    • Modified the PreBillingVerificationBuildTemp stored procedure to correct a missing a check for BilledPrivate.
    • Modified the PrebillingVerificationBuildTemp stored procedure to use more of the index when searching within Rx.HRxs table. Also added OPTION (RECOMPILE).
    • Modified the PreBillingVerificationMarkReversal stored procedure to use more of the index when searching within Rx.HRxs table.
    • Modified the RecalculatePharmacyUserCosts stored procedure to improve the speed of recalculating user costs for a single formulary drug.
    • Modified the ReplaceInventory_UpdateCurrentRxBatches stored procedure to return fields to be able to update fields in Rx.Rxs when receiving inventory and choosing to update prescriptions in open batches. Functionality was changed to work like drug substitution.
    • Modified the ReportOnSiteStoreInventory stored procedure to correctly return CCID if ItemType as a compound.
    • Modified the SubstituteDrug_UpdateCurrentRxBatches stored procedure to return NsID and UseFacilityFormulary flag from Fac.NursingStations table so functionality can update OnNsFormulary, OnFacFormulary and PriceBranch when substituting drugs for prescriptions in open batches. (4.0).
  • FWDB.RX
    • Added new field, OnFacFormulary, to the HRxs table.
    • Added new field, OnFacFormulary, to the Rxs table.
    • Added new field, OnNSFormulary, to the HRxs table.
    • Added new field, OnNSFormulary, to the Rxs table.
    • Added new field, PriceBranch, to the HRxs table.
    • Added new field, PriceBranch, to the Rxs table.
    • Added new nonclustered index, IX_Billing_CustomerNo, to the Billing table.
    • Added new nonclustered index, IX_Billing_PharmID_InvoiceNo, to the Billing table.
    • Added new stored procedure, GetRxHistoryDetail. This will be used to display the information on Patient Prescription History screen (4.0).
    • Modified the GetAdminTimes function to change the data type of the @FacID, @RxBatch and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetAdminTimesInMIlitaryFormat function to change the data type of the @FacID, @RxBatch and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetAdminTimesInMilitaryFormatPersonCentric function to change the data type of the @FacID, @RxBatch and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetAdminTimesWithPersonCentric function to change the data type of the @FacID, @RxBatch and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetAllRxAdminTimes function to change the data type of the @FacID, @RxBatch and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetPackingSlipForReprint stored procedure to pull the ShipDate from the Pharm.PackingSlipIDs table instead of ToteAssignedHistory.
    • Modified the GetRxAdminTimes function to change the data type of the @FacID, @RxBatch and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetRxAdminTimesAllSplits function to change the data type of the @FacID, @RxBatch and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetRxBatchStatus stored procedure to only show prescriptions in the 'Needs Label' column that have a transtype of P.
    • Modified the GetRxDirections function to change the data type of the @FacID, @RxBatch and @PatID parameters from nvarchar to varchar.
    • Modified the GetWorkkflowLabelInfo stored procedure so that it does not clear the placed in tote fields unless the toteID according to FrameworkPOD does not match the toteID according to the HRxs record.
    • Modified the PostRxBatch stored procedure to always overwrite the PBQty/PBDaysSupply fields on the reorder for prospective billed transactions.
    • Modified the PostRxBatch stored procedure to better utilize the existing table indexes by removing the coalesce function calls within where clauses in the stored procedure.
    • Modified the PostRxBatch stored procedure to include a new parameter, WithTransaction, that defaults to 1 and allows clients to run the stored procedure without starting a transaction and without rolling back on error.
    • Modified the PostRxBatch stored procedure to insert OnNSFormulary and OnFacFormulary into Rx.HRxs from Rx.Rxs during posting.
    • Modified the PostRxBatch stored procedure to insert PriceBranch into Rx.HRxs from Rx.Rxs during posting
    • Modified the PostRxBatch Stored Procedure to update the TotalQtyWritten on an existing reorder with the value from RxEntry during posting.
    • Modified the ReportUnfulfilledProspectiveBilling stored procedure to include records that will be cut on the current date.

Version 3.0.210 (Database Revision 1.03.216) Released 1/20/2018

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0176 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0253 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0168 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0055 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0018 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0052 or higher

  • Facility Setup (4.0)
    • Editing a facility that is not the current facility would result in the next reorder number being set to the next reorder number for the current facility. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • When attempting to display the Drug Info screen, users were getting an "Multiple-step operation generated errors. Check each status value." error. This error started in FrameworkLTC version 3.0.209 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.209 (Database Revision 1.03.216) Released 1/10/2018

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0176 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0253 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0168 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0055 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0018 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0052 or higher

  • *** TLS 1.2 Protocol ***
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the TLS 1.2 protocol. If you intend to utilize the TLS 1.2 security upgrade, you must also install a SQL server software patch prior to turning on TLS 1.2. This update to TLS 1.2 may also have an effect on any and all other SoftWriters’ products that you are operating. The specific SQL software patch needed can be found at: https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/3135244/tls-1-2-support-for-microsoft-sql-server.
  • About
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a "Connect To Chat Support" button which will start a chat session with a support analyst where you to ask your question.
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the phone number and email addresses for the support staff.
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, and the Delivery ID or Delivery Date do not match the other prescriptions in the tote, FrameworkLTC will now ask the user if they would like to update the Delivery ID/Date so that the order can be added to the tote. This functionality does not exist when adding to shipping tote by batch.
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, and the Delivery ID or Delivery Date do not match the other prescriptions in the tote, FrameworkLTC will now ask the user if they would like to update the Delivery ID/Date so that the order can be added to the tote. This functionality does not exist when adding to shipping tote by batch.
  • Antibiotic Days of Therapy Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now offer a report that contains antibiotic days of therapy information for prescriptions within the provided date range and selected facilities. This new functionality is located under (Reports)(Antibiotic Days of Therapy).
  • Billing Summary by MOP (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export the data directly to a CSV file and bypass the SSRS report.
  • Care Level Codes (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the value along with the description in the Patient Residence drop down list.
  • CMS Hospice Export
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the Consolo export format.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to use a posted date range instead of a dispense date range when using the ASAP 3.0, ASAP 4.0, ASAP4.1, ASAP4.2 and ASAP4.2A formats. If a posted date range is specified, the "Include reviewed Rxs in edit batches" option cannot be selected.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the option to include Non Control drugs.
    • When using ASAP 4.2A for the state of Ohio, FrameworkLTC will send the first 4 Alpha Numeric characters of the ICD10 code Diagnosis Code(DSP25). If there is no ICD10 code associated with the prescription, FrameworkLTC will send "NC" as the value.
    • When using the ASAP 4.2 format and exporting patients whose residence is in Oklahoma, FrameworkLTC will populate PAT02 with 03 and PAT03 with FacID|PatID when there is no social security number for a patient.
    • When using the ASAP 4.2 format and exporting patients whose residence is in Utah, FrameworkLTC will now populate PAT01 with the state abbreviation "UT".
  • Default MAR Groups (4.0)
    • The dosage form was not being saved when adding a new record. This behavior has been corrected.
  • E-Rx Triage Manager
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the DEA Class in the grid.
    • When licensed for FrameworkHL7 and application is configured to "UseQueueForNewOrders", FrameworkLTC will now display Drug, Directions and DEA Class from messages coming from FrameworkHL7.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • If licensed for FrameworkERx and FrameworkHL7 and processing a new HL7 order through the queue manager, FrameworkLTC was not evaluating items on the nursing station/facility formulary “By GPI” when looking up products. This issue has been corrected.
  • Export Batch
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, the "Assign separate IDs based on tote level" box is checked, the export format is Automed FastPak and Automed FastPak(with directions) and either (the tote level is nursing station and the nursing station id contains a slash or backslash or the tote level is nursing station group and the group id contains a slash or backslash), a "That path doesn't exist" error would be thrown. This behavior has been corrected and the slash and/or backslash will be replaced with an underscore.
  • Facility Setup (4.0)
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will now include Attempted Delivery Time and Status columns in the packing slip grid.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will now include packing slips that were not delivered on the packing slips tab.
    • New facility option. "Skip Drug-Drug interaction validation when posting a batch". The default value is “No”. This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • When adding a new standing literal order, the category was not being set correctly if you had the same literal order id in multiple categories. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry (4.0)
    • Focus was not being set to the Find button once a patient name was entered. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When entering a new literal order, the start date was not being set to the current date. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Financial Impact Report (4.0)
    • The method of payment totals at the end of the report were not correct. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the “Rx Detail” level, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export the data directly to a CSV file and bypass the SSRS report.
  • Insurance Plans (4.0)
    • Selecting an item from the Compound/IV Service Type srop down list would throw an Object Must Implement IConvertible" error. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Leave of Absence
    • When the first row in the patient records grid was a PRN and the user did not select to “Include PRNs” in the from the Leave of Absence criteria selection, a “Subscript out of Range” error was being thrown. This problem originated in version 3.0.205 and has been resolved.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch - By Batch
    • When moving a prescription into a batch for a different pharmacy, FrameworkLTC will now prompt the user to update the pharmacy id on the prescription.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch - By Patient
    • When moving a prescription into a batch for a different pharmacy, FrameworkLTC will now prompt the user to update the pharmacy id on the prescription.
  • Non Formulary Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the batch list when the "Specific Batch(es)" option is selected instead of when the form is loaded.
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • The Tote Scan Level field was not being displayed when the facility's tote level is set to "Set on Nursing Station Setup Screen". This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the patient status in the grid.
  • Patients (4.0)
    • If administration times are set at the nursing station level, nothing appears in the grid when clicking the Reapply Admin Times button. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, the workflow tab of Rx History will now include packing slips that were skipped or refused
    • If the "Prompt for comment when changing patient profile" system option is set to “Yes”, the prompt was not displaying when using the Discharge Patient and Readmit Patient buttons. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Improved the performance when saving a new patient and the "Auto assign patient ids" system option is set to "Yes".
    • Users were unable to associate to Docutrack from the Prescription History screen. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When attempting to add a new patient in a retail facility, the family id drop down was not being populated. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When printing the mail label, the patient's middle initial was repeated. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary (4.0)
    • Performing a drug substitution on a prescription in a batch with an invalid price code would thrown "An unexpected error occurred. Please contact support. Sequence contains no elements" error. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the Substitute Drug Product function and checking “Current Prescription Batches”, the NDC is updated correctly, but the Product Name is used instead of the Label Name. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Prescription History Report
    • When the user did not have “Prospective Billing Transactions” selected, the report was returning incorrect results. This issue originated in version 3.0.205 and has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the "Block Credit on items marked as Destroy during Process Returns" system option when the return was from FrameworkLink. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Prospective Billing Adjustment
    • FrameworkLTC was including orders in the results that had an Expire Date or a Cut Date that was in the future. This issue originated in version 3.0.205 and has been corrected.
  • Rebill from History
    • When rebilling an order with a NULL value in the PB field on the HRxs recotrd, FrameworkLTC was throwing a "Cannot insert NULL into column ‘PB’, table ‘FWDB.Rx.Rxs’…" error. This behavior originated in version 3.0.205 of FrameworkLTC and has been corrected.
  • Review Batch (4.0)
    • An unexpected error was being thrown when the batch contained a prescription with a 0 Reorder Number. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • An "Item cannot be found in the collection corresponding to the requested name or ordinal" error as being thrown when refilling a reorder had a remaining refill, the order was renewed, and the original order was refilled in Rx Entry. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer permit the Intended Dispense Quantity to be greater than Quantity or the Intended Days Supply to be greater than Days Supply on prospective billing transactions.
    • FrameworkLTC will now check to see if there has been any entries added to RxCheckList table in SQL for the item that is being moved. If any records exist, they will be deleted from that table. This was done to prevent the user from getting an error trying to Post an Rx that was moved to a new batch with a different PharmID after the Check List items have been complete.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display workflow for each label, no matter if the “Apply workflow steps to each label” system option is turned off.
    • If allow reorder functionality for controls is disabled for the facility, the last refill for controlled orders was incorrectly being evaluated as a reorder instead of a refill. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, the “Delivery” grid will contain the Start Time of the route in the Delivery Assigned column, the Signor name in the Received By column and the Delivered.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, the “Placed in Tote” grid will list all packing slip records that the label was on. This includes packing slips that the label was skipped or refused.
    • If the "Re-evaluate days supply on reorders”' system option is set to "Yes", the quantity was not updating when the Days Supply was changed. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the "Warn if short cycle prescription's days supply exceeds 14 in Rx Entry, Initial Review, and Final Review" system option was set to "Yes" and the Override ACA Short Cycle Length Days Supply on the insurance plan was populated, the "This prescription Qualifies for ACA Short Cycle. The days supply entered exceeds the maximum allowable days supply of 14." validation was not being evaluated. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the prescription was not marked for Cycle Fill and the Non Cycle Days Supply value from the Nursing Station Cycle was empty, the days supply would be updated to 0 on the reorder or refill. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The "Re-evaluate days supply on reorders" system option was not being evaluated correctly when the cycle was On Demand. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When reordering/refilling a prescription, the PartialGUID field was not being cleared on subsequent fills after the completion of the partial fill and would cause a "This prescription is part of a partial fill and cannot be deleted" error to be thrown when using the Delete Prescription from Batch function. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the move to batch function to move the prescription into a batch for a different pharmacy, FrameworkLTC will now prompt the user to update the pharmacy id on the prescription.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC was not warning the user if the prescription existed in an open batch when adding the RX to the grid. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The "Re-evaluate days supply on reorders" system option was not being evaluated correctly when the cycle was On Demand. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • The "Re-evaluate days supply on reorders/refills" option has been renamed to ""Re-evaluate days supply on reorders".
  • The following 4.0 screens have been turned on:
    • File -> Pharmacy -> On Site Stores -> On Site Store Inventory Report
      Prescriptions -> Electronic Claims -> Override Claim
      Prescriptions -> Processing Reports -> IV Labels
      Prescriptions -> Processing Reports -> TPN Labels
      Prescriptions -> Processing Reports -> Multi-Dose Labels
      Prescriptions -> Processing Reports -> Scheduled Item Report
      Reports -> Monthly Controlled Drugs
      Reports -> Drug Utilization
      Reports -> Patient Literals by Category
      Reports -> Prescription History
      Reports -> Family Activity Report
      Reports -> Facility Formulary Non-compliance
      Reports -> DUR Report
      Reports -> Medicare Coverage Report
      Reports -> Owed Medications Report
      Reports -> Reimbursement Difference Report
      Reports -> Medicine on Time Refill Report
      Reports -> Claim Overrides Report
      Reports -> Inventory Returns Report
      Reports -> Workflow Overrides Report
      Reports -> Refill Reminder Report
      Reports -> Custom Reports
      Reports -> Treatment Records
      Reports -> ADL Sheets
      Reports -> Antipsychotic / Behavior Monitor Records
      Reports -> Significant Meds Form
      Utilities -> Update Rx Invoice Groups
      Utilities -> Edit Leave of Absence Billing
      Utilities -> E-Rx Message Log
  • Update Inventory From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a cost grand total on the Inventory Received report.

Version 3.0.208 (Database Revision 1.03.198) Released 12/15/2017

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0174 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0251 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0167 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0053 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0049 or higher

  • Add to Shipping Tote – By Order
    • When adding to tote, using a Batch ID, FrameworkLTC was throwing “Item cannot be found in collection…” error. This issue originated in version 3.0.205 and has been corrected.
  • Add to Shipping Tote – By Tote
    • When adding to tote, using a Batch ID, FrameworkLTC was throwing “Item cannot be found in collection…” error. This issue originated in version 3.0.205 and has been corrected.
  • Find Patient
    • If a patient did not have a NsID assigned to them, the patient was unable to be found using this functionality. This issue originated in version 3.0.206 and has been resolved.
  • Reorder History
    • An “Item cannot be found in the collection corresponding to the requested name or ordinal” error was being thrown when clicking the Fill History button from the Patient Order List when the order exists in a batch, but does not have any fill history records. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer include additional quantity billed in the total at the bottom of the grid.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC was allowing for the NDC to be changed after the prescription was adjudicated. This issue originated in version 3.0.205 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.207 (Database Revision 1.03.198) Released 11/28/2017

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0174 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0251 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0167 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0053 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0049 or higher

  • Create Billing
    • The Active and Inactive patient filters were not functioning correctly. If the facility had less than 3,200 patients, billing could not be run for inactive patients. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patients (4.0)
    • If focus was on the A/R tab when saving, focus would switch to the General tab upon entering edit mode on the next patient. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Post Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now wrap each batch in its own transaction instead of all batches selected being in one.
  • Reminders
    • Clicking on the reminder links was opening both the 3.0 and 4.0 version of the screens. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.206 (Database Revision 1.03.198) Released 11/3/2017

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0174 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0251 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0167 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0053 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0049 or higher

  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to send the Pharmacy NPI for the Pharmacist when using the ASAP 4.0, ASAP 4.1, ASAP 4.2, and ASAP 4.2A formats.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a pharmacy custom field to be sent as the Unique Information Source ID field (IS01) when using the ASAP 4.0, ASAP 4.1, ASAP 4.2 and ASAP 4.2A formats if the state is Nebraska.
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the ASAP 4.2A Format.
    • When using ASAP 4.2, FrameworkLTC will now send 99 as the Customer Relation (AIR06) field for Massachusetts.
  • Facility Setup (4.0)
    • Corrected an issue with the Search and Audit column headers displaying with extra spaces.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, there is a new facility option, “Prompt to create form when performing a therapeutic interchange”. If this option is turned on, the user will be prompted to create a form in FrameworkECM during a therapeutic interchange. The default value is “No”. This new option can be found under (Interfaces)(FrameworkECM).
    • If licensed for FrameworkLink, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the maximum number of failed login attempts. This setting has been moved from the FrameworkLink configuration screen.
    • If licensed for FrameworkLink, FrameworkLTC now gives you the require the use of complex passwords in FrameworkLink and define the parameters around the complexity.
    • When searching for packing slips using the “Equal To” option, the next day would also be included in the results. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry (4.0)
    • Using just the category selector and the library text button when adding a new literal could result in the literal order not getting saved. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Find Patient
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to search patient by nursing station group. The nursing station group was also added to the results grid.
  • Insurance Plans (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to add ESC codes 491-VE (Diagnosis Code Count), 492-WE (Diagnosis Code Qualifier), 424-DO (Diagnosis Code), 436-E1 (Product Service ID Qualifier) and 407-D7 (Product/Service ID).
  • Inventory Valuation Report (4.0)
    • For performance reasons, FrameworkLTC will no longer include the total page count.
    • Performance improvements were made to improve speed.
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • New nursing station option, “Require cut date and diagnosis to be populated on new antibiotic orders”. When the new option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will provide a list of antibiotic orders for that nursing station that are missing a cutoff date and/or diagnosis. The default value is “No”. The new nursing station option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New nursing station option, “Use Mega Rule regulations”. When the new option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will require active PRN patient reorders with a days supply greater than 14, to be discontinued, if the drug falls within the “Mega Rule” regulations. FrameworkLTC will also provide a list of prescriptions in open batches that fall under “Mega Rule” regulations and should be discontinued by the user. The default value is “No”. The new nursing station option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
  • On Site Stores (4.0)
    • When exporting the packing slip to TCGRx, if the description is greater than 30 characters the file could not be imported into TCGRx due to size restrictions. FrameworkLTC will now pass 30 asterisks in this scenario.
    • When restocking an On Site Store, the quantity may have been pulled from the incorrect zone where the formulary had stock listed in multiple zones. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter and sort the administration schedules grid on the Literal Orders screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will not allow the saving of an active PRN reorder whose drug falls within the “Mega Rule” regulations, and the days supply is greater than 14, when the new nursing station option, “Use Mega Rule regulations” is turned on.
    • FrameworkLTC will not allow the saving of an antibiotic reorder without a cutoff date and diagnosis, when the new nursing station option, “Require cut date and diagnosis to be populated on new antibiotic orders” is turned on.
    • Leaving the default effective date on the Price Match screen would include the time in the value. This has been corrected and the time portion of the date will be saved as midnight.
    • Renamed the "Ignore Facility Formulary Price Option Overrides" check box on the payment plans screen to "Ignore Nursing Station/Facility Formulary Price Option Overrides".
    • Searching for Patient Literal Orders when the "Active" button has been activated would still result in the search dialog containing all literal order records for the patient in spite of "active" status. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The “Additional VT Medicaid Information” button has been removed from the payment plans screen.
    • The copy/paste functions for the Phone Number and Fax Number on the A/R Info tab were not working. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Using FrameworkECM to open a patient profile in a different facility would open a blank screen. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When discharging patients and cutting all active orders a “LINQ to Entities does not recognize the method 'Boolean IsNullOrWhiteSpace(System.String)' method, and this method cannot be translated into a store expression.” error was being thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary (4.0)
    • The inventory log was being sorted oldest record first instead of newest. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When opened via the Rx Entry screen, the user’s default pharmacy was being shown instead of the dispensing pharmacy. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When performing a drug substitution, selecting to update the House Stock List and both the old and new NDCs are on the house stock list, a "Violation of primary key constraint" error was being thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Post Rx Batch
    • When posting batches, FrameworkLTC was not recognizing prescriptions that were not Prospective Billing as being authorized already. This behavior originated in version 3.0.205 and has been corrected.
  • Reorder Fill History
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the patient’s nursing station in the grid and on the report.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC was setting the authorization number to NULL if the user chose not to reverse the claim. This behavior has been corrected and the authorization number from the original claim will be carried through.
  • Reverse Batch (4.0)
    • When reversing a batch with a secondary method of payment having paid $0 and the patient having paid $0, the reversal may not actually occur. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • Framework was assigning a Clarification Code of ‘19’ from the Insurance Plan option ‘Send Clarification Code – 19 for Split Billing’ to Retro Quick Transactions that were not Split Transactions. This behavior originated in version 3.0.203 and has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was evaluating the "Do not update original date for recalled prescriptions" system option outside of the recall process. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will not allow the saving of a new antibiotic order without a cutoff date and diagnosis, when the new nursing station option, “Require cut date and diagnosis to be populated on new antibiotic orders” is turned on.
    • FrameworkLTC will not allow the saving of a new PRN order whose drug falls within the “Mega Rule” regulations, and the days supply is greater than 14, when the new nursing station option, “Use Mega Rule regulations” is turned on.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display patient status within the drop down list of patients.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the description of the nursing station within the tooltip when the user hovers over the nursing station ID.
    • FrameworkLTC will now properly set the treatment flag when entering a compound or GPI that is on an inclusive Facility/Nursing Station formulary.
    • The "Days supply exceeds limit for the price option" warning was being displayed on Retro Quick transactions. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When reordering/refilling a prescription and the physician changed on the order, causing the ECS Fields for prescriber to be re-populated with prescriber info and one of the Reorder ECS Fields was “368-2P”, a “Type Mismatch” error was being thrown. This behavior originated in version 2.0.203 and has been corrected.
  • Security (4.0)
    • There was no horizontal scroll bar on the user directory browser. This behavior has been corrected.
  • The following 4.0 screens have been turned on:
    • File-> Pharmacy -> On Site Stores -> On Site Store Low Stock Report
      Reports -> Physician Progress Notes
      Reports -> Per Diem True Up Report
      Reports -> Side Effects Report
  • Therapeutic Interchange
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, the facility option “Prompt to create form when performing a therapeutic interchange” is turned on and a FrameworkECM form is found for the therapeutic interchange, FrameworkLTC will prompt the user to create the form within FrameworkECM. If the user chooses to create the form, FrameworkLTC will then pass the information to FrameworkECM to create the new form.
  • Therapeutic Interchange Levels
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define therapeutic interchange levels. This new function can be found on the <File><Pharmacy> menu.
  • Therapeutic Interchanges (4.0)
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the therapeutic interchange level.
  • Unbilled Transactions Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Page Break on Facility". The box is checked by default.
    • The end date is now being displayed using a two digit month and day.

Version 3.0.205 (Database Revision 1.03.183) Released 10/6/2017

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0174 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0251 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0166 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0053 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0049 or higher

  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate that prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing are adjudicated when the “Display a warning when adding prescription to a tote if not adjudicated” system option is turned on.
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate that prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing are adjudicated when the “Display a warning when adding prescription to a tote if not adjudicated” system option is turned on.
    • The "WAV File for Incorrect Data Entry" system option was not being observed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Archive History (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now archive table RX.HRxPBComponents table during the history archiving purpose.
  • Batch Status
    • FrameworkLTC will not treat prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing as “Needing Authorization”.
    • FrameworkLTC will not treat prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing as “Needing ECS”.
  • Billing Summary by MOP (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was not respecting the date ranges entered. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Browse Reorder
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate total quantity dispensed against total quantity written, nor will it validate refills remaining when reordering a Prospective Billing transaction.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the house stock list for the nursing station.
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the Last Rx Number instead of the Last Rx GUID to populate the grid.
    • Orders with the same Rx number, but different reorder numbers will now be shown in the grid.
  • Compound Setup (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was not updating the NDC on the patient reorder when the primary ingredient was changed on the compound and the user selected to update patient reorders. This issue has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the new pharmacy option “Allow NDC substitutions in Prospective Billing transactions” during updating of patient orders when ingredients are changed within a compound.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select facilities by Facility Type.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to use Facility address when determining which prescriptions to submit for the State.
    • The facility list was only including facilities where the default pharmacy was the one selected. This behavior has been corrected to include all facilities.
    • When using ASAP 4.2, FrameworkLTC will now send the dispense date in the DateSold (DSP17) field when the state is New Hampshire.
    • When using ASAP 4.2, FrameworkLTC will now use "04" (commercial insurance) for the payment plan type code (DSP16) instead of "99" (other) for hospice and major medical plans when exporting for the state of New Hampshire.
  • Create Billing
    • When the “Only the Current Facility” option was selected, inactive patients were not showing in the list causing them not the get picked up in the billing. This has been corrected and will show all patients, active or not, when the form loads, but will filter the list when choosing “Only the Following Patients” and the facility has over 32,000 patients.
  • Create Unit Dose Billing
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the Delivery ID and Date to NULL on the U transaction.
    • When creating a new batch, FrameworkLTC will now strip leading spaces from the Batch ID.
  • Custom Fields (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to define Nursing Station custom fields.
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • FrameworkLTC will not count prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing within the “Authorization Required” category.
    • FrameworkLTC will not count prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing within the “ECS” category.
  • Drug Ranking Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will exclude billing transactions that are Prospective Billing transactions when calculating usages.
    • FrameworkLTC will exclude prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing transactions when calculating revenue and demand calculations.
  • Drug Substitutions (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the new pharmacy option “Allow NDC substitutions in Prospective Billing transactions” during drug substitutions.
  • DUR Report
    • FrameworkLTC was incorrectly showing the "All medical conditions are associated with an order" message when no orders had associated medical conditions specified. This behavior has been corrected.
  • ERx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to process Prospective Billing transactions when processing E-Rx refill response messages as recalls.
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the house stock list for the nursing station.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Allow off formulary dispensing" system option when populating the Product Lookup screen.
    • When processing a CENSUS message for a patient admission, Framework will now set the Patient’s Default Package type to what is set on the Facility Setup screen of the Facility the patient is being admitted into.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will not treat prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing as being authorized when the “Only include RX’s that have been authorized” checkbox is selected.
    • FrameworkLTC will not treat prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing as requiring adjudication when the “Only include RX’s that have been successfully adjudicated or are private pay” checkbox is selected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Fill Number of the prescription in the Synmed format.
  • Facility Setup (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now has the ability to “Enable Prospective Billing”.
    • FrameworkLTC was not preserving blank administration time lines when saving. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, if the user clicks the button on the association to load the element in FrameworkLTC, it was opening the current facility instead of the facility in the association. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the "Allow reorders for C-II controlled substances" was unchecked and "Require Total Quantity Written on NEW C-II orders within Rx Entry" was checked, the user would get an error saying that one of the options must be changed. A similar error would occur if 'Allow for C-III thru C-V controlled substances" was unchecked and "Require Total Quantity Written on C-III, C-IV or C-V orders within Rx Entry" was checked. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When a user only has read access to the nursing station they could still update/delete rooms from the facility map. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When copying a facility formulary that contains NDCs to a facility group, the include column was unchecked for all NDCs. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate that prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing are adjudicated when the “Block Final Review step when prescription has not been adjudicated” system option is turned on.
  • Financial Impact Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will not include prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing.
    • When running the report by posted date for a single day, FrameworkLTC was not returning any data. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the house stock list for the nursing station.
    • FrameworkLTC will permit refilling of Prospective Billing transactions.
  • FrameworkPOD License
    • When starting up FrameworkLTC, the PODLicense field in the Pharm.Pharmacies table was not getting updated. So for new installs, the field was left NULL and the drivers for FrameworkPOD were not up to start delivering. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the house stock list for the nursing station.
    • FrameworkLTC will not require prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing to be authorized.
    • FrameworkLTC will not show the RX Checklist button for billing transactions that are Prospective Billing.
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate that prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing are adjudicated when requiring adjudication before printing the label.
  • Insurance Plans (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the “VT Medicaid Claim Form” as a hard copy claim type.
    • New Insurance Plan Option 'Remove hyphen from Facility Zip field (389-6D) during claim submission'. This option was so that the pharmacy can choose whether or not to remove the hyphen in a 9 digit Facility Zip when sending the Facility Segment from Insurance Plan Setup during claim submission. The default value is ‘No’. This new option can be found in Insurance Plan Setup under the Options tab under (Prescriptions)(Electronic Claims).
  • Kiosk Mode (4.0)
    • If a user that has no access logs into the application and then changes to a user that has full access, they would receive a "You have not been granted access to this function" message. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Leave of Absence
    • FrameworkLTC will permit Prospective Billing orders.
  • Log Comment
    • The user should now be able to press <ENTER> on the keyboard to initiate the Ok button at any time after the form loads.
  • Margin By Drug Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will not include prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing.
  • Message Queue Processor
    • If the Message Details window was open and the user attempted to change facilities, FrameworkLTC would hang after choosing YES on the “This action will unload all currently visible screens. Are you sure you wish to continue?”. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Monthly Controlled Drug Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will not include billing transactions that are Prospective Billing
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now has the ability to “Enable Prospective Billing” at the nursing station level.
    • FrameworkLTC now support nursing station specific House Stock Lists.
    • FrameworkLTC now supports Nursing Station custom fields.
    • FrameworkLTC now supports nursing station specific Formularies.
    • FrameworkLTC was not preserving blank administration time lines when saving. This behavior has been corrected.
    • On the Cycles tab, attempting to remove a value existing in the Cycle Processing Time or Extra Days fields would report an error requiring the user to put in a value from 1 to 99. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Paperfree Interface
    • An “Error sending request to Paperfree. Error number = -2146333079 Error description = prjPFFWDirect.clsPFFWCN is not registered.” was being thrown when using the Paperfree button from a 4.0 screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Orders
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the house stock list for the nursing station.
  • Patient Profile (3.0)
    • When adding a new MOP to a patient, if ECS Code 336-8C, Facility ID, exists on the Insurance Plan Setup, the value for this field will be filled in with the FacID in which the patient resides.
  • Patient Profile (4.0)
    • A “Sequence contains no matching elements” error was being thrown when opening the payment plans screen if the plan contained ECS fields that were not supported by the version submission version. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Corrected an issue where a generic 4.0 patients form would launch alongside a correctly-navigated 3.0 patients form when a patient was opened from Docutrack or Paperfree.
    • FrameworkLTC provides the ability to view the components of a Prospective Billing transaction from the Prescription History screen.
    • FrameworkLTC was unable to associate with Docutrack from a 4.0 screen. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will display whether the reorder is Prospective Billing on the Reorders screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include patient literal orders with the patient drug orders when prompting to update the NPI after changing the physician.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the ECS field "336-8C" (FacilityId) with the patient's facility ID when added to a payment plan.
    • FrameworkLTC would not allow you to save a patient with a blank physician. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, when accessed via Find Patient, the physician name was not being passed when using the Create Form function.
    • If the "Prompt to update the Per Diem Eligibility dates when discharging a patient" system option was set to “No”, FrameworkLTC was not suppressing the prompt. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the hard copy claim type is set to “VT Medicaid Claim Form”, an “Additional VT Medicaid Information” button will be available on the payment plans screen.
    • If the reorder is Prospective Billing, FrameworkLTC will not validate there are refills remaining or if Total Quantity Dispensed has reached the Total Quantity Written when reordering.
    • If you have multiple insurance plan ids that start with the same few letters or numbers, FrameworkLTC was auto-populating the method of payment drop down on the Payment Plans screen based on the plan name instead of id. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If you navigate to a patient using the Find Patient utility and then edit the patient, the physician was getting removed. This behavior originated in 3.0.204 and has been corrected.
    • Improved the responsiveness of the 3.0 reorders screen when opening a reorder from the Find Patient screen.
    • Not all of the relevant fields were being copied over from the insurance plan ECS fields when creating a new patient payment plan. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Opening the facility map while in edit mode would clearing the patient's map-related information, such as assigned nursing station, if no room was selected. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The CTRL+F10 shortcut for DocuTrack was not working. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When adding standing drug orders, orders with multiple sig codes were showing up as separate orders, one per sig code. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When clearing an Invoice Group on the history record, it was not being saved. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When clearing the "Cut Prescriptions" check box on the Cut All Active Orders screen, the "Print Discontinued" check box was not being cleared. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When clicking the "Display Prescription" button on the Prescription History screen, a "cannot open database ERX" error was being thrown if you were not licensed for the FrameworkERx interface. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When creating new A/R information on the Patients screen, the default Taxable status for the associated Tax Group was always defaulting to true (checked). This behavior has been corrected.
    • When discharging a patient with a per diem date range is open ended, FrameworkLTC was not correctly prompting the user to update the date ranges that have an end date greater than order equal to the discharge date. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When displaying the dispensing transaction for Prospective Billing on the Prescription History screen, FrameworkLTC will not display any billing information for the transaction.
    • When in a Retail Facility and using the Define Families screen, clicking on the Field Search button and selecting the Family ID field was opening the Search form but not setting the Family ID property. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When opening a prescription history record for an order that had the XMLRequest field populated, a value cannot be null error was being thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the “Default Invoice Group for Rxs” was deleted from the Other Info tab of the Patient Profile, an "Invoice Group is required" error was being thrown when attempting to update the Patient’s Reorders, Rxs, and Unbilled HRxs. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the zip code on the AR tab defaults, the user was not able to enter the new value without saving the clear of the default value, saving and editing. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the Change Patient ID function, FrameworkLTC will now update the ECSHistory, ECSHistoryErrors, ECSHistoryOpt, HRxAdminTimes, HRxChecklistItems, HRxClarificationCds, HRxClinicalWarnings, HRxCustomFields, HRxDirections, HRxECSFields, HRxIngreds, HRxLabels, HRxs and QualityEvents tables in the FwArchive database.
    • While in ADD mode for a patient, accessing the Medicare Coverage, Literal Orders, Warnings, Medical Records, Note History, Behaviors or Per Diem Eligibility screens without saving the patients, would result in the patient id being saved as **NEW**. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Periodic Daily Log (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will not include billing or retro-quick transactions that are Prospective Billing.
  • Pharmacy Formulary (4.0)
    • On the External Med IDs screen, an error would be thrown if there was an Application column that had data but an ID was missing. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The Dispensed For Update button on the Dispensing was being inappropriately disabled. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The WAC price history has inaccurate when changing between user-defined drugs and non user-defined drugs. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When loading a Drug Image from the Pharmacy Formulary screen, if the given drug had a current record in the MediSpan database without an image, but the previous record for the same drug did have an image, the previous image was being displayed. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the drug substitution screen, if the replace with NDC was already part of the formulary, focus will now to put on the replace with NDC the substitution screen closes.
  • Pharmacy Setup (4.0)
    • New pharmacy option, “Allow NDC substitutions in Prospective Billing transactions”. If set to “Yes”, Prospective Billing NDCs will be included when performing drug substitutions, updating of compounds, and replacing inventory during Receive Inventory functionality. The default value is “No”. The new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Drug Lookup).
    • New pharmacy option, “Allow returns on third party Prospective Billing transactions”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will allow returns on third party Prospective Billing transactions during Process Returns functionality. The default value is “Yes”. The new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
  • Polled Drug Usage Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will not include prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing.
  • Post Batch (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate and checklist items have been completed on the billing transactions for Prospective Billing before allowing to post the batch.
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate the dispensing transactions for Prospective Billing have a cost before allowing to post the batch.
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate the dispensing transactions for Prospective Billing have been adjudicated before allowing to post the batch.
    • FrameworkLTC will not validate the dispensing transactions for Prospective Billing have been authorized before allowing to post the batch.
  • Pre-Billing Verification Report (4.0)
    • A timeout error was being thrown while generating the report. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will not include prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing.
  • Prescription History Report
    • FrameworkLTC provides the ability to include/exclude Prospective Billing transactions.
  • Print State Medicaid Claim Forms
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the state of Vermont.
  • Process Returns
    • FrameworkLTC will treat Prospective Billing transactions as a full return and will credit the quantity back to the billed transaction for the dispensed transaction.
    • FrameworkLTC will validate the new pharmacy option “Allow returns on third party Prospective Billing transactions” to determine if Prospective Billing transactions are allowed for third party payors.
    • If the prescription is marked for Prospective Billing, no validations will be made except for the pharmacy option “Allow returns on third party Prospective Billing transactions”.
    • Refills will not be updated on Prospective Billing Transactions.
    • The credit amount will be 0 and locked down for Prospective Billing transactions.
    • Total quantity dispensed will not be updated on Prospective Billing Transactions.
  • Profile Scan Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will not include billing transactions that are Prospective Billing.
  • Prospective Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now supports prospective billing.
  • Prospective Billing Adjustment
    • FrameworkLTC now has new functionality for rebilling billing transactions that are Prospective Billing that have been discontinued/expired before reaching the original billed quantity. This new function can be found on the Prescriptions menu and is only visible if the current facility is enabled for prospective billing.
  • Prospective Billing Generator
    • FrameworkLTC now has new functionality to refill billing transactions that are Prospective Billing. This new function can be found on the Prescriptions menu and is only visible if the current facility is enabled for prospective billing.
  • Quality Event Entry (4.0)
    • The comment field was not allowing for multi-line text. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Re-Print Rx Label (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will not require prescription transactions that are Prospective Billed to be authorized or adjudicated before printing the label.
  • Rebill From History
    • Prospective billing “P” transactions will not be available for rebill. Only the prospective billing “B” transactions will be available for rebill.
    • The “Return to Stock” checkbox in the grid will not be enabled or checked for prospective billing transactions.
    • The total quantity dispensed will always be decremented for prospective billing transactions.
  • Receive Inventory (4.0)
    • During drug substitutions of “Unbilled U/D transactions in history”, FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the pharmacy for which the drug substitution was being performed in and was updating all transactions for the NDC, no matter of the pharmacy. This issue has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate new pharmacy option “Allow NDC substitutions in Prospective Billing transactions” when user selects to perform substitutions during receiving of inventory.
    • If the SQL user does not have server roles as "Sysadmin" and they receive inventory the check boxes on the 'Allow full return', 'Allow Credit on partial' , 'Auto apply credit calculation' and ‘Allow inventory to be returned' on the returns tab were not being marked on the pharmacy formulary. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Renew Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will not allow Prospective Billing transactions to be renewed.
  • Reverse Batch (4.0)
    • 5.1 claims were not able to be reversed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Review Batch (4.0)
    • If licensed for MTS, all orders in the batch were being sent to MTS. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • A “Prospective Billing” checkbox has been added to the Prescription tab.
    • For RetroQuick transactions that have the “Prospective Billing” checkbox checked, the quantity, additional quantity billed, and days supply will not be able to be edited.
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the house stock list for the nursing station.
    • If the “Prospective Billing” checkbox is checked when entering a new prescription:<br /> --The Transaction Type will be set to “B” and will be unable to be changed.<br /> --The Intended Quantity and Intended Days Supply fields will be made visible next to the Quantity and Days Supply fields. These fields will used to enter the quantity and days supply that should be used when the order is filled. These fields are required.<br /> --The “# of Labels” and “Lbl Qtys” fields will be hidden.<br /> --The “Partial” drop-down will be disabled. Prospective billing “B” transactions cannot be entered as a partial fill.<br /> --The Profile Only checkbox will be disabled. Prospective billing “B” transactions cannot be marked profile only.<br /> --The Hold Date field will be made visible. The hold date can be entered on prospective billing “B” transactions even though they are not marked profile only.
    • If the user was in Edit Mode and there were matching unbilled transactions to fuse with, when choosing "Yes" to fuse, the user would be sent into an infinite loop and never able to resave the Rx. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Insurance plan warnings will not be displayed for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • Pressing the Next Button on the Label Print Preview window was causing an extra blank page to open. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The "Prospective Billing" checkbox will only be visible if the "Enable Prospective Billing" box is checked for both the facility and the nursing station, and the "Allow Billing Only Transactions" system option is set to yes.
    • The “Prospective Billing” checkbox will be disabled when the “Unit Dose” checkbox is checked, and the “Unit Dose” checkbox will be disabled when the “Prospective Billing” checkbox is checked.
    • The “Prospective Billing” checkbox will only be enabled when entering a new prescription.
    • The check for inactive methods of payment when saving when the “Block selection of inactive methods of payment in Rx Entry” system option is set to yes will not be performed for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • The facility options under Prescriptions - Rx Entry Validations were not being evaluated resulting in Total Quantity Written not being properly validated. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The method of payment, price code, invoice group, cost, fee, copay, discount, total price, and actual cost fields will not be visible for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • The Pick Up Stop drop-down will not be visible for prospective billing “B” transactions.
    • The primary claim and secondary claim tabs will never be visible for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • The Rx checklist button will not be visible for prospective billing “B” transactions.
    • The validation against the max days supply and quantity from the facility/nursing station will now be performed when saving any prescription where the transaction type is P or B, not just new prescriptions.
    • The validation against the min/max days supply from the price option when the days supply is changed will not be performed for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • The validation when saving for whether authorization is required will not be performed for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • The validation when saving for whether the method of payment allows OTC items will not be performed for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • The validation when saving that the Cost value is non-zero when the “Allow user to save a prescription if there is no cost present” system option is set to no will not be performed for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • The validation when saving that the drug is on the insurance plan formulary will not be performed for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • The validation when saving that the selected delivery route has already been released when licensed for FrameworkPOD will not be performed for prospective billing “B” transactions.
    • The validation when saving that the total quantity dispensed is less than the total quantity written will not be performed for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • The warning when saving when the revenue is less than cost and the “Warn if revenue is less than cost when saving a prescription in Rx Entry” system option is set to yes will not be displayed for prospective billing “P” transactions.
    • When licensed for Paperfree or DocuTrack, the documents in the Pat.ReorderDocs would duplicate every time an Rx was reordered and the order was saved. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When pressing the Initial Review check mark, if the patient is a Pseudo Patient, a 'Not performing clinical screening because this patient is marked as a Pseudo Patient" message will be displayed.
    • When printing a label, prospective billing “P” transactions will never be treated as requiring adjudication for the “Block Rx label printing if not adjudicated” pharmacy option.
    • When recalling an order that is marked for prospective billing, the transaction type will be defaulted to “B”.
    • When reordering an IV prescription, the directions were automatically updating to the Infuse Directions from the IV itself instead of carrying the directions order from the reorder record when saving. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When reordering/refilling an order that is marked for prospective billing:<br /> -- The refills remaining will not be checked.<br /> -- The validation for controlled substances that the order has not been reordered/refilled more than 5 times will not be performed.<br /> -- The check for refill too soon will not be performed.<br /> -- The total quantity dispensed will not be validated against the total quantity written.<br /> -- The method of payment, price code, and invoice group fields will be populated with the values from the reorder, regardless of the value of the “Re-evaluate payment plan rules on reorders/refills” system option.<br /> -- The cycle type (“Default”, “MedA”, “MedAShort”, “MedDShort”) will be populated with the value from the reorder and will not be re-evaluated.<br /> -- The refills remaining will not be decremented.
    • When saving a reorder/refill that has the “Prospective Billing” checkbox checked, FrameworkLTC will check if the available prospective billed quantity for the order is greater than or equal to the quantity plus additional quantity billed on the prescription. If it is not, the error message “insufficient quantity remaining on prospective billing transactions” will be displayed, and the prescription will not be able to be saved.
    • When the Nursing Station was not set to allow Unit Dose for compounds and the UD box was checked prior to entering the compound, the UD box would be hidden but still treat the order like it was a UDRx. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the user completes the processing of an ERx message and presses the "Done", Framework will now evaluate the "Only list associated physicians" facility option and display a warning if the doctor on the order is not associated with the facility receiving the order.
    • When using the Add To Profile button on an order that has “Prospective Billing” checked:<br /> -- The Qty field on the Reorder will be populated with the IntendQty value.<br /> -- The DaysSupply field on the Reorder will be populated with the IntendDays value.<br /> -- If the order is for an IV, the Labels field on the Reorder will be populated with the IntendQty value.<br /> -- The label quantities in the LabQtys field on the Reorder will be recalculated based on the IntendQty.<br /> -- If the OrigQty is not specified on the Rx, the OrigQty field on the Reorder will be populated with the IntendQty value.<br /> -- If the OrigDaysSupply is not specified on the Rx, the OrigDaysSupply field on the Reorder will be populated with the IntendDays value.<br /> -- The IntendQty field will be populated with the IntendQty value.<br /> -- The IntendDays field will be populated with the IntendDays value.<br /> -- The PBQty field will be populated with the Qty value plus the AddQtyBilled value.<br /> -- The PBDaysSupply field will be populated with the DaysSupply value.<br /> -- The quantity field in the ReorderIngreds table will be recalculated based on the IntendQty value.<br />
    • When using the Enhanced Partial Fill functionality, the user was not able to adjudicate the same rx number multiple times. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the house stock list for the nursing station.
    • FrameworkLTC will permit refilling of Prospective Billing orders.
  • Submit Electronic Claims By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will not include prescription transactions that are Prospective Billing when submitting electronic claims.
  • The following 4.0 screens have been turned on:
    • File->Pharmacy->Discharge Reasons
      File->Quality Event->Quality Event Types
      File->Quality Event->Quality Event Search
  • Therapeutic Type Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will not include billing transactions that are Prospective Billing when selecting to run the report for Prescription History.
  • Unfulfilled Prospective Billing Report
    • FrameworkLTC now has a new report that will provide billing transactions that are Prospective Billing that have been discontinued/expired before reaching the original billed quantity. This new function can be found on the Prescriptions menu and is only visible if the current facility is enabled for prospective billing.
  • Update Cost from Disk
    • An “Index was outside the bounds of the array” error was being thrown when using the 832 file format and selecting Use Package Qty when the PO4 segment only had 1 item. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.204 (Database Revision 1.03.159) Released 7/31/2017

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0169 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0243 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0159 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0051 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0046 or higher

  • Archive History (4.0)
    • An “Out of Memory” error was being thrown when archiving ECS history. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Batch View
    • If the "Require Quantity to be a multiple of the minimum quantity to dispense" system option was set to "Yes" and the quantity was set to zero, FrameworkLTC will not allow you to save the change. This behavior has been corrected and the validation will not occur.
  • Complete Delivery Route
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer include routes that were not started or have been merged in the grid.
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the delivery route end time to the latest departure time (instead of the current time) when completing a route.
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the stop arrival/departure times based on the user-entered location departure time (instead the current time) when completing a route.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When using ASAP 4.2, FrameworkLTC will now send the dispense date in the DateSold (DSP17) field when the state is Utah.
    • When using ASAP4.1 and ASAP4.2, FrameworkLTC will no longer print AIR02 Segment when the state Texas and the prescriber is out of state. FrameworkLTC will no longer print AIR01 and AIR02 to when C-II Electronic Prescription or C-III - C-V prescriptions when the state is Texas.
  • Deliveries (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to copy deliveries from one facility to one or more facilities. If Delivery ID already exists in the facility copying to, FrameworkLTC will prompt the user to update the destination facility delivery with the source facility delivery information.
  • Drug Zones (4.0)
    • The "Delete Printer" button was missing. This has been corrected.
  • ERx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC now supports showing the structured sig text from the message, and building the order sig based on the structured sig on the Prescription Directions screen when processing new prescription messages.
    • FrameworkLTC will now load the 4.0 patients screen when accessing patient data.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now remove any carriage return line feeds (CR/LF) from the Comments field when sending the value to Synmed.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry (4.0)
    • When editing a Fast Literal Order entry and pressing the Cut Order button before the entry is saved, an unexpected error could occur. This has been corrected.
  • Find Patient
    • FrameworkLTC will now load the 4.0 Fast Literal Order Entry screen when using the “Fast Literal Order Entry” button.
    • FrameworkLTC will now load the 4.0 patients screen when using the "Open Patient Profile" button.
    • FrameworkLTC will now load the Reorders screen via the 4.0 patients screen when using the "Open Patient Order List" button and selecting a Reorder record
  • FrameworkLink Import Users
    • If licensed for FrameworkLink, FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to bulk import FrameworkLink users using a properly formatted CSV file. This new functionality can be found under (Utilities)(FrameworkLink)(Import Users).
  • FrameworkPOD Licenses
    • Under certain circumstances, a "missing type map configuration or unsupported mapping" error was being thrown when the screen was opened or the pharmacy changed. This behavior originated in version 3.0.203 and has been corrected.
  • No Refills Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to generate the report for orders with one or less refill remaining and orders that will expire by the provided date.
  • On Site Stores (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now lock the pharmacy drop down list while in add or edit mode.
  • Override Claim Status
    • FrameworkLTC will now update the PatientPayAmt when the ThirdPartyCopay is updated.
  • Package Types (4.0)
    • The Dispense Package Method drop-down was missing the IDs for Automatic Dispensing, Floor Stock, Traditional, and Unit Dose. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Setup (4.0)
    • Added a hot key (ALT+L) to the List button on the A/R Info tab.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display an "Access Violation" error message when an user with no access to reorders tries to open the reorders screen from the patients form.
    • If the "Auto assign patient ID" system option was set to “Yes”, when adding a new patient and assigning an existing Customer No on the A/R tab, the Patient ID in the FWDB.PAT.PatientCustomerNos was being set to “**New** and no AR information was getting assigned to the patient. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary (4.0)
    • Changed the hot key for the "Equivalent Products" button to "ALT+C" to avoid potential conflicts in certain form configurations.
    • Changing the calculation base values on the Pricing tab was not updating the values in the user cost grid unless the “Recalculate User Costs for all drugs” button was pressed. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Improved the performance of the synchronize inventory process.
    • On load of the Formulary List, the Drug Name was not always getting populated. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The 'Recalculate User Costs for all drugs' button was not accessible via Alt+U in spite of having the U marked with an underscore. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When performing a drug substitution, the state of the Compounds Definition check box was not being help. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Setup (4.0)
    • New pharmacy option, “Show Fill History within the RTS Warning dialog by default”. If set to “Yes”, the application will automatically show the fill history grid when the Refill Too Soon warning screen first opens. The default value is “No”. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
  • Post Batch (4.0)
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC was not allowing Billing Only transactions to be posted because they were not delivered. This behavior has been corrected and Billing Only transactions will only validated if a Pick Up Stop has been specified on the order.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • An “invalid character for cast specification” error was being thrown when attempting to process the data from the ARNAT and AROBL tables. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Monographs by Drug (4.0)
    • The user was not able to use the arrow keys to navigate the Gender radio buttons. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Packing Slips By Batch
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will now warn the user that packing slips will not be sent to FrameworkPOD when printing by batch.
  • Profile Scan By Schedule Number (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now look at all ingredients for compounds and IVs to determine if it contains a scheduled drug instead of just the primary ingredient.
  • Release Delivery Routes
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the number of totes being released in the top grid.
    • FrameworkLTC will now log when routes are released and unreleased.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now interpret administration times on a split sig when processing a new ERx message.
    • FrameworkLTC will now load the 4.0 patients screen when using the blue arrow to open the Patient profile.
    • FrameworkLTC will now load the 4.0 Pharmacy Formulary screen when using the blue arrow to open the formulary.
    • FrameworkLTC will now load the 4.0 physicians screen when using the blue arrow to open the Physician profile.
    • The “Do not update original date for recalled prescriptions” system option will now take precedence over the “Tie original date to date written instead of dispensed date on New Rxs” system option when recalling a prescription.
  • Sig Codes (4.0)
    • If licensed for FrameworkERx, FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to specify mappings between FrameworkLTC Sig Codes and Structured Sig elements.
  • System Options (4.0)
    • New system option, “Show structured sig in sig preview window”. If set to “Yes”, the sig preview window will show how the sig maps to structured sig. The default value is “No”. This system option will only be visible if licensed for the E-Rx interface. It can found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
  • Users (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now sort the records by name instead of NPI.
    • If the "Block Pharmacy Selection" system option was set to "Yes", the pharmacy list on the Teams screen was not getting populated correctly. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the Default Pharmacy has been changed and saved, the record(s) were not getting deleted from the PHARM.PharmacistTeams table. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.203 (Database Revision 1.03.149) Released 7/5/2017

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0169 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0243 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0159 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0050 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0046 or higher

  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • FrameworkLTC will now trim leading/trailing spaces from the Tote ID.
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC will now trim leading/trailing spaces from the Tote ID.
  • Batch View
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate the minimum quantity to dispense from the formulary to the value that the user enters.
  • Calculate Drug Quote (4.0)
    • If the "Include Actual Cost on Quote" box is checked, then a blank page was included when printing the quote. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Complete Delivery Route
    • FrameworkLTC will now mark the individual totes as delivered when marking the location as delivered.
    • Pressing the "Complete Route" button was throwing an unexpected error. This behavior originated in 3.0.202 and has been corrected.
  • Compounds (4.0)
    • When the “Allow off formulary dispensing” system option is to “No”, FrameworkLTC will now display a message when attempting to save a compound that includes an ingredient that does not exist on the formulary.
    • When using the "Export to ACCPAC item list" feature was utilized, an error occurred while attempting to export Accpac items was being thrown when the database ID and item number combination already existed in the AR.Items table. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Delete Batch (4.0)
    • Improved performance with deleting a batch.
  • Deliveries (4.0)
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, there will now be a new checkbox, "Does not utilize FrameworkPOD". If this box is checked, any prescriptions for that Delivery ID will be skipped when performing the Post Rx Batch validation for whether or not the prescription has been delivered.
  • Delivery Dashbaord
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Delivery Date in the Details grids.
  • Drug Zones (4.0)
    • When the user renames an existing drug zone that is assigned to drugs on the formulary, it was not updating the drug zone on the drugs in the formulary that are associated to that specific zone. This behavior has been corrected.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • When processing a CENSUS message, the NoFacFormPriceCd field on the PatientMOPs table was being set to NULL instead of 0 when saving a new payment plan. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Electronic Claim Submission
    • If the original claim submission was for a partial fill and then a reversal was performed, the Date of Service that was being sent was the dispense date. The dispense date might not be the date that the original claim was submitted so the reversal was being rejected. The functionality was changed, so that during a reversal, it will now pass the same date of service that the original claim was submitted.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC has made the card types 21 through 57 available when using the Synmed format.
    • FrameworkLTC no longer provides the ability to assign separate export batch IDs based on tote level when using the Tosho format.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Only include RX's that have been authorized".
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will now have the ability to assign separate export batch IDs based on tote level when using the Chudy Group Pouch Packaging Device (ATP384) and TCGRx (Tab Delimited) formats.
    • When licensed for FrameworkPOD and using the AutoMed Export, the file name on the export would be written using a defaulted name from the system. This was causing the filename that the user chose to be overwritten with the system default. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Facility Drug Price Report (4.0)
    • Improved overall performance.
  • Facility Setup
    • New facility option, "Allow facility notes to remain open in Rx Entry". If set to "Yes", the user will not be required to close the facility notes window when displayed in order to proceed. The default value is "No". This facility option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New facility option, "Use nursing station next cycle date in forecast file". If set to "Yes", the next cycle date from the nursing station cycle setup will be used in the forecast file that is sent to CIM by the FrameworkLTC CIM Interface instead of the order last fill date plus days supply. The default value is "No". This option will only be visible when licensed for the FrameworkLTC CIM Interface. It can be found under (Interfaces)(CIM).
  • Facility Setup (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter an email address when setting up the FrameworkLink administrator password.
    • Improved overall performance.
    • Tax Status ranks were being numbered starting with 0 instead of 1. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry (4.0)
    • Double-clicking the desired library text from the Select form on a newly created entry would throw an "Object reference not set" error. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the system option "Prompt for comment when changing patient profile" was set to "Yes", and the user edited a Fast Literal Order entry, the Log Comments box was being displayed and hanging the application. The Log Comments box has been removed from that scenario entirely.
  • Financial Impact Report (4.0)
    • An “arithmetic overflow error converting money to data type numeric” was being thrown when a negative margin existed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Find Patient
    • After entering a birth date and clicking Search, if Shift+Tab was used to move back up to the top of the Search Criteria grid, a “no current record” run-time error would occur. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Flash Rx
    • When using the Facility Group option and an inactive facility is included in the specified group, FrameworkLTC was processing orders in that inactive facility. This behavior has been corrected.
  • FrameworkLink Administrator Setup
    • When licensed for FrameworkLink, FrameworkLTC now has the ability to create/update an Administrator credentials, that are not facility specific. This new functionality can be found Utilities -> FrameworkLink -> Administrator Setup
  • Incomplete Delivery Reasons
    • FrameworkLTC now allows for the 30 characters in the Reason field.
  • Insurance Plans (4.0)
    • Improved overall performance.
    • New Insurance Plan Option, ‘'Remove hyphen from Prescriber Zip field (368-2P) during claim submission”. This option allows the pharmacy to choose whether or not to remove the hyphen in a 9 digit prescriber zip when filling in the information in Rx Entry. The default value is “No”. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Electronic Claims).
    • On edit, the user was not able to delete a row from the PBM coverage grid. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the user was creating or updating an Insurance Plan that requires a new A/R Customer Number to be created in ACCPAC, the 'Inactive' check box in the A/R Customer tab was automatically being checked after adding/editing that A/R Customer No and performing the synchronization with ACCPAC. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Leave of Absence
    • If there was no LOA Rx Rate or Maximum LOA value set on Facility Setup, LOA Rxs would be created without an entry in the Rx.LOA table. This was causing no entries to be written to the FWDB.Audit.LOALog table.
  • Nursing Station Groups (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the address under the Stops drop down on the FrameworkPOD tab.
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • A “the given key was not present” error would be thrown when the nursing station had a Before Meals schedule and not a 8 Times/Day schedule. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the address under the Stops drop down on the FrameworkPOD tab.
    • Improved overall performance.
    • Users were not able to select records in the grid using the spacebar on the Copy Administration Schedules screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • On Site Stores (4.0)
    • A "Command text not set for the command object" error would be thrown when printing certain packing slip formats. This behavior has been corrected.
    • A “cannot find column Pharm or the user-defined function or aggregate Pharm.GetDEAClass or the name is ambiguous” error was thrown when printing a packing slip. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Improved overall performance.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow the user to print labels if the Facility Status (located on Facility Setup) is not active.
  • Patient Profile (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the address under the Stops drop down on the FrameworkPOD tab.
    • Improved overall performance.
  • Patient Profile Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now include Rx Number, Quantity, Refills Remaining and the Prescriber in the orders section of this report.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the patient’s address and phone number within the patient’s personal information section.
  • Patient What If Analysis
    • The Duplicate Therapy warning messages were not matching what was displayed when actually putting the order in a batch. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary (4.0)
    • During the initializing of inventory, if the user had deleted the 'DEFAULT' drug zone and added it back in with different case, FrameworkLTC was showing a blank zone list. This behavior has been corrected.
    • During the initializing of inventory, if user had deleted the 'DEFAULT' drug zone, the drop down box of drug zones was not defaulting to the first value in the list. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Improved performance when calculating pricing.
    • Performing a drug substitution when the "Allow substitutions of Non Equivalent products" and "--Only when logged in as a pharmacist" system options are both set to "Yes" would cause the application to hang. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When saving, loading, or navigating between Pharmacy Formularies, the Drug Category list box was retaining a selection between such actions. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Setup (4.0)
    • New pharmacy option, "Reject Refill/Reorder Requests for house stock items" (for FrameworkECM). If set to "Yes", FrameworkECM will not allow refills/reorders to be completed if the item is on the house stock list. The default value is "No". This option can be found under (Interfaces)(FrameworkECM) and will only be visible if licensed for FrameworkECM.
  • Physicians (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC has added an additional security level when allowing for modifying physician specific therapeutic interchanges. If the user does not have permission to modify therapeutic interchanges, the form will be opened in read-only mode.
    • Improved overall performance.
  • Post Batch (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now require orders with a quantity of 0, but have an additional quantity billed not zero, to pass initial review before being posted.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, a new validation has been added to verify that the prescriptions have been delivered before allowing to post the batch. This validation occurs for all non-profile prescriptions with a transaction type of 'P' or 'B'. This validation does not include prescriptions for retail facilities.
  • Pre-billing Verification Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include the Invoice Group on the report details third party payors.
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the AR Customer number on new Insurance Plans and was displaying "***CUSTOMER NUMBER NOT SET FOR PLAN XXXXX***" on the report. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Facility Invoices (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was throwing a "The cast to value type System.Decimal failed because the materialized value is null" error when printing. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Prepack Labels (4.0)
    • Labels were always printing to the default printer regardless of the printer selected. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Receive Inventory (4.0)
    • When using scanners that are set up to submit a Carriage Return at the end of data sequence, the number of packages being received would be doubled on the Receive Inventory Multiples screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Release Routes
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Tote ID in the message that is displayed to notify the user that there are packing slips that have not yet been printed.
  • Resynchronize Batch
    • Cut orders were not showing on the report correctly. FrameworkLTC will now show items that have been D/C’d since the SnapShot batch that meet the following criteria: (1) The Cut Date in the snapshot batch is blank, (2) The Cut Date in the current batch has been entered and now a value exists or (3) the Cut Date changed from the snapshot batch to the current order in a batch.
  • Rx Entry
    • An "Invalid property value" error was being thrown when searching for a Compound where the ID contains a space. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was not displaying the custom colors correctly for a therapeutic interchange when the "Use Custom Display Colors for On Site Stores" system option was set to "Yes". This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was not holding the Submission Clarification Code of '19-Split Billing' when changing the MOP on a Q transaction from a third party payer to a private payer and then back to a third party payer. This behavior has been corrected by always adding the SCC of '19-Split Billing' using the following guidelines: (1) the TransType is "Q", (2) the Insurance Plan has the 'Send Clarification Code - 19 for Split Billing' box checked (3) SCC '19-Split Billing' didn't already exist on the order and (4) the number of existing SCCs on the order did not = 3 (since you can only have 3 SCCs on one given order).
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow the label preview to be used if the facility has not been activated.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow the user to print labels from the preview window if the Facility Status (located on Facility Setup) is not active.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the “Allow off formulary dispensing” system option to check the ingredients in Compounds and IVs. This validation will check all pharmacy formularies if the System Option is enabled and will throw the following errors if 1 or more of the ingredients is not found:
      - For Compounds: "One or more of the ingredients in this Compound are not on the formulary"
      - For IVs: "One or more of the ingredients in this IV are not on the formulary"
    • If the "Prompt before dispensing house stock items" system option was set to "Yes" and the user answered "No" to the "The item being dispensed is on the house stock list for this facility. Are you sure you wish to dispense this product?" prompt, FrameworkLTC would disable the NDC lookup function. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When entering an order for a Compound or IV, the dispensing method for the previous order was being carried over to the new order. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When navigating through records in the batch, if an order did not have an entry in the Rx.Labels table, FrameworkLTC would display the workflow steps from the previous record on the the workflow tab. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Send Message
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the FrameworkLink multiple facility functionality.
  • Set Delivery IDs
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set delivery id by Rx number.
    • FrameworkLTC will now only show Active facilities in the facility drop down list.
    • When the "Prompt for comment when changing patient profile" system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC was prompting once for each prescription updated. This behavior has been corrected and the user will only be prompted once.
  • Shipping Totes (4.0)
    • Improved overall performance.
  • Stops
    • FrameworkLTC now allows for the Address Line 1 to be 50 characters instead of only 20 in order to properly store the google formatted address.
    • FrameworkLTC will now sort the report by Stop Name instead of ID.
  • The 4.0 version of the following screens will be automatically turned on:
    • File - Facility - Facility Setup
      File - Facility - Patients
  • Unbilled Transactions Report (4.0)
    • A "value cannot be null parameter name: priceQuoteSearchModel" error was being thrown when calculating the price of a UDRx transaction if the transaction was a Compound (CCType = C or I) and the CCID was NULL ot the transaction was not a Compound (CCType = NULL) and the NDC was NULL. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Update Invenory From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the "810 Invoice" format.
  • Users (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability for users to have access to edit physician specific therapeutic interchanges.
  • Vendors (4.0)
    • When a Vendor ID is updated, FrameworkLTC will now carry the change through to the AddlNDCVendors, HPOHeaders, Inventory, InventoryLog, InventoryZones and POHeaders tables.

Version 3.0.202 (Database Revision 1.03.121) Released 4/25/2017

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0169 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0243 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0158 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0050 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0044 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • FrameworkLTC will now clear the packing slip id from the order if the prescription has already been added to a tote and included on a packing slip, and then added to a different tote.
    • If the "Block Pharmacy Selection" system option was set to "Yes" and more than one Rx was found with the same criteria, the Select Order screen would show Rxs from pharmacies that the current logged in user did not have access to. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When removing an order from a tote, if the order was already assigned a packing slip ID, FrameworkLTC will now display a warning to reprint the packing slip and then remove the packing slip ID from the order.
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC will now clear the packing slip id from the order if the prescription has already been added to a tote and included on a packing slip, and then added to a different tote.
    • If the "Block Pharmacy Selection" system option was set to "Yes" and more than one Rx was found with the same criteria, the Select Order screen would show Rxs from pharmacies that the current logged in user did not have access to. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Apply Medication Therapy Management Fees (4.0)
    • If the MTM Item Number field of the facility setup has an ACCPAC description that exceeds 30 characters, a "String or binary data would be truncated" error would be thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Billing Summary by MOP (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC did not have method of payment as the primary sort sequence. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC has added a "Total Amount" column which will be the total amount paid by all payors and will be used to calculate the margin.
    • FrameworkLTC was display “Unknown TPA” as the Insurance Plan name when the ID was greater than 6 characters. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the Inventory Cost instead of the Actual Cost.
    • Miscellaneous items such as MTM fees and Per Diem Fees were not being included on the report. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Patients with multiple payors were getting counted multiple times throwing off the patient count. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Commercial Eligibility Check (4.0)
    • When printing the report for multiple patients, the header for all pages listed the patient name from the first page. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When using the ASAP 4.0, 4.1 or 4.2 format, FrameworkLTC will now pass all nines in the Patient Phone Number field (PAT17) if the state is Michigan and no phone number is entered for the patient.
    • When using the ASAP 4.2 format for the state of Wisconsin, FrameworkLTC will now send "E" in AIR07 (Last name of Person Dropping Off or Picking Up Rx) and "3" in AIR08 (First Name of Person Dropping Off or Picking Up Rx).
  • Deliveries (4.0)
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to override the Tote level scanning options and indicate whether everything in the delivery id needs scanned or not.
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the number of minutes between refreshes and to disable the automatic refresh. By default, the automatic refresh will be enabled with an interval of one minute. The automatic refresh settings for each of the detail screens will be defaulted to the values from the main Delivery Dashboard screen, but can be changed independently of the main screen.
  • Delivery Signee Titles
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define titles for those who are signing for the delivery in the mobile application.
  • DocuTrack Interface (4.0)
    • Associations to DocuTrack were not working due to the format of the XML string. This behavior has been corrected.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • If a facility custom field called "EPCS Packing Slip Message" is created, FrameworkLTC will populate the Packing Slip Message field in Rx Entry with the value from this custom field when processing new EPCS prescriptions.
    • When processing a CANRX message and the Cut Date was less than the DispenseDt of the order in the batch, the "Ignore cut date options when processing cancel messages" system option was not being evaluated correctly and the order would be automatically removed from the batch. This behavior has been changed to evaluate that option correctly and if set to "Yes" the order in the batch will be cut and remain in the batch.
    • When processing a NEWRX message for a compound, the PostIts were not being displayed in Rx Entry. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When processing an incoming eRx message that was sent with a GPI only, the Inclusive and Exclusive Facility Formulary was not being evaluated correctly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • ECS Field Values
    • FrameworkLTC has added the following values for ECS Code 306-C6, Patient Relationship Code, when submitting using D.0:
      - 5 = Student
      - 6 = Disabled Dependent
      - 7 = Adult Dependent
      - 8 = Significant Other
  • Export Batch
    • When using the MTS format and the "Set label printed step as complete on orders sent to MTS" system option was set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC was not setting the workflow as complete on the orders that were exported. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC was displaying the facility notes for the current facility, not the facility that you were viewing in facility setup. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry (4.0)
    • Pressing the Escape key was attempting to close the screen instead of restore the previous state of the row. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The autocomplete functionality was not working on the Category cell. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Typing into Text column of the grid and clicking the 'X' to close the window would throw a runtime error. This behavior has been corrected.
    • You were not able to use the Tab key to navigate across the grid cells. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Favorites Ribbon
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to collapse the ribbon via three different modes.
      1. FULL MODE: With this option, the ribbon is visible all of the time. The mode arrow in the upper right corner points up. Clicking on the mode arrow, or double-clicking on any of the tab headers, will put the ribbon into Header mode.
      2. HEADER MODE: With this option, only the ribbon header is visible. The mode arrow in the upper right corner points down. Clicking on the mode arrow, or double-clicking on any of the tab headers, will put the ribbon into Full mode. Single-clicking any of the tab headers will open the ribbon as a popup menu.
      3. POPUP MENU: With this option, the ribbon is not permanently visible. The mode arrow in the upper right corner points down. The ribbon will behave like it does when in Header mode, but it does not resize the workspace and may overlap screens opened at the top on the workspace. Clicking off of the ribbon or selecting a toolbar icon will close the popup menu.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer hide/show ribbon icons based on the users security. Accessing a feature through the ribbon still performs the relevant security and license checks, as if the feature were accessed directly from the menu system.
    • If licensed for FrameworkERx and the "Use UDP Broadcasting within E-Rx Queue Manager" system option was set to "Yes" and you were running multiples instances of FrameworkLTC, the queue count was not getting updated on all instances. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now clear the packing slip id from the order if the prescription has already been added to a tote and included on a packing slip, and then added to a different tote.
    • If the "Block Pharmacy Selection" system option was set to "Yes" and more than one Rx was found with the same criteria, the Select Order screen would show Rxs from pharmacies that the current logged in user did not have access to. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Financial Impact Report (4.0)
    • A "System.outofmenoryException" error was being thrown. This has been corrected and performance has been improved.
    • Under certain circumstance, a blank Method of Payment was appearing on the report when the "Separate Payors" option was selected. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the "Separate Payors" checkbox was checked, a Division by Zero error was being thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Flash Rx
    • When choosing the "Cycle Fill prescriptions due during the following period' option, rxs would be pulled into the batch that were cut before the From Date (Select Prescriptions section). This would only happen if the Start Date entered was greater than the From Date and the DC date on the reorder fell between the 2 different dates. This has been changed and Framework will now compare the Start Date with the From Date entered and take the later date of the 2 to determine how to pull the items with a cut date.
    • When FlashRx populated the RxIngreds table for non-compound Rxs, if the "Re-apply inventory zone selection rules" option was not checked, it calculated the RxIngreds quantity by dividing the new Rx quantity by the quantity from the Reorder and multiplying by the ReorderIngreds quantity. If there was a mismatch between the Reorder quantity and the ReorderIngreds quantity, this would cause the quantity in the RxIngreds table to be incorrect. This has been changed so that the RxIngreds quantity will always be set to the Rx quantity for non-compound Rxs.
  • FrameworkPOD Licenses
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to request a change to the number of FrameworkPOD licenses each pharmacy retains. This new functionality is located under Utilities/FrameworkPOD Licenses.
  • Insurance Plans (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC will now have electronic claim fields 456-EN (Associated Prescription/Service Reference Number) and 457-EP (Associated Prescription/Service Date) available for adding to the claim segment.
  • Login
    • When using the credential file, FrameworkLTC was using the SQL user to determine application permissions for 4.0 screens instead of the windows user. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Margin Report By Drug (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was including both the unit dose component and composite. This behavior has been corrected and the components will no longer be included.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Report (4.0)
    • When running the report "By Pharmacy" and selecting a patient who is not in the current facility, the facility that was displayed in the report header was incorrect. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Nursing Station Groups (4.0)
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD and FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC now provides the ability for the pharmacy to specify if they would like to receive the Proof of Delivery and the delivery method. The pharmacy can also decide if they would like the delivery methods for the Proof of Delivery to use what is set up on each individual nursing station within the nursing station group.
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD and FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC now provides the ability for the pharmacy to specify if they would like to receive the Proof of Delivery and the delivery method.
  • On Site Stores (4.0)
    • Attempting to create the first On Site Store, would throw a “Sequence contains no matching element” error. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was graying out the cells in the R/O Point and Max Stock columns when clicking on them while not in edit mode. Additionally, when editing a cell from a sorted column, after leaving the cell, the grid would re-sort, moving the edited row's position. These behaviors have been corrected.
  • Packaging
    • If the "Block Pharmacy Selection" system option was set to "Yes" and more than one Rx was found with the same criteria, the Select Order screen would show Rxs from pharmacies that the current logged in user did not have access to. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will now have electronic claim fields 456-EN (Associated Prescription/Service Reference Number) and 457-EP (Associated Prescription/Service Date) available for adding to the claim segment on reorders.
    • If the user did not have access to the Define Physicians screen, they were still able to access it via the blue arrow beside the Physician or 2nd Physician fields. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • The Inventory Forecast Calculator was including both unit dose components and unit dose composite transactions when calculating usage. This has been modified so that unit dose composite transactions will be excluded.
  • Pharmacy Formulary (4.0)
    • A "Reorder Quantity on line x must be a multiple of the Purchase Pack Size (xx.xxx)" error was incorrectly being thrown when decimal values were used due to rounding errors. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Drug Label Name as part of the Search functionality.
    • New NDCs were being saved with NULL numeric values instead of zeroes which caused a "Type Mismatch" error when attempting to print labels. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The Facility and Private Pay price code drop-downs were showing duplicate price codes. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When adding a new drug to the formulary (green plus button on the toolbar), the "Add to Formulary..." screen's search feature did not execute on Enter. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When exporting to ACCPAC, the manufacturer was being exported as the item name instead of the drug label name. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When performing a drug substitution, the Usual and Customary was not getting set on prescriptions in a batch resulting in a value of $0.00 being submitted on the claim. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the Substitute Drug Product function, the "Add replacement drug to formulary" check box was not being disabled if the replacement drug already exists. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the Synchronize Inventory feature, FrameworkLTC was leaving the 3rd Party On Hand values at zero when loading the data from CIM into the grid. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Physicians (4.0)
    • When using the right click menu inside the Notes box to copy/paste a highlighted section, the entire selection was either selected and copied or deleted. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Post Rx Batch
    • When substituting a drug in the formulary and choosing to perform the replacement in “Patient Reorder Records”, for orders that exist in a batch that were not updated (either because “Current Prescription Batches” was not checked on the Substitute Drug screen or the prescriptions were adjudicated or packaged), a screen is displayed showing these prescriptions that says “for selected orders below, the NDC will not be updated on the patient order during posting”. If prescriptions were selected on this screen, and the Apply button was clicked, the Reorder ingredient records were not getting updated during posting. This meant that if the quantity on the prescription had been changed from what was on the reorder, it would cause the quantity on the Reorder record and Reorder ingredient record to get out of sync. This has been modified so that when posting for prescriptions in this scenario, only the NDC and Description fields on the Reorder ingredient records will not be updated. All other fields on the Reorder ingredient record will be updated.
  • Post Rx Batch (4.0)
    • Modifications have been made to improve processing speed.
  • Prebilling Verification Report (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was display “Unknown TPA” as the Insurance Plan name when the ID was greater than 6 characters. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the "Block transactions that were billed and reversed on the same report" option was turned on and the report was being processed for a large set of data, the user was receiving a timeout error during the "Checking Reversals" step. This issue has been corrected.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • FrameworkLTC now supports exporting using the SHP Billing format.
    • When using the VFI Interface, FrameworkLTC will now pass the complete ID Group in the IdCode field (field #13) of the Mail To Address line (Record 03).
  • Print Flow Records (4.0)
    • A “Multiple-step operation generated errors. Check each status value” error was being thrown when selecting all patients in the patient list and using the Export to file function. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Physician Orders (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC was not observing the "Suppress Printing of Literal Descriptions" option. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • If the Credit Calculation on Facility Setup was set to use the Total Price – Adder, FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the Branches from the Cost Basis, which resulted in the wrong Adder being calculated during the return. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Re-print Rx Label (4.0)
    • An "either BOF or EOF is True, or the current record has been deleted" error was being thrown if the facility on the prescription being printed was not the current facility. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Receive Inventory
    • When receiving inventory for a User Defined Drug Product that did not have a GPI, the system would list the first NDC on a Purchase Order without a GPI as a comparable product, leading to the wrong NDC being received. This has been corrected to now only pull GPI as a comparable product when GPI is not an empty string.
  • Receive Inventory (4.0)
    • The incorrect NDC was being shown in the NDC column when there was no valid GPI. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rejected Claims Inquiry
    • When using the Batch ID filter, not all facilities were being returned. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Release Delivery Routes
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the new Override Scan Settings option on the delivery id.
    • Releasing a prescription marked as "Pick Up" would throw an "unexpected error occurred" error. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When you unreleased a route, FrameworkLTC will now clear the packing slip id from those prescriptions requiring the packing slip to be regenerated. This only applies if FrameworkLTC auto-generated the packing slip on release.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will not disabled the Submit button on the Secondary Claim tab when the "Block secondary claim if the primary claim returns a zero copay" system option is set to "Yes" and the Third Party Copay returned from the Primary Claim adjudication is zero.
    • FrameworkLTC will now have electronic claim fields 456-EN (Associated Prescription/Service Reference Number) and 457-EP (Associated Prescription/Service Date) available for adding to the claim segment.
    • If the "Show each location when looking up drug in Rx Entry" system option was set to "No", the order was for a compound or IV and the On Site Stores were setup to be nursing station specific, the wrong on site store was being displayed in the Compound/IV selector. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the “Allow fused transaction functionality” facility option was set to “Yes” and an order was entered as Profile Only and found to have matching Unit Dose Prescriptions in history, FrameworkLTC was allowing them to be fused together. This behavior has been corrected and Profile Only orders will no longer be prompted to Fuse with a history transaction.
    • When adjudicating a prescription that the reimbursement was less than the actual cost, if the Rx was reversed, the reimbursement amount was not cleared which resulted in an incorrect reimbursement amount being shown if the warning was displayed again on a second submission of the Rx. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When entering a new prescription for a compound, the PostIt would only be displayed if you moved the cursor to the compound field and then off of it. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the "Prompt before dispensing house stock items" system option is set to "Yes" and there is a Post-It assigned to a house stock NDC, FrameworkLTC will now show the Post-It note after the house stock prompt is answered.
  • Stops
    • When editing an existing stop and changing the Stop Type from “Drop Off” to “Pick Up”, FrameworkLTC will now validate that the stop is not set as the stop for any Facilities, Patients, Nursing Stations or Nursing Station Groups.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, "Re-evaluate Days Supply on reorders/refills". This new option is a sub option to "Re-evaluate payment plan rules on reorders/refills". If set to "Yes", the Days Supply on a reorder/refill will be evaluated against the Insurance Plan Cycle Override if available, or the Nursing Station Cycles, and updated accordingly in a batch. The default value is "No". This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorder/Refills).
  • Therapeutic Interchanges
    • The bottom of the Therapeutic Interchange Detected dialog was getting cutoff when the “Disable Therapeutic Interchange Substitutions” system option was set to yes, causing the Print and Close buttons to not be visible. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Toolbar Search (4.0)
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a "Field Search" button in the 4.0 toolbar. This new search feature allows the user to click on the button, click on the field that wish to search and the search window will be auto-populated when opened. This search window will stay open and allow you to easily navigate between records in the results grid.
  • Unbilled Transactions Report (4.0)
    • A "Value cannot be null" error would be thrown when prescriptions with a NULL NDC and CCType. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the earliest dispense date instead of the latest when printing unit dose transactions.

Version 3.0.201 (Database Revision 1.03.099) Released 2/28/2017

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0168 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0239 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0155 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0050 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0016 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0039 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Authorizations
    • When checking authorization for the "Authorization required for all facility pay (Non Med A) Rxs" and "Authorization required for all facility pay (Med A Cycle Active) Rxs" options, FrameworkLTC will only look at Medicare Coverage periods where the MOP is "FACI" when determining if there is an active Medicare coverage period.
    • When checking authorization for the "Authorization required for private pay Rxs when Third Party coverage exists" option, the program will only look at Medicare Coverage periods where the MOP matches the MOP on the prescription when determining if there is an active Medicare coverage period.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now bypass non-reviewed and non-authorized prescriptions based on the "Block Rx label printing if not reviewed" and "Block Rx Label printing if order is not authorized" system options and continue to print those prescriptions that have been reviewed and authorized. Previously, if you had 1 prescription in the batch that was not reviewed or authorized, no prescriptions would print.
  • Final Review
    • When validating that the 'TOT' prefix exists on ToteID, if the "Include 'TOT' Prefix on Shipping Labels", system option is turned on and the optional Tote ID is entered, FrameworkLTC was allowing the 'TOT' prefix to not be entered, by hitting 'Enter' key before leaving the focus of the Tote ID text box. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Main Menu
    • The "Set Delivery ID By Batch" option on the Utilities menu has been renamed to "Set Delivery ID".
  • Medicare Coverage Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now include prescriptions where the method of payment matches the MOP set on the Medicare coverage period instead of only including prescriptions where the method of payment is "FACI".
  • Nursing Station Groups (4.0)
    • The FrameworkPOD stop list will now be sorted by name instead of id.
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • The FrameworkPOD stop list will now be sorted by name instead of id.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the method of payment to use for each Medicare coverage period.
    • FrameworkLTC will now allow the Delivery ID/Date to be changed on the prescription history record.
  • Physician Orders (4.0)
    • The MAR Group filter was not working. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Post Batch (4.0)
    • The performance has been improved.
  • Print ID Badge
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to print on the Dymo Name Badge Labels (2¼ x 4").
  • Process Returns
    • A “Partial returns are not permitted for third party payors” message was incorrectly being shown when the FrameworkLink return packing slip id was being used to process the return. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Release Routes
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to refresh the grids.
    • When releasing on-demand orders, FrameworkLTC now gives you Select All and Clear All options.
  • Rx Entry
    • When reordering/refilling, if the "Re-evaluate payment plan rules on reorders/refills" and "Block price code lookup for reorders for private payors" system options are set to "No", and the method of payment on the order is "FACI", the application checks to see if there is an active Medicare coverage period for the patient. If there is, it checks to see if the price code on the order matches the price set for that Medicare coverage period. If it does, it will keep the price code that is on the order instead of re-evaluating the price code. This has been modified so that when checking for a Medicare coverage period, it will only look at periods where the MOP is "FACI".
  • Security
    • The "Set Delivery ID By Batch" option has been renamed to "Set Delivery ID".
  • Set Delivery ID
    • FrameworkLTC now supports setting the delivery ID and date on all prescriptions assigned to a specified tote or totes.
  • Shipping Totes (4.0)
    • "An unexpected error occurred. The underlying provider failed on Rollback" error would be thrown when the search results returned more than 50,000 records. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Therapeutic Interchanges (4.0)
    • An "Input string was not in correct format" error was being thrown when the sig contained brackets {}. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.200 (Database Revision 1.03.091) Released 2/28/2017

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0168 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0239 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0151 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0050 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0039 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • If the system option, "Include 'TOT' Prefix on Shipping Tote Labels" is turned on, FrameworkLTC will now allow up to 13 characters when entering the Tote ID.
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • If the system option, "Include 'TOT' Prefix on Shipping Tote Labels" is turned on, FrameworkLTC will now allow up to 13 characters when entering the Tote ID.
  • CMS Hospice Export
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the HcareHbase format.
  • Complete Delivery Route
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to manually complete a delivery route. This new functionality can be found under (Utilities)(Complete Delivery Route).
  • Cut All Active Orders
    • If the "-- Remove prescription if cut date = Dispense Date" system option is set to "Yes", a "The conversion of a varchar data type to a datatime data type resulted in an out-of-range value." error was being thrown when attempting to delete the order if the cut date month or day was not a two digit value. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Delete Batch (4.0)
    • If the “Use enhanced partial fill functionality” system option is set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will now check for prescriptions within the batch that are part of a partial fill. If prescriptions exists that are part of a partial fill, the batch will not be permitted to be deleted.
  • Delete Prescription From Batch
    • If the “Use enhanced partial fill functionality” system option is set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will not allow a prescription to be deleted if the prescription is part of a partial fill.
  • DeliveryTrack Interface
    • FrameworkLTC will now send the tote ship date in the DeliveryDate element when sending the packing slip information to DeliveryTrack.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the additional label text in field 127 of the Dosis export file.
    • Increased Field #8 (NsID, Room, Bed) in the MTS Export file from 10 to 15 characters.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC give provides an option to use the unit price for the Price/Amount field when using the Answers on Demand Format.
  • Facility Setup
    • An "Incorrect Syntax near" error was being thrown when an apostrophe was used in the Administration Schedule text box. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry (4.0)
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, associations were not working. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Medical Administration Records (4.0)
    • The MAR Group Filter was defaulting to the "ungrouped orders" option and not displaying the "Filtered Applied" indicator. This behavior originated in 3.0.199 and has been corrected.
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, not all data was being passed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • If the “Use enhanced partial fill functionality” system option is set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to “Show Partial Fills” from Prescription History screen. This button will only be visible if the partial fill was completed with the “Use enhanced partial fill functionality” system turned on.
  • Pharmacy Formulary (4.0)
    • Changes to the formulary were being logged to the PHARM.InventoryAuditLog with the incorrect user name. This behavior originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.
    • External Med IDs were not getting populated when adding the replacement drug to the formulary during the drug substitution. This behavior originated in 3.0.198 and has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was not re-loading the screen with the new NDC when substituting a drug product and adding it to the formulary. This behavior originated in 3.0.198 and has been corrected.
    • If licensed to use the state formulary, FrameworkLTC will now provide the ability to view State MAC Pricing for each item in their formulary.
    • When adding a new item to the formulary, a record was not being inserted into the Inventory Log to show the initialization. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Physicians (4.0)
    • When trying to associate to DocuTrack, DocuTrack was loaded but the association was not completed and no error was displayed. This issue originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.
  • Re-print Rx Label (4.0)
    • In some instances, the unexpected error "A strongly-named assembly is required" was being thrown when trying to print a label. This behavior originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.
  • Receive Inventory (4.0)
    • When trying to undo a scan, the original scan of the barcode was being transformed and when the barcode was scanned into the Undo Scan form it was not being found. This behavior originated in 3.0.198 and has been corrected.
    • When using the multiple button, the quantity was being doubled when being added to the grid. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Release Routes
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to undo the release of routes that have not yet been started.
  • Renew Rx
    • If licensed for FrameworkHL7, a “new order” message will now be sent through the FrameworkHL7 interface.
  • Retro Quick RXs
    • When performing a Retro Quick by Patient and the original Entered By NPI is now inactive, the Entered By on the Q transaction was not getting filled in by the logged in user. This behavior has been corrected
  • Reverse Batch (4.0)
    • All secondary claims were being rejected when using Reverse Batch. This behavior originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.
  • Review Batch (4.0)
    • After using the Change User Identity option, an user with permissions to review was being blocked from reviewing a batch. This behavior originated in 3.0.194 and has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • On the lost focus of Qty Per Dose, the functionality to check for Therapeutic Interchange was not disabling the check for default MAR Group, causing the MAR Group to reset. This behavior originated in 3.0.194 and has been corrected.
    • When the new system option, “Use enhanced partial fill functionality”, is turned on, FrameworkLTC will now reverse the previous fill claim during primary claim submission of the new fill. The previous fill quantity/days supply will be added to the new claim.
  • Set Delivery ID By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to select batches for any facility and either for a specific nursing station or all nursing stations.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, the Delivery ID/Date will not be allowed to be updated if the prescription has been released for delivery.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, the Delivery ID/Date will not be allowed to be updated on the prescription, if the prescription or any of the labels for the prescription have been placed in a tote.
  • Submit Claims by Batch
    • If the “Use enhanced partial fill functionality” system option is set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will not submit claims for prescriptions that are part of a partial fill. These prescriptions will have to submitted using Rx Entry.
  • System Options
    • New system option “Use enhanced partial fill functionality”. If set to “Yes”, this will require FrameworkLTC to reverse the previous partial fill before billing for the next part of the fill. The default value is “No”. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
  • System Options (4.0)
    • "An unexpected error occurred. Please contact support. Value cannot be null. Parameter name: element" error was being received when trying to open the System Options form. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If licensed for FrameworkERx, there is a new system option "Use UDP Broadcasting within E-Rx Queue Manager". If set to "Yes", the E-Rx Queue Manager will use UDP Broadcasting to send/receive count of messages within the E-Rx Queue. If set to "No", the system will revert back to FrameworkLTC contacting the E-Rx Queue Manager to receive the count. The default value is "Yes". This new system option can be found under( Interfaces)(E-Rx).
  • Therapeutic Interchange (4.0)
    • When viewing records in the therapeutic interchange definitions, some values were not displaying when browsing through the records. This behavior originated in 3.0.198 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.199 (Database Revision 1.03.079) Released 1/22/2017

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0168 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0237 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0151 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0050 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0039 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Change User Identity
    • When using File-Disconnect and File-Connect after using Change User Identity, the user's permissions were not getting evaluated correctly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Commercial Eligibility (4.0)
    • A "FwBLL.Rx.Rx does not contain a definition for PharmId" error was being thrown when performing the eligibility check. This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been corrected.
  • Compounds (4.0)
    • Improved the performance of updating reorders after making an ingredient change on a compound/iv.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When using ASAP 4.1 and ASAP 4.2, the date range passed in IS03 for Zero Report files was incorrect. This behavior originated in 3.0.198 and has been corrected.
    • When using ASAP 4.1 and ASAP 4.2, the total segment count in TT02 was incorrect. This behavior originated in 3.0.198 and has been corrected.
  • Delete Batch (4.0)
    • A "There is already an open DataReader associated with this Command which must be close first" error was being thrown when trying to delete a batch. This behavior originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now supports filtering by the FrameworkPOD route.
  • Delivery Routes
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to sequence the deliveries and control how the left panel of the dispatch application is displayed.
  • Export Batch
    • When using the Dosis format, FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the "Block Rx Label printing if not reviewed" system option when the "Print corresponding prescription labels" box was checked. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Export Billing
    • The Point Click Care format now includes a "Use dispense date instead of billed date for service date" option. This option only applies when either the "Summarize the detail into one transaction per patient per charge code" or "Summarize the detail into one transaction per patient" options are checked. If the "Use dispense date instead of billed date for service date" option is checked, the service date field in the file will be populated with the earliest dispense date for that group of transactions.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry (4.0)
    • Literal orders were not associating to DocuTrack. This behavior originated in version 3.0.198 and has been corrected.
    • The Library Text was being listed multiple times when adding/editing a literal order. This behavior originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.
  • Financial Impact Report (4.0)
    • The performance has been improved.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • When using the Omnicare format, a Summary Page was being printed after each detail report instead of only at the end. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the Omnicare format, it was not clearing the reversal when both the charge and reversal were reconciled in the same file. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Insurance Plans (4.0)
    • A "Sequence contains no matching element" error was being thrown when adding another pharmacy to the insurance plan pharmacy configuration on the ECS tab. This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been resolved.
    • The Pharmacy configuration parameters were being deleted when the Block Pharmacy Selection system option was set to "Yes" and there were parameters listed for a pharmacy that the user did not have access. This behavior originated in 3.0.198 and has been corrected.
  • Inventory Valuation Report (4.0)
    • The performance has been improved.
  • Literal Order Categories (4.0)
    • When using the resequence button, if there were 14 or more literal category types defined when selecting the category codes to be included, then scrolling to the bottom of the list, the selections made at the top would be cleared. This behavior originated in 3.0.198 and has been corrected.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility
    • FrameworkLTC will now exclude pseudo patients.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility (4.0)
    • When performing the eligibility check, FrameworkLTC was hanging and the check never completed. This behavior originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.
  • Nursing Stations (4.0)
    • A "You must select a Tote Scan level" error was being thrown when saving regardless of being licensed for FrameworkPOD. This behavior originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • If the patient's date of birth was not populated, a "Conversion from string to type date is not valid" error would be thrown when performing eligibility checks for Medicare Part D and Medicare Part A/B. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Periodic Daily Log (4.0)
    • The performance has been improved.
  • Pharmacy Formulary (4.0)
    • If the item is a User Defined Drug, FrameworkLTC will display WAC as the Unit Price * Package Qty. If the item is not a User Defined Drug, it will display the package price from MediSpan.
    • The R/O Qty field was not allowing more than 2 digits after the decimal. This behavior originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.
  • Pre-billing Verification Report (4.0)
    • When selecting the All Facilities option, a timeout error was being thrown. This behavior originated in version 3.0.195 and has been corrected.
    • When using the "Only include the following invoice group(s)" option and selecting Ungrouped orders, orders with a NULL Invoice Group were not appearing on the report. This behavior originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a message if the Rx that is being edited/saved has been adjudicated and the Price Option has changed to a lower Max Days Supply than what is on the Rx. This will prevent the application from automatically updating the Days Supply and Refills on a prescription that has been adjudicated.
    • If the "Require Quantity to be multiple of Minimum Quantity to Dispense" system option is set to "Yes" and the total quantity written matches the total quantity dispensed or the "Require Quantity to be multiple of Minimum Quantity to Dispense" system option is set to No and the quantity dispensed is not a multiple of the minimum quantity dispensed, FrameworkLTC will now display a "Quantity is not a multiple of xxxx" warning when saving.
  • The 4.0 version of the following screens will be automatically turned on:
    • Reports - Medical Administration Records
      Reports - Flow Record
      Reports - Order Review Sheets
      Reports - Facility Admission Forms
      Reports - Physician Orders
      Reports - Margin Report By Drug
  • Therapeutic Type Report (4.0)
    • When a patient’s diagnosis was tied to a reorder, the order would be duplicated on the report. This behavior originated in 3.0.197 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.198 (Database Revision 1.03.070) Released 12/27/2016

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0168 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0237 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0151 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0050 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0039 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the "TOT" prefix exists on the ToteID, if the "Include 'TOT' Prefix on Shipping Tote Labels" system option is turned on. If the prefix does not exist, an "Invalid Tote" error will be thrown.
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the "TOT" prefix exists on the ToteID, if the "Include 'TOT' Prefix on Shipping Tote Labels" system option is turned on. If the prefix does not exist, an "Invalid Tote" error will be thrown
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When using the ASAP 4.2 format and exporting for patients whose residence is in Hawaii, FrameworkLTC will now populate PAT02 (ID Qualifier) with "07" and PAT03 (ID of Patient) with the patient’s Social Security Number.
  • Drug Price Quote (4.0)
    • The quantity field was only accepting 2 digits. This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been corrected. It will now allow entries up to 99999.9999.
  • ERx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the Period End Date instead of the Expiration Date as the D/C date when processing Cancel messages through the E-Rx queue that come from Surescripts. If the Period End Date is not provided in the message, the message date will be used as the D/C date. For messages that come through FrameworkERX, a new setting, "Use expiration date as D/C date when processing Cancel messages", has been added to the interface setup screen in the FrameworkERX Setup utility. If checked, it will continue follow the current behavior of using the Expiration Date as the D/C date. If unchecked, the Period End Date will be used instead of the Expiration Date. This setting will be checked by default for all existing mailboxes.
  • Facility Activation
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to activate/deactivate facilities. When a facility is deactivated, only profile only prescriptions can be entered into the system for that facility. The Scan Rx, Flash Rx, Leave of Absence and Reorder/Refill functionality will be not be able to be accessed for a deactivated facility.
  • Fast Literal Order (4.0)
    • If the screen was maximized and the "Edit Order" button was selected for one of the literal orders, the Edit Order form was loading with fields cut off and the user could not move the form. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Favorites Ribbon
    • When using security at the active directory group level, users were able to access the screens from the menu toolbar but not from the favorites ribbon. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the "TOT" prefix exists on the ToteID, if the "Include 'TOT' Prefix on Shipping Tote Labels" system option is turned on and the optional Tote ID is entered. If the prefix does not exist, an "Invalid Tote" error will be thrown
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • When using the Omnicare format and there are multiple matches, FrameworkLTC now automatically match the earliest billed record, or the lowest BillID if the billing date is the same on all transactions.
  • Patient Profile
    • If a facility is deactivated, the Reorder/Refill button will be disabled on the Reorders screen.
  • Post Batch (4.0)
    • If a filter was applied and the Select All button was clicked, then all of the open batches were being selected not just the batches in the filtered list. This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been corrected.
  • Pre-Billing Verification Report (4.0)
    • When running the pre-billing verification report, if there was an Rx in Rx History with a days supply of zero, a divide by zero error would occur. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • If a return validation is applied when entering a full return because the "Perform Return Validations on full returns" system option is enabled, and the validation failed, a credit amount was being calculated and the return action was set to whatever was selected. This has been changed so that if a return validation fails for a full return, the item will be added to the grid with a credit amount of 0 and the return action set to "destroy".
  • Release Delivery Routes
    • FrameworkLTC will now exclude profile only orders from the grid.
  • Rx Entry
    • If a facility is deactivated, FrameworkLTC will only allow new profile only orders to be entered.
    • If the "Block Rx label printing if not adjudicated" pharmacy option was set to Yes and the prescription was not adjudicated, the print window was still being shown after the message. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Set Delivery ID By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the delivery date in addition to the delivery id.
  • Therapeutic Type Report (4.0)
    • The current time was being added to the From/To dates stopping the stored procedure from evaluating the dates properly. This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.197 (Database Revision 1.03.067) Released 12/13/2016

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0166 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0235 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0151 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0047 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0032 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Commercial Eligibility Check
    • When trying to run the eligibility check, FrameworkLTC was hanging and the process would not run. This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been corrected.
  • Facility Setup
    • When adding a nursing station from the 4.0 Facility Map, FrameworkLTC threw a "cannot insert NULL into column ‘ToteScanLevel’ error". This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been corrected.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • When using the Omnicare format, if there were matched payments billing transactions that were in the import file as well as unmatched payments these matched payments would not show on the Application Details report and would not get cleared in the billing table. This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been corrected and has been corrected.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Check
    • When trying to run the eligibility check, FrameworkLTC was hanging and the process would not run. This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been corrected.
  • Override Claim
    • FrameworkLTC was not updating the Third Party Copay amount on the RXs record when pressing the Save button. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The 'Patient Pay Amount (Copay)' field has been renamed to "Third Party Copay" .
  • Periodic Daily Log
    • When using the 4.0 s screen, prescriptions with an incorrect end date were being pulled onto the report. This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been corrected.
  • Ribbon
    • The order of the shortcuts were getting re-arranged or removed completely from the ribbon between logins. This behavior originated in 3.0.194 and has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the "Stop cursor on physician during Rx entry" system option when the New Rx came from the Find Patient Screen or when using the New Rx for Pat button in Rx Entry. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC would not allow the user to enter a quantity per dose on House Stock Items that had a Default Sig. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The therapeutic interchange window was appearing while the user was trying to enter the decimal portion of the quantity per dose. This behavior has been corrected.
  • The 4.0 version of the following screen has been turned on:
    • File - Pharmacy - Formulary - Edit Formulary
  • Unbilled Transactions Report
    • An "Out of Memory" error would be thrown when generating the report using the 4.0 screen. This behavior originated in 3.0.194 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.196 (Database Revision 1.03.064) Released 12/2/2016

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0166 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0235 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0151 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0047 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0032 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Delete Batch
    • When using the 4.0 screen, it was taking significantly longer to process. This behavior originated in version 3.0.194 and has been corrected.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Block Pharmacy Selection" system option when the same Rx Number exists in more than one batch under different pharmacy IDs. It will now function like Initial Review and show all of the Rxs in the Select Order grid, but will throw an error if the user does not have access to the pharmacy the order is entered under. The error will read "ERROR: This prescription is in Batch 'xxxxxx' which is for pharmacy 'xxxxxx' and cannot be reviewed. You have not been granted access to this pharmacy."
  • Financial Impact Report
    • The report was pulling in data from dispense dates that were not in the specified range. This behavior originated in 3.0.194 and has been corrected.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • The Phone number field in the Pharmacy Configuration Parameters grid was not allowing user to be type a free form number or text. This has been corrected to allow user to enter phone numbers in any format, including extensions.
  • Reverse Batch
    • Under certain circumstances, when using the 4.0 screen and an a terminal server, the batch would never reverse. This behavior originated in 3.0.194 and has been corrected.
  • Shipping Totes
    • Pressing the Audit log button on the 4.0 screen would throw a "The Released property on ToteAssignsLog could not be set to a null value. You must set this property to a non-null value of type System.Boolean" error. This behavior originated in 3.0.195 and has been corrected.
  • Therapeitic Type Report
    • When using the 4.0 screen, FrameworkLTC was displaying data for facilities which were not specified in the criteria. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.195 (Database Revision 1.03.062) Released 11/30/2016

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0166 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0235 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0151 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0047 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0032 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • About
    • A "Sequence contains more than one element" error when opening the 4.0 screen if more than one record was present in the FWLTC.Control table. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • - If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will not permit any prescriptions within an exported batch that contain a different Pharmacy ID, Delivery Date, Delivery ID, Delivery Route or prescriptions have been released for delivery to be added to tote. The whole exported batch will not be permitted to be toted.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will not permit any prescriptions within an exported batch that contain a different Pharmacy ID, Delivery Date, Delivery ID, Delivery Route or prescriptions have been released for delivery to be added to tote. The whole exported batch will not be permitted to be toted.
  • Calculate Drug Quote
    • When entering a quantity for the price quote, the 4.0 screen was not allowing a decimal amount to be entered. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Calculate MTM Fee
    • When using the 4.0 screen, if one of the selected facilities/groups was missing an MTM Item Number on the Facility Setup screen, then the process would complete. This behavior has been corrected and an error will now be thrown and the process will be aborted.
  • Deliveries
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a Release Time (hours and minutes).
  • Drug Price Quote
    • If there was an NDC for clinical screening on a User Defined Drug that was selected for the Drug Quote, FrameworkLTC was not looking up the GPI equivalents for the Clinical Screening NDC. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When entering a User Defined drug that does not have an NDC for Clinical Screening, FrameworkLTC will now only display the NDC that was searched for in grid. If the NDC entered is a User Defined drug and does have an NDC for Clinical Screening, then the NDC entered, along with its GPI equivalents, will be displayed in the grid.
  • Facility Setup
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to click on the "Delivery Status" button on the Packing Slip Details screen to see the delivery details and signature.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print a Packing Slip Proof of Delivery from the Packing Slip Details screen by clicking the "Print" button.
    • The "By Bin within Zone" Rx Label Sequence will now be available for retail Facilities.
  • Favorites Ribbon
    • The Multi-Dose Labels function would not open when accessed via the favorites ribbon. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Final Review
    • If the eRxRequest window was moved, when the user entered another Rx Number, the eRxRequest window was being loaded back to the original spot instead of where the user moved it to. This behavior originated in 3.0.192 and has been corrected.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now provides a page count on the Fill Authorization report.
    • FrameworkLTC now provides a pharmacy custom field to store a custom barcode value on the Fill Authorization report. The new custom field is called “Fill Authorization Barcode Value” and when the new custom field contains a value, the value will be printed on the top left corner of the Fill Authorization report.
  • Global Therapeutic Interchange
    • When saving an interchange using the 4.0 screen, the form was allowing the user to save with 'ALL' classes, sub-classes, drugs, and products instead of prompting that each part of the GPI must be specified. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • When using the Omnicare format, FrameworkLTC will now use the unmatched payments screen rather than just providing an error report.
  • Incomplete Delivery Reasons
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define incomplete delivery reasons.
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC now allows for the ECS Field value 454-EK (Scheduled Prescription ID Number) to be defaulted at the insurance plan level. This value will then be defaulted on the claim segment within the prescription for the appropriate insurance plan.
    • When adding a new insurance plan, if the A/R customer number was entered before saving the new record, a "Database Validation Error: InsId - The InsId field is required." error was being thrown. This behavior was only occurring in the 4.0 screen and has been corrected.
  • Packaging
    • When the "Scan user ID during product packaging" pharmacy option is set to "Yes" and an incorrect value is scanned/entered into the RoNo text box, the cursor would default to the NDC field causing the user to attempt to scan the order number in the NDC field. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Periodic Daily Log
    • Under certain circumstances, "the processing of GroupExpression for the tablix 'ScheduleDrugsTablix' cannot be performed" error was being thrown when using the 4.0 screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • When adding an user defined drug to the Formulary, the WacUnitPrice was not populating. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, there is a new pharmacy option, "Require driver’s license state and number when signing for deliveries". If the option is set to "Yes", the driver’s license state and number will be required to be entered on the mobile application of FrameworkPOD when signing for deliveries. The default value is "No". The new option can be found under (Interfaces)(FrameworkPOD).
  • Physicians
    • When using the 4.0 screen and trying to connect to DocuTrack, "An error occurred while attempting to load DocuTrack" was being thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Post Batch
    • If the user trying to post the batch did not have the "May Initial Review Rx's" permissions set, the Ok and Cancel buttons were disabled on the 4.0 screen. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Orders marked as Profile Only were requiring the Rx Check List to be completed prior to posting. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pre-billing Verification Report
    • When using the 4.0 screen, an "Invalid object name PFWDB.PHARM.CompoundTaxStatus" error was being thrown. This behavior originated in 3.0.194 and has been corrected.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • An "Error = -3265: Item cannot be found in the collection corresponding to the requested name or ordinal." was being thrown when using the Apex export format and on the migrated database. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Renew Rx
    • On occasion, a timeout error was occurring when there are a large number of records in the Pat.ReorderDocs for the reorder that you renewing. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will now validate that the delivery the prescription is being assigned to has not already been released when saving.
    • If the "Automatically print Monographs when marking initial review" facility option was set to "Yes", the Monograph Printer would show when pressing the RxLabel button. This behavior has been corrected and will only show the Label Printer, regardless of the how the facility option is set.
    • The submission clarification codes for the secondary payor were getting duplicated on a reorder/refill. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When processing an order via the ERx Work Queue, FrameworkLTC will no longer attempt to use the raw barcode to determine the NDC. It will just use the NDC selected in the work queue.
    • When the "Require number of administration times to match times per day" system option was set to "Yes" and the prescription only had only PRN splits, functionality was still validating that the number of admin times equaled the times per day. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Scan Rx
    • When processing a Reorder/Refill, FrameworkLTC will now clear the Lot Number on the prescription that is created.
  • Security
    • If the user checks boxes for access, scrolls down, then back up, the changes previously made are removed. This behavior was only occurring in the 4.0 screen and has been corrected.
    • The Incomplete Delivery Reasons security option will only be available if licensed for FrameworkPOD.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Enable multi-threaded batch claim submission". If set to "Yes", this will enable FrameworkLTC to use multiple threads when submitting claims by batch. The default value is "No". This option also includes a sub-option, "Max number of threads to use", which allows a limit to be specified for the number of threads to use when multi-threaded submission is enabled. The default value is "0" which means that there will be no limit on the number of threads used.
  • The 4.0 version of the following screen has been turned on:
    • Reports - Profile Scan
  • Therapeutic Interchanges
    • When checking for a global therapeutic interchange by GPI, functionality was not returning any results. This behavior originated in version 194 and has been resolved.

Version 3.0.194 (Database Revision 1.03.051) Released 11/5/2016

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0163 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0235 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0140 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0047 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0032 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Add to Shipping Tote – By Order
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will not allow an order to be added/removed from a tote when the order has been released for delivery.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will not allow orders to be added/removed from a tote when the tote has been released for delivery.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will validate that all orders placed in the tote are for the same pharmacy, Delivery ID and Delivery Date.
  • Add to Shipping Tote – By Tote
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will not allow an order to be added/removed from a tote when the order has been released for delivery.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will not allow orders to be added/removed from a tote when the tote has been released for delivery.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will validate that all orders placed in the tote are for the same pharmacy, Delivery ID and Delivery Date.
  • Calculate MTM Fee
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that an MTM Item Number exists on the facilities selected to create MTM fees for. If one of the selected facilities/groups is missing an MTM Item Number on the Facility Setup screen, an error will be thrown and the process will be aborted.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • If using the ASAP 4.2 format, FrameworkLTC will now send the dispense date in the DateSold (DSP17) field when the state is Vermont.
  • Delete Batch
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will not allow a batch to be deleted if prescriptions exist in the batch that have been released for delivery.
  • Delete Prescription from Batch
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC will not allow a prescription to be deleted from a batch if the prescription has already been released for delivery.
  • Delivery Agents
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability enter the agent's phone number, email address, credentials and role. This functionality is only available on the 4.0 screen.
  • Delivery Routes
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define delivery routes. This new functionality can be found under the (File)(Pharmacy) menu and is only available as a 4.0 screen.
  • Discharge Summary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print the discharge summary for a selected patient(s) without actually discharging the patient. This new function can be found on the Reports menu.
  • ERx Messages
    • When printing a NEWRX message, FrameworkLTC will now print "E-Rx New Prescription" at the top of the page instead of "E-Rx New Prescription Request".
  • ERx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now accept the signature indicator flag when processing NEWRX and REFRES messages if the message comes through FrameworkERX and the vendor set on the mailbox (in the FrameworkERX Setup) is Optimus.
    • If a facility custom field called "E-Rx Serial Number" is created, the Rx Serial No. field on prescriptions created from processing NEWRX, RESUPP, and REFRES messages will be populated with the value of this custom field if the prescription is for a controlled substance. For RESUPP messages, the "E-Rx Serial Number" value will only be used if the order is being processed as a reorder, not a refill. For REFRES messages, the "E-Rx Serial Number" value will be used when the message is processed as a recall or renew. The "E-Rx Serial Number" value will not be used for compounds or IVs.
    • When processing a patient admission, the Nursing Station name column of the drop down list has been increased to show more characters.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow the printing of labels if the System Options "Block Rx Label printing if order is not authorized" or "Block Rx label printing if not reviewed' are set to "Yes". If there are orders in a batch that do not meet the requirements for printing per the system options mentioned, they will still be exported, but will not be printed and a hard stop error will pop up letting the user know they will not print.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now has the ability to assign separate export batch ids based on tote level when using the Automed FastPak, Automed FastPak (with Extended Directions) or Tosho formats.
  • Facility Setup
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD and the "Print packing slip before releasing route" facility option is set to "No" when you release a route, FrameworkLTC will automatically generate a packing slip id to be used with FrameworkPOD. When viewing packing slip information in the facility setup screen, if the packing slip ID was automatically generated, the Reprint button on the Packing Slip Details will not be available for that packing slip, even if the packing slip format is set to allow reprint.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the Delivery Route on the Delivery Schedule setup. This functionality is only available on the 4.0 screen.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the Stop and Tote Scan Level on the General tab. This functionality is only available on the 4.0 screen.
    • If the user had read-only access to Facility Setup, they were still allowed to Copy Admin Schedules and Copy Admin Schedules to Nursing Stations. This behaviore has been corrected.
    • New facility option, "—Only allow override transactions to be fused". This new option is a sub-option of "Allow fused transaction functionality". If both options are set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now only allow matching unbilled override transactions to be "fused" to the current prescription within Rx entry. The default value is "No". This new facility option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New facility option, "Automatically print Subst. Notice when marking initial review". When the option is set to "Yes" and a Therapeutic Interchange is performed, FrameworkLTC will now automatically prompt user to print the Auto Substitution Notice when performing initial review. The default value is "No". The new facility option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
    • New facility option, "Default Origin Code on New Orders". This option replaces the "Default Origin Code on New Orders" system option. The option was set for all facilities based on the system option value. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New facility option, “Print packing slip before releasing route". This new facility option is only visible if licensed for FrameworkPOD. If the option is set to "Yes", you will not be able to release a route until the packing slip has been printed. The default value is "Yes". This new option can be found under (Interfaces)(FrameworkPOD).
    • When deleting a facility, the Therapeutic Interchange Definitions for that facility were not being removed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the sub system option, "—Only re-calculate when Total Qty Written is zero" when creating prescriptions by dispensing calendar. This behavior originated in version 3.0.192 and has been corrected.
  • Nursing Station Groups
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the Stop and Tote Scan Level. This functionality is only available on the 4.0 screen.
  • Nursing Stations
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the Delivery Route on the Delivery Schedule setup. This functionality is only available on the 4.0 screen.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the Stop and Tote Scan Level on the General tab. This functionality is only available on the 4.0 screen.
  • PAR Screening
    • If the "Screen Reorders as well as new RXs" box was not checked, FrameworkLTC was not limiting the orders to New orders only. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the Stop and Tote Scan Level on the General tab. This functionality is only available on the 4.0 screen.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • A “Query timeout expired” error was being thrown when copying actual cost to average unit cost. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now allow for 3 digits after the decimal in the OnHand, ReorderPoint, ReorderQty and SafetyStock columns of the Zones grid.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • New pharmacy option, "Block Final Review step when prescription has not been packed". If set to "Yes", the application will prevent a prescription from being checked on the Final Review screen if the prescription has not been packed and the packaging step is required for the prescription. The default value is "No". This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New pharmacy option, "Block Shipping Tote step when prescription has not been checked". If set to "Yes", the application will prevent a prescription from being added to a tote on the Add To Shipping Tote by Order and Add To Shipping Tote by Tote screens if the prescription has not been checked and the final review step is required for the prescription. The default value is "No". This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New pharmacy option, "Block Shipping Tote step when prescription has not been packed". If set to "Yes", the application will prevent a prescription from being added to a tote on the Add To Shipping Tote by Order and Add To Shipping Tote by Tote screens if the prescription has not been packed and the packaging step is required for the prescription. The default value is "No". This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • When deleting a pharmacy, the Global Therapeutic Interchange Definitions for that pharmacy were not being removed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Physicians
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to place a physician in Therapeutic Interchange Groups. This functionality is only available on the 4.0 screen.
    • When deleting a physician, the Therapeutic Interchange Definitions for that physician were not being removed, this behavior has been corrected.
  • Pricing
    • The cost basis branches will now be supported when calculating pricing for compounds/IVs. The branches will be applied based on the primary NDC. They will only be followed when the "Use cost basis from pricing table when pricing compounds/IVs for private pay Rxs" system option is set to "yes", and the method of payment is a private method of payment.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • When exporting to Etactics, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter a message at the time of export that will be included in the export file. This message will be populated in the "FileStart" record that has been added to the beginning of the file.
    • When exporting to Etactics, if the last customer had a balance forward only statement, the previous customer had a zero balance statement, and the "Print Zero Balance Statements” option on the Print Statements screen was unchecked, the last customer was not being included in the file. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print ID Badge
    • FrameworkLTC now gives the user the ability to print their own ID badge. This function can be accessed from the Utilities menu. It provides the same functionality as the Print ID Badges function accessed from the Users screen except that a badge is only printed for the currently logged in user.
  • Print Physician Orders
    • If the "Specific Patients" box is checked, and only pseudo patients are selected, either no physician orders would be printed, or an error would occur, depending on the physician order format being used. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Purge Driver Geographic Location History
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to purge driver geographic location history. This new functionality can be found under the (Utilities)(Purge Data) menu and is only available as a 4.0 screen.
  • Rejected Claims Inquiry
    • If the Block Pharmacy Selection system option is set to "Yes", a "multi-part identifier 'c.PharmID' could not be bound.” error would be thrown when opening the screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Release Delivery Routes
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to release routes. This new functionality can be found under the Prescriptions menu and is only available as a 4.0 screen.
  • Retro Quick
    • When performing a Retro Quick on an Rx that had an original EnteredBy that is no longer active or no longer exists in the system, the Q transaction would go into the batch with a blank EnteredBy field that is un-editable. If the Enteredby is no longer active or in the system, the Logged in Pharmacist of the user who performed the Retro Quick will be put on the Q transaction.
  • Rx Entry
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD and the "Allow Billing Only Transactions" system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now allow you to enter a pick up stop on the Misc tab for Billing Only prescriptions.
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD and the prescription has been released for delivery, FrameworkLTC will not allow the Delivery ID and Delivery Date to be edited.
    • If the method of payment was changed on an IV of a retro-quick transaction, FrameworkLTC was retrieving the ingredients from Compound Setup, causing the ingredients to possibly differ from the original transaction. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The Compound selector will now include multiple entries for a single item if the item is in multiple on site stores and the "Show each location when looking up drug in Rx Entry" system option is set to "Yes".
    • The Refill Too Soon warning will now be shown after the total quantity dispensed has reached the total quantity written error.
  • Security
    • The Delivery Routes, Stops, Release Delivery Routes and Purge Driver Geographic Location History security options will only be available if licensed for FrameworkPOD.
  • Shipping Tote Assignments
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, this function will no longer be available for use.
  • Stops
    • If licensed for FrameworkPOD, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define stops. This new functionality can be found under the (File)(Pharmacy) menu and is only available as a 4.0 screen.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Ignore TI when prescription contains multiple splits with different Qty Per Dose". If the option is set to "Yes", when performing a Therapeutic Interchange and the prescription has multiple splits with different quantity per doses, the Therapeutic Interchange will not be performed. If set to "No", FrameworkLTC will use the quantity per dose from the first split. The default value is "No". This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, "Only allow patient profile to be saved if an active nursing station is selected". If this system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will not permit active patients to be placed in an inactive nursing station. The default value is "No". This new system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
    • New system option, "Require a reason to be entered when therapeutic interchange was declined". If the option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now require a reason to be entered when declining the Therapeutic Interchange. The provided reason will then be added to the Patient Audit Log when logging that the Therapeutic Interchange was declined. The default value is "No". This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, “Include controlled substances when a change in primary physician has been detected”. If new option is set to “No”, controlled substances will be excluded from the list of orders to update when a change in primary physician was detected within Patient Profile. The default value is “Yes”. The new system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
  • The 4.0 version of the following screens will be automatically turned on:
    • File – Facility – Commercial Eligibility Check
      File – Facility - Medicare Part D Eligibility Check
      File – Facility – Fast Literal Order Entry
      File – Facility – Nursing Stations
      File – Facility – Nursing Station Groups
      File – Facility – Care Level Codes
      File – Facility – Invoice Groups
      File - Facility – Invoice Group Default by Drug
      File – Facility – MAR Messages
      File – Facility – MAR Groups
      File – Facility – Default MAR Groups
      File – Facility – Deliveries
      File – Facility – Patient Statuses
      File - Facility - Facility Groups
      File – Facility – Facility Types
      File – Facility – Person Centric Admin Time Translations
      File – Facility – Facility Admission Form Setup
      File – Facility – Packaging Groups
      File – Pharmacy – Formulary – Formulary Builder
      File – Pharmacy – Compounds
      File – Pharmacy – Reconstitution Definitions
      File – Pharmacy - Pricing
      File – Pharmacy - Users
      File – Pharmacy – SIG Codes
      File – Pharmacy – Pharmacy Setup
      File – Pharmacy – Pharmacy Rx Checklist
      File – Pharmacy – Minimum Quantities
      File – Pharmacy – Drug Categories
      File – Pharmacy – Drug Zones
      File – Pharmacy – Behaviors
      File – Pharmacy – Package Types
      File – Pharmacy – Tax Authorities
      File – Pharmacy – Prescription Status Codes
      File – Pharmacy – Custom Fields
      File – Pharmacy – NDC Status Codes
      File – Pharmacy – On Site Stores – On Site Store Template Builder
      File – Pharmacy – On Site Stores – On Site Stores
      File – Pharmacy – Delivery Agents
      File – Pharmacy – Inventory Adjustment Reasons
      File – Pharmacy – Return Adjustment Reasons
      File – Pharmacy – Global Therapeutic Interchange
      File – Pharmacy – Pharmacy Teams
      File – Pharmacy – Patient Note Descriptions
      File - Insurance Plans - Insurance Plan Setup
      File - Insurance Plans - Plan Benefit Manager
      File - Insurance Plans - Insurance Plan Groups
      File – Physicians - Define Physicians
      File – Physicians - Physician Type Codes
      File – Quality Event – Quality Event Reason Definitions
      File - Literal Order Library – PostIt
      File – Literal Order Library – All Literal Orders
      File - Security Table
      File - Accpac Security
      Prescriptions – Review Batch
      Prescriptions – Electronic Claims – Reverse Batch
      Prescriptions – Combine Batches
      Prescriptions – Delete Batch
      Prescriptions – Shipping Totes
      Prescriptions – Shipping Tote Assignments
      Prescriptions – Packing Slip Comments
      Prescriptions – Processing Reports – Non Formulary Report
      Prescriptions – Post Batch
      Prescriptions – Pre-billing Verification Report
      Prescriptions – Apply Medication Therapy Management Fees
      Prescriptions – Create Delivery Charges
      Prescriptions – Re-print Rx Label
      Report – ECS History
      Reports – Periodic Daily Log
      Reports – Therapeutic Type
      Reports – Polled Drug Usage
      Reports – Facility Drug Price
      Reports – Billing Summary by MOP
      Reports – Drug Listing By Price Option
      Reports – Financial Impact
      Reports – Drug Listing By Schedule Number
      Reports – Drug Ranking
      Reports – Patient Profile
      Reports – No Refills Report
      Reports – HIPAA Compliance Report
      Reports – Unbilled Transactions Report
      Reports – Outstanding Rxs Report
      Reports – EPCS Security Audit Trail Report
      Reports – ACA Short Cycle Drug Report
      Inventory – Low Stock Report
      Inventory – Inventory Valuation Report
      Inventory – Receive Inventory
      Inventory - Vendors
      Utilities – Pickup Rx
      Utilities – Print Monographs By Drug
      Utilities – Purge Data – Purge Literal Orders
      Utilities – Purge Data – Purge Patients
      Utilities – Purge Data – Purge Reorders
      Utilities – Purge Data – Purge Workflow Override Messages
      Utilities – Update Rx Serial No. in History
      Utilities – Define Drug Product
      Utilities – Calculate Drug Quote
      Utilities – Archive History
      Utilities – Warning Labels – Warning Labels By Facility
      Utilities – Work Queue Request Log
      Utilities – CoverMyMeds Setup
      Utilities – Update External Med IDs
      Utilities – Define Printers
      Misc – Options
      Misc – Edit License Key
      Help - About
      Favorites Ribbon
  • Therapeutic Interchange
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to set up a Therapeutic Interchange for a specific quantity per dose. This functionality is only available on the 4.0 screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now provides you with the ability to add Notes, which will be shown on during the Therapeutic Interchange. This functionality is only available on the 4.0 screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the new system option, "Require a reason to be entered when therapeutic interchange was declined", at the time the user declines the Therapeutic Interchange. If the option is set to "Yes", the user will be required to enter a reason before continuing.
    • When performing a Therapeutic Interchange by GPI, FrameworkLTC will now provide the user with the ability to select the NDC/Product when multiple NDCs are returned.
  • Therapeutic Interchange Groups
    • FrameworkLTC now provides you with the ability to set up Therapeutic Interchange Groups. This new functionality can be found under (File)(Pharmacy)(Therapeutic Interchange Groups) and is only available as a 4.0 screen.
    • Therapeutic Interchange Definitions can be set up for each Therapeutic Interchange Group and can be copied from one Therapeutic Interchange Group to another.
  • Third Party Reconciliation
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the start and end dates for the plan benefit manger set on the insurance plan when populating the Insurance Plan dropdown list.
  • Update Inventory from Disk
    • When using the "SureCost (Appends onhand from file)" format, FrameworkLTC will now include the Invoice Number in the comment field of the Inventory Log Details.

Version 3.0.193 (Database Revision 1.03.028) Released 9/18/2016

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0163 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0235 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0140 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0046 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0032 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Claim Submission
    • Following a Windows Update, customers were receiving an “Authentication error connection to eClaimsRx server” error during claims submission when running on anything other than Windows 10. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the Price Code selected was set to 'All Pharmacies', the ECS code of '423-DN Basis of Cost Determination' was not being sent. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Drug Zones
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to delete the printer associated with the zone without having to delete the zone.
  • ERx Work Queue
    • If the "Supports Rx Fill" and "Include ‘not filled’ status on resupply messages" settings in the FrameworkERx configuration utility are turned on, when processing resupply messages through the E-Rx queue, if a “no refills remaining” or “prescription expired” error is received, or the “refill too soon” warning is displayed and you choose not to continue, an RxFill message will be sent with a “not filled” status.
  • Export Batch
    • When using the Tosho export format, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Only include RX's that have been authorized". Orders that were excluded because of authorization will be shown on the error log.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export the Answers on Demand format in a fixed width format.
  • Final Review
    • Under certain circumstances, the eRx request window was getting lost behind the Final Review screen which would cause FrameworkLTC to freeze and crash. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Initial Review
    • When viewing a refill response message in the E-Rx Request window, FrameworkLTC will now display the Response Information section (Response Status, Additional Notes, Refills Authorized).
  • Patient Orders
    • Pressing the "Esc" key was opening the Medical Conditions window instead of closing the window. This behavior originated in version 3.0.190 and has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • When viewing a refill response message on the E-Rx tab of Prescription History, FrameworkLTC will now display the Response Information section (Response Status, Additional Notes, Refills Authorized).
  • Per Diem Formulary
    • When attempting to add NDC or Compound to the Per Diem Formulary, an "ADODataBar.UpdateRX(vcbGPIDrugSubClass) Error -2147217887:Non-nullable column cannot be updated to Null" error would be thrown. In addition, when attempting to add by GPI, the drop down lists would not allow you select anything other than “All”. This issue originated in version 192 of FrameworkLTC and has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • When processing a return for a Compound that has multiples of the same NDC in the list of ingredients, the system would freeze when choosing the option to 'Return to Stock'. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • When viewing a refill response message on the E-Rx tab, FrameworkLTC will now display the Response Information section (Response Status, Additional Notes, Refills Authorized).
  • System Options
    • New system option, "-- Only cut orders of non-controlled substances". This system option is a sub-option of the "Prompt to cut orders when discharging a patient". If this option is set to "Yes", during the discharging of patients, only those orders that are non-controlled substances will be cut. If user selects to "Cut Prescriptions in Batches", and the system option is turned on, only prescriptions for non-controlled substances will be cut in batches. The default value is "No". This new system option can be found under (Patients)(Admin/Discharge).
    • New system option, “Require a reason to be entered when refusing a request”. If this option is set to “Yes”, during the refusal of an E-Rx request, the user will be required to enter a reason for the refusal. The default value is “No”. This system option will only be visible if licensed for the E-Rx interface. It can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).

Version 3.0.192 (Database Revision 1.03.024) Released 8/30/2016

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0163 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0235 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0140 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0045 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0032 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Create Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a confirmation message box when user is creating a batch for a pharmacy that is different than the current facility’s default pharmacy.
  • Edit Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a confirmation message box when user is saving a batch for a pharmacy that is different than the current facility’s default pharmacy.
  • Facility Setup
    • If the user had read-only access, the facility notes were not accessible for viewing. This behavior has been corrected.
    • New facility option, "—Only disable for reorders of non-controlled substances". This facility option is a sub-option of the "-- Disable Default Rx Expiration Date for Reorders". If this option is set to "Yes", during evaluation of disabling the defaulting of Rx Expiration Date for reorders, reorders for controlled substances will not be defaulted. The default value is "No". This option can be found under (Prescriptions”(Rx Expiration Date).
    • New facility option, "Require user to enter initials when dispensing house stock". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now require that the user enters their initials before continuing to dispense a product currently on the facility house stock list. The default value is "No". This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General) on the Options tab. In order for this option to be evaluated, the “Prompt before dispensing house stock items” system option must be set to “Yes”.
  • On Site Stores
    • An "Use pharmacy inventory if insufficient pending transfer" check box has been added. This setting will be checked by default. If checked, when processing machine load (ZMA) messages through FrameworkHL7, if there is insufficient quantity in the on site store pending transfer, the remaining quantity will be taken from the bulk zone for the item in the pharmacy inventory. If unchecked, the pharmacy inventory on hand quantity will not be affected, and the on site store pending transfer will be set to 0. This setting is only visible when the on site store type is OTHER or PASSPORT.
  • Packaging
    • If the "Track Lot No on each ingredient" system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will automatically populate the Lot No for each ingredient in the grid with the value entered in the Lot No field.
  • Patient Profile
    • When updating the payment plan information on Reorders, an "Application uses a value of the wrong type for the current operation" error was being thrown when choosing the option to "Recalculate Days Supply on Chronic Orders" and the order was for an IV. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • In version 3.0.190, the "Return To Stock" and "Destroy" options were removed from the screen when the return was for a B or Q transaction. These options have been put back so that the user can decide which option to choose. If the prescription was originally a "B" transaction and the user chooses "Return To Stock", they will receive a "This prescription is a Billing Only transaction. By choosing to 'Return To Stock', you are adding this quantity back to your inventory that was never dispensed. Do you wish to continue?" message. If the prescription is a "Q" transaction, the original prescription was a Billing Only Transaction and the "Return To Stock" option is chosen, the "This prescription was part of a RetroQuick and originally a Billing Only transaction. By choosing to 'Return To Stock', you are adding this quantity back to your inventory that was never dispensed. Do you wish to continue?" message will be displayed.
  • Rejected Claims Inquiry
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to include Unit Dose Test Claims rejections as well as re-submit the test claims. Any test claims that are rejected/accepted will also be include on the ECS report at the end of the submission process.
  • Renew Rx
    • When processing a Renewal from the eRx Queue and licensed for FrameworkECM, the "Automatically Associate New Order to current FrameworkECM Document" check box was not visible. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Entered By User and Entered Date/Time on the Retro Quick (Q) transaction with the values from the original transaction. Previously, the Entered By User was being set to the logged in user, and the Entered Date/Time was being set to the current date/time.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Entered By User on the reversal (R) transaction with the value from the original transaction. Previously, it was being set to the logged in user.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Initial Review Date/Time on the Retro Quick (Q) transaction with the value from the original transaction. Previously, it was not being populated.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer apply the "Update ‘Entered by’ during edit operations" system option to Retro Quick (Q) transactions.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a confirmation message box when user is moving a prescription to a different pharmacy’s batch.
    • When displaying long facility notes, the user did not have the ability to scroll and view the entire message. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "—Only re-calculate when Total Qty Written is zero". This system option is a sub-option of the "Re-calculate the Rx Written Date on reorders". If this option is set to "Yes", during evaluation of recalculating the date written for reorders, only reorders whose Total Quantity Written is zero will be recalculated. The default value is "No". This new system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New system option, "—Mark workflow complete for all labels on compounds/IVs on completion of first label". This option is a sub-option of the "Apply workflow steps to each label" system option. It only applies when the "Apply workflow steps to each label" is set to "Yes". If this option is set to "Yes", packaging, shipping tote and final review workflow steps will be marked complete for compounds/IVs when the first label is entered/scanned. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).

Version 3.0.191 (Database Revision 1.03.012) Released 8/18/2016

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0163 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0231 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0140 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0044 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0032 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Import Remittance Advice
    • If the insurance plan had a PBM set, FrameworkLTC was not assigning a check number or a date to the prescriptions. This behavior originated in version 3.0.190 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.190 (Database Revision 1.03.012) Released 7/29/2016

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
In order to take advantage of the new ACA FUL pricing, you will need to run a drug knowledge base disk that is dated 7/27/2016 or higher.

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0163 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0231 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0140 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0044 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0032 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Batch Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now include "DoseDayofWeek" in the Tosho format. It will be populated with the day of the week corresponding to the date the dose is being administered.
  • Billing Summary By MOP
    • FrameworkLTC was not including Per Diem or Miscellaneous Charges on the report. This behavior originated in version 3.0.184 and has been corrected.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now create a "zero report" file when exporting in the ASAP 4.1 or ASAP 4.2 format if there are no prescriptions found within the specified date range.
  • Define Drug Product
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to specify the ACA FUL price.
  • Drug Listing By Price Option Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now include ACA FUL on the report.
  • Electronic Claim Submission
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer truncate leading spaces for alphanumeric fields (ex. 302-C2 Cardholder ID).
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate 423-DN (Basis if Cost Determination) with 06 (MAC) when the Cost Basis 1 on the price code is state MAC. Previously the field was omitted.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate 423-DN (Basis if Cost Determination) with 09 (Other) when the Cost Basis 1 on the price code is ACA FUL.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate 423-DN (Basis if Cost Determination) with 09 (Other) when the Cost Basis 1 on the price code is User Cost 3 - 20. Previously the field was omitted.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate 423-DN (Basis of Cost Determination) with 12 (WAC) when the Cost Basis 1 on the price code is WAC. Previously it was populated with 02 (Local Wholesaler).
  • ERx Work Queue
    • If licensed for ACCPAC, when recalling an order, FrameworkLTC will now consider the central pharmacy id when determining if a patient is on A/R Hold.
    • When processing a CANRX message, FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Prompt to cut Rxs in edit when cutting from patient's profile", "-- Reduce quantity dispensed if Cut Date < Dispense Date + Days Supply" and "-- Remove prescription if Cut Date = Dispense Date" system options.
  • Export Billing
    • When using the Achieve Matrix Format (XML-Transaction Detail) and selecting the "Exclude Distribution Codes" option, FrameworkLTC would throw an 'Invalid column name 'distributioncd'' error. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the American HealthTech format, if the Social Security Number was not populated, an extra blank field was being added to the end of the line. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the Point Click Care format, FrameworkLTC will now include an option to populate the charge code description field with the drug name.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the "Signed By" element when displaying the e-Courier Delivery Status.
    • New facility option, “-- Days until cut for C-II drug products”. This facility option is a sub-option of the “Always enter cut date on new Rxs” facility option. It replaces the “-- Days until cut for C-II drug products” system option. It can be found under (Prescriptions)(CutOff Date Options).
    • New facility option, “-- Days until cut for C-III, C-IV, and C-V drug products”. This facility option is a sub-option of the “Always enter cut date on new Rxs” facility option. It replaces the “-- Days until cut for C-III, C-IV, and C-V drug products” system option. It can be found under (Prescriptions)(CutOff Date Options).
    • New facility option, “-- Days until cut for drug products NOT on facility formulary”. This facility option is a sub-option of the “Always enter cut date on new Rxs” facility option. It replaces the “-- Days until cut for drug products that ARE NOT on the facility formulary” system option. It can be found under (Prescriptions)(CutOff Date Options).
    • New facility option, “-- Days until cut for drug products on facility formulary”. This facility option is a sub-option of the “Always enter cut date on new Rxs” facility option. It replaces the “-- Days until cut for drug products that ARE on the facility formulary” system option. It can be found under (Prescriptions)(CutOff Date Options).
    • New facility option, “Always enter cut date on new Rxs”. This facility option replaces the “Always enter cut date on new Rxs” system option. It can be found under (Prescriptions)(CutOff Date Options).
    • New facility option, “Require Total Quantity Written on NEW non-control orders”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will require that the Total Quantity Written is greater than 0 when saving a prescription for a non-controlled drug in Rx Entry. This new validation will only occur if the order is a new prescription, refills is zero, and the “Allow reorder functionality” setting is turned on for the facility. The default value is “No”. This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Rx Entry Validations).
    • The Rx Expiration Date options – "Default Rx Expiration Date", "Days for C-II Expiration Date", "Days for C-III through C-V Expiration Date", "Days for Legend Expiration Date", "Days for OTC Expiration Date", and "Disable Default Rx Expiration Date for Reorders" – have been moved from Pharmacy Options to Facility Options. These options can be found under (Prescriptions)(Rx Expiration Date) on the Options tab.
  • Financial Impact Report
    • A "Divide by Zero error encountered" would be thrown if the Rx total is zero, the primary claim is adjudicated with a paid total of 0 and the secondary claim is set to Hard Copy. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Find Patient
    • When using the "Open Patient Order List" button, FrameworkLTC will now give you the ability to view the patient's medical conditions and allergies from that screen.
  • Flash Rx
    • If an order was excluded because the dispense quantity exceeded the minimum quantity for the drug, or the “Require Quantity to be a multiple of Minimum Quantity to Dispense” system option was set to "Yes" and the dispense quantity was not a multiple of the minimum quantity, all subsequent orders were also being excluded. This behavior originated in version 3.0.188. This functionality has been changed so that orders will not be excluded based on minimum quantity. They will only be displayed on an error log.
    • If licensed for ACCPAC, FrameworkLTC will now consider the central pharmacy id when determining if a patient is on A/R Hold.
  • FrameworkECM Integration
    • FrameworkLTC will now include drug allergy in the patient association information sent to FrameworkECM.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Reviewed By user in the order association information sent to FrameworkECM.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • If the insurance plan selected did not have an associated PBM, the payment was not being recorded. This behavior originated in version 3.0.189 and has been resolved.
  • Initial Review
    • A workflow override will now be logged if the warning for an inactive NDC is displayed and the user chooses to continue.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to add new orders to the patient profile when performing initial review from the Initial Review screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Additional Quantity Billed.
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set default submission clarification codes for each patient residence for insurance plans in NCPDP version D.0. If a default submission clarification code is set up and the drug is a solid oral medication, the clarification code will be defaulted at the time the prescription is ordered/reordered.
  • Leave of Absence
    • If licensed for ACCPAC, FrameworkLTC will now consider the central pharmacy id when determining if a patient is on A/R Hold.
  • Patient Orders
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Total Quantity Remaining in the grid.
  • Patient Profile
    • When deleting a patient payment plan, FrameworkLTC was not deleting the associated specified drug coverage records. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Patient Note History
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the time when recording when the patient note was added.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to only update active orders when choosing to update the Label Override for the drug.
    • FrameworkLTC now includes ACA FUL as an option for the Cost Basis on the User Costs.
    • FrameworkLTC will now show the ACA FUL price on the Pricing tab and allow you to enter an override. A "Hist" button will be available to view the ACA FUL history.
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC now includes ACA FUL as an option in the Cost Basis 1, Cost Basis 2 and Cost Basis 3 lists.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include Invoice Number in the detail record when using the "Express Bills Interface File". If the option is selected, the Invoice Number will print at the end of the detail record.
    • When exporting to Etactics, FrameworkLTC will now include RX/OTC (field 84), Legend Code (field 85) and Patient Name (field 86) fields in the Detail_Info record.
    • When exporting to Etactics, FrameworkLTC will now include the Rx Total Amount (field 31) and OTC Total Amount (field 32) fields in the Document_Info record.
    • When exporting to Etactics, FrameworkLTC will now populate the Document Date (field 13) in the Document_Info record with the statement run date.
    • When exporting to Etactics, FrameworkLTC will now populate the Due Date (field 14) in the Document_Info record with the last day of the month that the statement run date is in.
    • When exporting to Etactics, the Amount Past Due (field 1), Beginning Balance Forward (field 2), Ending Balance Forward (field 3), Statement Balance (field 4), Amount Due Current Period (field 5), Amount Due 1st Period (field 6), Amount Due 2nd Period (field 7), Amount Due 3rd Period (field 8), Amount Due 4th Period (field 9), and Amount Due Forward Balance (field 10) values in the Document_Info record were not always being populated. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • FrameworkLTC will disable the Return to Stock and Destroy options on Retro Quick (TransTYpe = Q) transactions.
  • Receive Inventory
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer copy the AwpPackPriceOr, DPPackPriceOr, and HcfaFFPLimitOr values from the ordered NDC when adding the received NDC to the formulary.
  • Rx Entrty
    • When performing a Therapeutic Interchange from a NDC to a Compound, the Ingreds tab was not getting populated with the compound ingredients. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • A workflow override will now be logged if the warning for an inactive NDC is displayed when using the “initial review” button to mark a prescription as reviewed and the user chooses to continue.
    • A workflow override will now be logged if the warning for an inactive NDC, compound, or IV is displayed when saving a prescription and the user chooses to continue.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer evaluate the "Require number of administration times to match times per day" system option for Retail facilities.
    • If licensed for ACCPAC, FrameworkLTC will now consider the central pharmacy id when determining if a patient is on A/R Hold.
    • If the "Require Max Daily Quantity on PRN splits" system option is set to "Yes" and the facility is a marked as Retail, FrameworkLTC would incorrectly display the "maximum quantity must be entered for orders that have a PRN split" validation message when saving. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Scan Rx
    • If licensed for ACCPAC, FrameworkLTC will now consider the central pharmacy id when determining if a patient is on A/R Hold.
  • SIG Interpretation
    • When the Facility Option "Interpret administration times when found in SIG" is set to "Yes" and a colon is found in the text entered, FrameworkLTC will now validate that there are 5 characters (including the colon) entered before translating the time to an Admin Time. If there is a period entered in the time, it will not be translated into an Admin Time.
  • Synchronize ACCPAC Data
    • If the Account Type, Account Set, Terms Code, Billing Cycle, or Interest Profile fields are changed on an ACCPAC customer to values different from the values for the customer group, and then the AR customer information is changed in FrameworkLTC for this customer, the Account Type, Account Set, Terms Code, Billing Cycle, and Interest Profile fields would be reverted to the values from the customer group when synchronizing with ACCPAC. This has been changed so that the Account Type, Account Set, Terms Code, Billing Cycle, and Interest Profile fields will only be set when synchronizing if the customer is new or the customer group is changed.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Include Actual Cost on Billing Only Transactions (Not Recommended)". If set to "Yes", a Billing Only prescription will post with a true Actual Cost. If set to "No", the Actual Cost will be set to $0.00 and post to history with no cost as well. The default value is "No". The new System Option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Billing).
    • New system option, "Show OSS indicator based on external med ID". If set to "Yes", the OSS indicator will be displayed in Rx Entry when a drug with the same external med ID as the drug being dispensed exists in an on-site store. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Display).
    • New system option, “---- Only reset initial review on NDC change if GPI is different”. This option is a sub-option of the “-- Only reset workflow steps when clinically significant fields change” system option. It only applies when both the “Reset workflow steps during Rx Edit operations” and “-- Only reset workflow steps when clinically significant fields change” system options are set to “Yes”. If this option is set to “Yes”, the initial review will not be reset when editing a prescription if the NDC is the only clinically significant field changed and the new NDC has the same GPI as the original NDC. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New system option, “Summarize unit dose composite scripts by reorder number”. If set to “Yes”, unit dose prescriptions from different orders for the same drug will not be combined when creating unit dose composite transactions. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Unit Dose).
  • Update Inventory
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer copy the AwpPackPriceOr, DPPackPriceOr, and HcfaFFPLimitOr values from the ordered NDC when adding the received NDC to the formulary.

Version 3.0.189 (Database Revision 1.02.984) Released 5/19/2016

You MUST perform the database migration prior to using this version of FrameworkLTC.
Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0163 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0231 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0140 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0043 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0032 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Active Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now hide the Renew button if the user does not have access to the Renew Function from the Prescriptions menu.
  • Claim Submission by Batch
    • FrameworkLTC was allowing secondary claims to be submitted when the primary claim still required adjudication. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the system option "Only submit claims that have passed Initial Review when submitting by batch" is set to "Yes", however there are unit dose composite billing transactions that do not require to be initial reviewed, FrameworkLTC was not allowing the claims to be adjudicated when submitting by batch. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When selecting New York and the patient’s residence is New York but the physician’s license information is not for New York, FrameworkLTC will pass "zzzzzzzz" as the serial number in the Additional Information Reporting segment AIR02.
    • When using the ASAP 4.2 format and exporting for patients whose residence is in Massachusetts, an additional field has been added to the end of the AIR segment to account for AIR11 “Dropping Off/Picking Up Identifier Qualifier”.
    • When using the ASAP 4.2 format and exporting for patients whose residence is in Massachusetts, FrameworkLTC will now populate PAT01 (ID Qualifier of Patient Identifier) with "US", PAT02 (ID Qualifier) with "07" and PAT03 (ID of Patient) with the patient’s Social Security Number.
  • Deliveries
    • If the "‘Use arrival date/time instead of delivery date/time", system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now provide the ability to "Add X Days to Arrival Time" based on the day of the week the delivery date falls on.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now show the "Benefits Coordination Information" segment for NewRx and Resupply messages.
    • The "facility unit" value from the message will now be displayed on the Change Patient screen next to the "new" nursing station drop-down.
    • The Admit Patient screen has been modified to show the address and phone number fields if the "Show patient address for LTC patients" system option is set to "Yes".
    • The Allergies screen which is displayed when processing a Census admit or change message has been modified so that the Add button will display "NKA" when the "No Known Allergies" indicator is included in the message. If this button is clicked, the application will prompt to remove any existing allergies from the patient and add "No Known Drug Allergy".
    • The Change Patient screen has been modified to show the address and phone number fields if the "Show patient address for LTC patients" system option is set to "Yes".
  • Facility Setup
    • New facility option, "Require Qty/Dose when saving prescription". This option replaces the "Require Qty/Dose when saving prescription" pharmacy option. The default value was set based on the previous pharmacy’s option value for the default pharmacy of the facility. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC has added a second line for directions on the Fill Authorization Report.
  • Nursing Stations
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain a phone number.
  • Patient Profile
    • If the "Reset workflow steps during Rx Edit operations" system option is set to "Yes" and a change is made to a reorder that exists in a batch, the reviewed by pharmacist will be cleared.
    • If the "When submitting/approving refill messages, update Phys. Rx Status on Reorder" system option is set to "Yes", submitting a Refill Request would change the Phys. Rx Status and the Status Date on the Reorders screen, but these values would not be saved in the database. This behavior originated in version 3.0.184 and has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • A new pharmacy option, "Enable automatic processing of resupply messages for Surescripts" has been added. If set to "Yes", resupply messages received from Surescripts will be automatically processed if there is exactly one matching order for the prescriber NPI and prescriber order number on the message. The default value is "No". This pharmacy option will only be available if licensed for the E-Rx Interface. It can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx). There are two sub-options for this new option - "Batch ID to use for resupply messages" and "Skip automatic processing of orders for house stock items".
    • The "Enable automatic processing of resupply messages" pharmacy option has been renamed to "Enable automatic processing of resupply messages for FrameworkERx".
  • Physician Selector
    • If the physician's last name included an apostrophe, the name highlighted when pressing the ellipsis did not always reflect the name entered. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • A syntax error would be thrown when creating the Express Bill Interface file if any of the data elements contained a quotation mark. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When exporting to Etactics, Detail_Info records will now be created for payments and adjustments, as well as invoices and credit notes that do not have associated FrameworkLTC billing transactions.
  • Rx Entry
    • If the "Reset workflow steps during Rx Edit operations" system option is set to "Yes" and the transaction type is changed from "B" (Billing Only) to "P" (Prescription), FrameworkLTC will now reset the workflow steps. The "-- Only reset workflow steps when clinically significant fields change" sub-option will be considered.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Prevent C-III through C-V orders from being dispensed from different pharmacy than original pharmacy". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will prevent an order from being reordered/refilled if it is for a C-III, C-IV, or C-V drug, and the current dispensing pharmacy is different than the original pharmacy. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New System Option, "Use arrival date/time instead of delivery date/time". This new option is a sub option of "Reduce quantity dispensed on new orders with start date/time less than delivery date/time". If both of these options are set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will reduce the quantity dispensed for any admin times prior to the calculated arrival date/time as part of the sig interpretation for new orders. The calculated arrival date will be based on the settings for the delivery. The default value of the new option is "No". This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Calculations).
    • New system option, "Warn if Fill Qty Written is not populated when saving prescription". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will warn the user when saving a unit dose prescription with Fill Qty Written not being populated. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Unit Dose).

Version 3.0.188 (Database Revision 1.02.971) Released 4/29/2016

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0162 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0230 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0140 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0042 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0030 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Active Reorders
    • When selecting multiple orders to cut and checking the "Automatically Associate Cut Orders to current FrameworkECM Document" box, only the last order was being associated. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When using the ASAP 4.1 format and a packing slip was received for one of the items needing to be exported, a "Public member 'Value' on type 'String' not found" error was being thrown and preventing the export from being complete. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Database Changes (RX)
    • Added an index, IX_Billing_HRxGuid, to the Billing table.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • When processing a resupply (RESUPP) message that matched an existing order, FrameworkLTC was not highlighting the matching order. This behavior originated in 3.0.187 and has been corrected.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now concatenate the directions for multiple splits with a caret (^) instead of a semi-colon (;) when using the MTS format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate the “Block Rx label printing if not reviewed” system option when printing labels. If the option is set to “Yes” and there are prescriptions in the batch to be export that need to be reviewed, a message will be shown to the user.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate the “Block Rx Label printing if order is not authorized” system option when printing labels. If the option is set to “Yes” and there are prescriptions in the batch to be export that need to be authorized, a message will be shown to the user.
  • Facility Setup
    • New facility option, "Compare prepack qty to label qty during zone lookup". If this option is set to "Yes", when evaluating which zone to use on a prescription, the label quantity, instead of the prescription quantity, will be compared to the prepack quantity for zones that have a prepack quantity. The default value is "No". This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • The hot key for the Add Bed button on the Facility Map was changed from ALT+B to ALT+E.
    • The hot key for the Add Room button on the Facility Map was changed from ALT+R to ALT+O.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the quantity is not less than the Minimum Quantity to Dispense.
    • FrameworkLTC will validate that the quantity is a multiple of the Minimum Quantity to Dispense if the "Require Quantity to be multiple of Minimum Quantity to Dispense" system option set to "Yes".
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify "Maine special processing" on the ECS tab. If set on the secondary payer, only one "351-NP" field and value will be inserted on the secondary claim. Additionally, if the "Send 06-Patient Pay Amt in 351-NP(Patient Responsibility Amt Qualifier) when payer is secondary" box is also checked, a value of "06" will be set for the "351-NP" field regardless of all other conditions.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • New Pharmacy Option, "Reject Refill/Reorder Requests for Cycle Fill Orders". If set to "Yes", FrameworkECMConnect will return an error code of -32 when FrameworkECM submits a refill/reorder request for an order marked as Cycle Fill The default value is "No". This new Pharmacy Option can be found under (Interfaces)(FrameworkECM).
    • The pharmacist drop down lists on the Interface Options tab would not display the selected value if that pharmacist was not a valid selection in the previously viewed pharmacy. This behavior originated in version 3.0.181 and has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • If a Retro Quick transaction was returned, then the secondary payor (MOP2) was not being included in the return (R) transaction in history. This behavior has been corrected.
  • RcClearinghouse Integration
    • The integration now works with the migrated database.
  • Reminder Setup
    • When a reminder was being associated with a drug orders or patient and there were more than 30,000 patients in the list, an "Invalid Property Array Index" error was being thrown. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.187 (Database Revision 1.02.957) Released 3/30/2016

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0161 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0229 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0138 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0041 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0029 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer auto select the first row of the grid when displaying the Order Selection window. The user will be required to select an order in order to continue.
  • Electronic Claim Submission
    • A “The source was not found, but some or all event logs could not be searched.” Error would be thrown when trying to submit claims from a Windows 10 machine. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now use a caret (^) as the delimiter for the warning messages instead of a space when using the "MTS" format.
  • Export Billing Transactions
    • When exporting returns using the Point Click Care Format, FrameworkLTC will continue to pass the quantity as a negative number, but the Unit Price will be passed as a positive.
  • FrameworkECM Integration
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Serial Number as part of the order association passed to FrameworkECM.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the user has entered a Received and Expire date when saving if the “Received signed acknowledgement of privacy practices” box is checked.
  • Prerequisites
    • FrameworkLTC will now install SAP Crystal Reports Runtime Engine for .NET Framework if it does not already exist.
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the ability to specify package type specific daily fees. The package type specific daily fees can be specified on the Pricing screen where the IV, Compound, and Drug daily fees are currently specified. The package type specific daily fees only apply to prescriptions for drug products (not compounds or IVs). The “Include cost + fee with daily rate” checkbox next to the Drug daily fee field also applies to the package type specific daily fees.

Version 3.0.186 (Database Revision 1.02.951) Released 3/11/2016

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0160 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0228 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0137 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0040 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0028 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Add To Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC will now automatically send the packing slip information to e-Courier if the "Prompt to print the packing slip when adding to shipping tote by tote." system option is set to "Yes".
  • Create Billing
    • FrameworkLTC would throw an "Attempt to Access Invalid Address" error when attempting to communicate with the Accpac API if you were using the migrated database and a version of Accpac prior to 5.6. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify an "Outbound URL" on the e-Courier Settings screen. If this URL is populated, the packing slip information will be automatically sent when printing packing slips from the Print Packing Slip By Batch, Print Packing Slip By Tote and Add to Shipping Tote By Tote functions.

  • Print Detailed Statements
    • FrameworkLTC would throw an "Attempt to Access Invalid Address" error when attempting to communicate with the Accpac API if you were using the migrated database and a version of Accpac prior to 5.6. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Packing Slip - By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now automatically send the packing slip information to e-Courier. This does not occur when the "Create Preliminary Packing Slip" box is checked.
  • Print Packing Slip - By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC will now automatically send the packing slip information to e-Courier. This does not occur when the "Create Preliminary Packing Slip" box is checked.
  • Synchronize Accpac Database
    • FrameworkLTC would throw an "Attempt to Access Invalid Address" error when attempting to communicate with the Accpac API if you were using the migrated database and a version of Accpac prior to 5.6. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Third Party Reconciliation
    • FrameworkLTC was not recording the payment information when pressing the "Record" button. This behavior originated in version 3.0.185 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.185 (Database Revision 1.02.947) Released 3/5/2016

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0160 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0228 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0137 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0040 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0028 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now accept the signature indicator flag when processing NEWRX and REFRES messages if the message comes through FrameworkERX and the vendor set on the mailbox (in the FrameworkERX Setup) is HealthMEDX.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • New Pharmacy Option "Set NDC Status to Active during Receive Inventory". If set to "Yes", if the NDC status on the drug item received is Inactive, the status will be changed to Active on the formulary. The default value is "No". This new Pharmacy Option can be found under (Inventory)(General).
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC was not calculating pricing for IVs. This behavior originated in version 3.0.184 and has been corrected.
  • Set Security
    • If the user selected "Users Authenticated to SQL Server", and a user in the FWLTC database had more than one database role, then that username would be listed one time in the User dropdown list for each role in the database. This behavior has been corrected and each username will only be listed once.

Version 3.0.184 (Database Revision 1.02.942) Released 2/29/2016

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0160 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0227 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0137 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0040 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0028 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • If the "Prompt to print the packing slip when adding to shipping tote by tote." system option was set to "Yes" and the Tote was left blank, the user was till being prompted to print the packing slip when pressing the Update button. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Additional Administration Schedules
    • When looking up the administration schedule for a drug, FrameworkLTC will now only look at administration schedules that have associated administration times in the facility or nursing station. Previously, FrameworkLTC would find the first administration schedule associated with the drug. If there were no administration times in the facility or nursing station associated with this schedule, it would not use the schedule, and it would not check for any other schedules associated with the drug that did have administration times.
  • Billing Summary by Method of Payment
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the actual cost, dollar difference, and % margin on the report.
  • Compound Selector
    • FrameworkLTC will now color code the items that are in an on site store appropriately when the "Use Custom Display Colors for On Site Stores" system option is set to "Yes".
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When using the ASAP 3.0 or ASAP 4.0 format and specifying a filename that already exists, the new data would be appended to the previous export file. This behavior originated in version 3.0.183 and has been corrected.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now accept the signature indicator flag when processing NEWRX and REFRES messages if the message comes through FrameworkERX and the vendor set on the mailbox (in the FrameworkERX Setup) is MatrixCare.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export the SOS HelpCare format in a fixed width or CSV format.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to default a prescription as 340B Exempt. This new check box can be found on the "Misc" tab and is only available if the 340B Enabled box is checked.
    • New facility option, "Skip zones where prepack qty does not match dispensed qty". When evaluating which inventory zone to use for a prescription, if this option is enabled, zones with a prepack quantity will be skipped if the prepack quantity does not match the dispensed quantity. The default value is "No". This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
  • Final Review
    • An "object variable error" would occur if the Drug Viewer or the Prescription Image window was closed and the Find button was pressed. This behavior originated in version 3.0.183 and has been corrected.
    • The Drug Viewer and Prescription Image window were being set back to their default location when pressing the Find button. This behavior originated in version 3.0.183 and has been corrected.
  • Flash Rx
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM and printing the Fill Authorization Report, FrameworkLTC will now precede the barcode with "FLASH|" to allow for special handling in FrameworkECM.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to move "Profile Only" prescriptions.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to default a prescription as 340B. This new check box can be found on the "General" tab and is only available if the facility has the 340B Enabled box checked. When adding a new patient, this will be defaulted based on the Facility setup.
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the ability to automatically associate standing drug orders to FrameworkECM when added to a patient if licensed for FrameworkECM.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • New pharmacy option, "Block Billing Only Transactions when Dispense Date is before Written Date". The default value is "No". It can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New pharmacy option, "Workflow step to trigger Rx Fill message". This new option allows you to specify which workflow step (Initial Review, Packaging, Final Review, Shipping Tote) will trigger the Rx Fill message for E-Rx. The default value is "Initial Review". This option will only be visible if licensed for the E-Rx interface. It can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
  • Physicians
    • When editing and saving a Therapeutic Interchange with a type of "GPI" without changing the GPI information, FrameworkLTC would throw a "This interchange already exists" error. This behavior originated in version 3.0.179 and has been corrected.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • An "Item cannot be found in the collection corresponding to the requested name or ordinal" error was being thrown when exporting to the Bridgestone/Firestone interface and using the migrated database. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to create an export file for Etactics.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to default a prescription as 340B. This new check box can be found on the "Misc" tab and is only available if both the pharmacy and facility are 340B enabled and the order is for a Drug product.
    • FrameworkLTC was setting the Days Supply and Quantity to 0 for new reorders when the cycle check box is checked and the nursing station cycle is "Fill to next Dr. visit date". This behavior originated in version 3.0.181 and has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the details (e.g. sig, ingredient data, cycle) for compounds/IVs when the field loses focus instead of as the user types.
    • If the "Block Billing Only Transactions when Dispense Date is before Written Date" pharmacy option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will display an error when saving a Billing Only transaction if the Dispense Date is less than the Written Date.
    • Using the calculator (accessed by pressing the space bar with the cursor in that field) to change the Total Price would not actually update the price. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Option
    • New system option, "E-Rx - Prompt to associate when processing cancel message". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will prompt to associate the prescription/order with the current document in FrameworkECM when processing a Cancel message in the E-Rx Queue. The default value is "No". This system option will only be visible if licensed for FrameworkECM and licensed for the E-Rx interface. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(FrameworkECM).
    • New system option, "Include a barcode on the Flash Rx Fill Authorization Report". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will include a barcode on the Fill Authorization report that is generated from Flash Rx. The default value is "Yes". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New system option, "Require Leave of Absence Quantity to be multiple of Minimum Quantity to Dispense". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", when entering Leave of Absence orders, the quantity must be a whole multiple of the "Min. Qty to Dispense" from Pharmacy Formulary setup. Otherwise, an error message will be displayed. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, "When submitting/approving refill messages, update Phys. Rx Status on Reorder". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", when requesting refills through E-Rx, either from the Reorders or the No Refills Remaining screens, the Phys. Rx Status will be set to "R – Awaiting refill authorization" and the Status Date set to the current date. When approving an E-Rx refill message through the E-Rx Queue, this status and date will be cleared when the user selects "Done" in Rx Entry. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
    • New system option, “Do not re-screen orders”. This is a sub-option of the “Perform Clinical Screenings during Final Review” system option. If set to “Yes”, clinical screenings will not be performed during Final Review if they have already been done during Initial Review or Final Review. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).

Version 3.0.183 (Database Revision 1.02.926) Released 1/29/2016

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0159 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0224 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0136 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0039 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0027 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Active Orders List
    • When pressing the Reorder button for an order set up for Reorders, the "No Refills Remaining" window would be displayed. This behavior originated in version 3.0.182 and has been corrected.
  • Batch Export
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the Pearson Medical format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the prescriber's name in the Tosho export file.
  • Batch View
    • If a user changed the Quantity or Additional Quantity Billed, the Days Supply and Submit Quantities were not being updated accordingly. This behavior originated in version 181 and has been corrected.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Set Charge Code for Credits" when using the PointClickCare format.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include taxes when using the Point Click Care Format.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to summarize transactions by patient when using the Point Click Care Format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Physician NPI field (positions 77 through 86) in the SOS HelpCare Format.
    • The SOS HelpCare Format now includes an option to use the "Facility Numeric ID" custom field in place of the facility ID if a facility type custom field named "Facility Numeric ID" exists.
    • The SOS HelpCare Format now includes an option to use the external patient ID in Resident Number field. If the "Use external patient ID" box is checked, the interface must be selected to determine which external patient ID to use.
    • The SOS HelpCare Format now includes the ability to specify charge codes to use for Rx, OTC, IVs and Compounds.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the user’s permission to final review prescriptions.
  • Financial Impact Report
    • The "Separate payors on a prescription to individual transactions (Primary, Secondary, Copay)" check box has been renamed to "Separate payors on a prescription to individual transactions (Primary, Secondary, Copay, Hard Copy Claim Secondary)". If checked, the report will now include a separate line for prescriptions with a Secondary Hard Copy Claim.
  • Initial Review
    • The prescription start date and serial number have been added to the Initial Review screen. The start date will only be visible if the “Show the prescription start date” system option (found under Prescriptions->Display) is enabled.
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter the credit calculation for Private pay returns when using the "Treat as private pay" option.
    • Items were not getting removed from the Insurance Plan Formulary when the "Clear All" button was used on the Select from Pharmacy Formulary screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • On Site Store Templates
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to mark on site store inventory items as half tabs when the type is PASSPORT.
  • On Site Stores
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to mark on site store inventory items as half tabs when the type is either PASSPORT or OTHER.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • When checking the “Patient Reorder Records” check box on the Drug Substitution screen, for orders that currently exist in batches, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to update all information on the reorder except for the NDC when the order is posted. Users will have the ability to select which orders to keep the NDC on the reorder and not have it overwritten by the NDC on the order in the batch during posting.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • New Pharmacy Option, "Perform product verification during Final Review". This replaces the system option. During the upgrade, this value will be set based on the value of your system option.
  • Process Returns
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the credit calculation for private pay returns on the insurance plan setup when using the "Apply Credit Calculation" option.
    • If a third party has the "Treat as private pay" box checked on the Insurance Plan setup, then partial returns and full returns marked as "Apply Credit Calculation" will set the MOP on the reversal to the Private MOP from the prescription.
  • Receive Inventory
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the pharmacy formulary status to Active for any NDCs received that are marked as Inactive.
  • Resynchronize Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now disable the "Print Fill Authorization Report" check box and "Report Footer Note" text box when accessing the Flash Rx screen via the Resynchronize Batch function.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to retrieve the NDC from the formulary using the manufacturer barcode. Users will have the ability to scan/enter the manufacturer barcode in the NDC textbox and the system will find the item based on the manufacturer barcode.
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Force user to scroll to bottom of clinical warning box before allowing to save the prescription” system option. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was prompting the user to perform a generic substitution even if the prescription was already adjudicated. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the user who initial reviewed the prescription was no longer active, the user would not be displayed when browsing to the prescription. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • If licensed to use the E-Rx interface, a new system option is available to "Display E-Rx tab as a separate window in Rx Entry". If set to "Yes" and the prescription was entered through E-Rx, the request grid will be displayed in a separate window. The default value is "No". This new system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
    • New system option " -- Re-evaluate payment plan rules on new Standing Drug Orders" works in conjunction with the existing option “Add Standing Drug Orders Target Location”. If set to “Yes”, when adding Standing Drug Orders for a patient, the patient’s payment plan setup will be evaluated to determine the method of payment. If set to “No”, the method of pay will be set to “FACI” (unless the “Add Standing Drug Orders Target Location” system option is set to “Batch” and the “Re-evaluate payment plan rules on reorders/refills” system option is set to “Yes”). The default value is “No”. This new System Option can be found under (Patients)(General).
    • New system option, "Show each location when looking up drug in Rx Entry". If set to "Yes", a separate row will be displayed in the "Select Drug" grid for the pharmacy inventory and each applicable on-site store that the drug is in. If an on-site store location is selected, that on-site store will be used to default the profile only, unit dose, and package type settings. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Drug Lookup). If this system option is enabled, the "Include Dispensing Machines in the EDK List of Rx Entry" system option found under (Prescriptions)(Display) must be enabled as well.
    • New system option, "Stop cursor on original date". If set to "Yes", when the user tabs through the fields within Rx Entry, Original Date will be included in the tab order. The default value is "No". This new system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Display).
    • The "Perform product verification during Final Review" system option has been moved to the Pharmacy Options.
  • Users
    • FrameworkLTC has split the "May Review Rx" permission into "May Initial Review Rx’s" and "May Final Review Rx’s". FrameworkLTC will set both permissions to true for user's that previously had "May Review Rx" permission.

Version 3.0.182 (Database Revision 1.02.910) Released 12/29/2015

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0156 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0224 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0136 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0039 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0027 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Active Orders List
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to Reorder/Renew/Recall by clicking on the appropriate button within the grid. These buttons are only available when the screen is opened via "Orders List" button on the Reorders screen.
  • Batch View
    • If the user selected a prescription from Batch View, edited and saved the prescription, and closed the Rx Entry screen, then the edited prescription would no longer be highlighted in the Batch View window. This behavior originated in version 3.0.181 and has been corrected.
  • Billing Summary by Method of Payment Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the tax amount for each transaction on the report. The total tax amount for each method of payment and a grand total will also be included.
  • E-Rx Message Log
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the refusal reason when viewing messages that were refused.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Only show active products on product selection screen in E-Rx queue" system option when showing the generic substitutions available.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Original Refills and Refills Remaining on the Patient Orders screen that displays prior to the product selection screen when the "Show patient orders screen when processing new prescription messages" system option is set to "Yes".
    • FrameworkLTC will now prompt for a reason when refusing a request.
    • When processing a CENSUS message for a new admission, if the prescriber NPI is included in the message and exists in FrameworkLTC, the Physician on the Admit Patient screen will be defaulted to that prescriber.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now give you the ability to "Exclude previously printed records" from the export. If the checkbox is checked, records that were marked as already having the label printed will not be exported.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the patient's birth date (in field #77), prescriber's phone number (in field #78), associate diagnosis (in field #79), nursing station name (in field #80), facility address (in field#81-85) and facility phone number (in field #86) when using the MTS format. If the "Show ICD10 instead of medical condition name" system option is set to "Yes", the Associated Diagnosis field will contain the ICD10 code and description. Otherwise, it will contain the medical condition name.
  • Facility Setup
    • New facility option "Automatically print Monographs when marking initial review". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now provide the ability to print patient drug monographs during initial review. The default value is "No". This facility option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
    • New facility option, "Enable logging of patient profile views”. The default value is "No". This new option can be found under (Patients)(General).
    • New facility option, "Number of seconds before logging view”. The default value is 3 seconds. This new option is a sub option of "Enable logging of patient profile views" and can be under (Patients)(General).
  • Medicare Part D Pharmacy Notice
    • An "Invalid object name Pat..vPatNames" error was being thrown when using the migrated database. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC has added a "Do Not Substitute" checkbox to the Miscellaneous tab of the Reorders screen. If this box is checked, the NDC on the prescription will not be substituted when performing "Substitute Drug Product" from the pharmacy formulary.
    • FrameworkLTC will now log each time the patient profile is viewed if the "Enable logging of patient profile views" facility option is set to "Yes".
    • If the user changes the Unit Dose flag on a Reorder record that has refills and is not profile only, FrameworkLTC will now warn the user that the change could potentially cause issues with the fill number when saving.
    • When using the SureScripts interface and pressing the "Request Refills" button on the Reorders screen, the Refills Request window would show another prescriber if the prescriber on the order could not approve Refills and another prescriber had the same State License Number. This behavior has been corrected and FrameworkLTC will now use the prescriber's state along with the State License Number to try to identify the prescriber.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • When performing a drug substitution, if the new drug has a Label Override in the formulary, the label override will now replace the drug label name. This applies to substitutions in Rx batches, Reorders, Compound Definitions, and U/D transactions in history.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a new button to preview the translated directions in a separate window. This new button can be found at the top of the Rx Entry screen beside the Print Audit Labels button.
    • If the user changes the Unit Dose flag on a refill and if differs from the Unit Dose flag on the Reorder record, FrameworkLTC will now warn the user that the change could potentially cause issues with the fill number when saving.
  • Search Logged Views
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view log entries for the patient profiles that were viewed by users. This new function can be found on the "Utilities" menu if one or more facilities have the "Enable logging of patient profile views” facility option set to "Yes".
  • Security
    • A new menu function, Search Logged Views, has been added to the Utilities section. It will only be available if one or more facilities have the "Enable logging of patient profile views” facility option set to "Yes".
    • A new menu function, Send Interface Messages, has been added to the Utilities section. It will only be available if licensed for the E-Rx Interface and/or at least one pharmacy is licensed for FrameworkHL7.
  • Send Interface Messages
    • If licensed for the E-Rx Interface and/or at least one pharmacy is licensed for FrameworkHL7, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to be able to Send "SCRIPT 10.6 (RXFILL)" or "HL7 (RDE - NW)" messages. This new function can be found on the Utilities menu.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Block orders with EDK from being sent to MTS". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", prescriptions that are in an EDK that are sent to MTS (via the export batch function) will not exported. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(MTS).

Version 3.0.181 (Database Revision 1.02.899) Released 11/30/2015

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0156 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0224 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0135 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0038 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0026 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Batch View
    • FrameworkLTC will now give the user the ability to view orders in the current batch by patient or room/bed. Selecting one of these views will cause the grid to only be populated with orders in the batch for that patient or room/bed.
  • ECS COM Port Configuration
    • This function has been removed from the application. It was previously located on the "Misc" menu.
  • ERx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to process a Census - Admit message as a patient update.
    • FrameworkLTC will now accept the signature indicator flag when processing NEWRX and REFRES messages if the message comes through FrameworkERX and the vendor set on the mailbox (in the FrameworkERX Setup) is ADL, Answers on Demand or Reliable Health Systems.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now allows the ability to "Exclude previously printed labels" when choosing to print corresponding prescription labels when exporting the batch. If this box is checked, prescriptions whose label has already been printed, will not print a new label and the Label Printed By/Label Printed On will not be updated on the prescription.
    • If an error occurred while creating the export file and the "Print corresponding prescription labels" box was checked, the labels would get printed even though the file was not successfully created. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the tax applied to the prescription in the FrameworkLTC CSV file format.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now observe the "Password Expiration (in days)" value from the FrameworkLink tab when setting the FrameworkLink Administrator password.
    • New facility option, "—Fixed number of days". This option replaces the "—Fixed number of days" system option. It is only used when the method of payment is a private payor. This new option is a sub option of "Use a fixed number of days to generate notification" and can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
    • New facility option, "—Percentage of days supply". This option replaces the "—Percentage of days supply" system option. It is only used when the method of payment is a private payor. This new option is a sub option of "Use a percentage of days supply to generate notification"and can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
    • New facility option, "Use a fixed number of days to generate notification". This option replaces the "Use a fixed number of days to generate the refill too soon notification" system option. It is only used when the method of payment is a private payor. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
    • New facility option, "Use a percentage of days supply to generate notification". This option replaces the "Use a percentage of days supply to generate the refill too soon notification" system option. It is only used when the method of payment is a private payor. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to assign coverage periods for when an Insurance Plan is covered by a Plan Benefit Manager. These coverage periods will now be used to determine which Plan Benefit Manager the Insurance Plan belonged to during remittance and reconciliation.
    • New insurance plan option, "—Fixed number of days". This option replaces the "—Fixed number of days" system option. It is only used when the method of payment is a third party. This new option is a sub option of "Use a fixed number of days to generate notification" and can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
    • New insurance plan option, "—Percentage of days supply". This option replaces the "—Percentage of days supply" system option. It is only used when the method of payment is a third party. This new option is a sub option of "Use a percentage of days supply to generate notification" and can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
    • New insurance plan option, "Use a fixed number of days to generate notification". This option replaces the "Use a fixed number of days to generate the refill too soon notification" system option. It is only used when the method of payment is a third party. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
    • New insurance plan option, "Use a percentage of days supply to generate notification". This option replaces the "Use a percentage of days supply to generate the refill too soon notification" system option. It is only used when the method of payment is a third party. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
    • The "Change Patient Info from 5.1 to D.0" button was renamed to "Update Patient Payment Plans". The functionality of the button has not changed.
  • Packaging
    • If the "Use daily barcodes on user ID badges" pharmacy option was set to "Yes", the "Scan user id during product packaging" pharmacy option was set to "Yes" and the "-- Require user id to be scanned for each prescription" pharmacy option was set to "No", the date was not being held from the original scan resulting in "The User ID is not valid for the current date" message being shown when processing subsequent orders. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Block Pharmacy Selection" system option and the User's "May Select Alternate Pharmacies" setting when populating the Entered By Pharmacist and Reviewed By Pharmacist drop down lists on the "Interface Options" tab.
    • New pharmacy option, “Skip automatic processing of orders for house stock items”. This is a sub-option of the “Enable automatic processing of resupply messages”. If set to “Yes”, orders for items that are on the house stock list will not be automatically processed and will instead be placed in the E-Rx Queue. This option will only be visible if licensed for the E-Rx Interface. It can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
  • Print Packing Slip - By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now save/default the directory used for the Network Express Interface file.
  • Print Packing Slip - By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC will now save/default the directory used for the Network Express Interface file.
  • Process Returns
    • The "Treat as Credit" check box on the "New Return" screen has been renamed to "Apply Credit Calculation". The functionality of the check box has not changed.
  • Refill Too Soon Warning
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to associate an order with the current document in FrameworkECM when a refill too soon notification is received.
  • Resynchronize Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the "Automatically apply profile changes to the batch" and "Automatically print labels for added scripts" check boxes to not checked.
  • Rx Entry
    • If the "Clear unit dose flag for new rxs to third party payors" system option is set to "Yes", this will supersede if the item is from an On Site Store with the "Default orders to unit dose" box checked.
    • If the user changed the method of payment on a new prescription, and the change resulted in the nursing station cycle changing to Refill On Demand, then the Days Supply and Quantity were being set to 0. This behavior has been corrected and the Days Supply and Quantity will be set based on the Nursing Station setup.
    • When adding or editing an IV prescription, if the user selected a new IV item and then changed it back to the original, the ingredients from the new IV would remain on the Ingreds tab. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When selecting a compound or IV, FrameworkLTC will no longer clear the directions. If there are Infusion Directions and/or Administration Directions defined for the compound or IV, those will replace any text in the sig field. If both are empty, any text in the sig field will be retained.
  • System Options
    • New System Option “Force pharmacist to scroll to bottom of clinical warning box before allowing initial review”. If set to “Yes”, the user will be required to scroll to the bottom of the clinical warning box before the “Marked as Reviewed” button is enabled. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Clinical Screening).
    • New system option, "Set final review step as complete on orders sent to MTS". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", prescriptions that are sent to MTS (via the export batch function) will be marked as being final reviewed by "MTS". This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(MTS).
    • New system option, "Set shipping tote step as complete on orders sent to MTS". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", prescriptions that are sent to MTS (via the export batch function) will be marked as placed in tote by "MTS". This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(MTS).
    • New system option, “When using Retro Quick by Rx Number, look for Rxs in all facilities”. If set to “Yes”, you will be able to Retro Quick Rxs that are not for the current facility. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Billing).
  • Update Costs From Disk
    • When using the SureCost or Cardinal Health (With Quantity) formats, an "Unable to determine package quantity for NDC..." error would be thrown if the package quantity was zero even though the price was being updated correctly. This behavior originated in version 3.0.178 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.180 (Database Revision 1.02.885) Released 11/13/2015

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0155 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0223 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0134 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0037 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0025 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Facility Setup
    • An "Incorrect Syntax near ','" error was being thrown when attempting to copy standing drug orders if using the migrated database. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Resynchronize Batch
    • An "Incorrect Syntax near ','" error was being thrown when attempting to add orders to the batch if using the migrated database. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.179 (Database Revision 1.02.885) Released 10/29/2015

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0155 or higher
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0222 or higher
FrameworkLink 2.00.0133 or higher
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015 or higher
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0037 or higher
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014 or higher
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0025 or higher
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033 or higher

  • Black Box Warnings for Medical Professionals
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to generate the black box warnings for medical professionals report. This new function can be found on the Reports menu.
  • Claim Reversals
    • When reversing a secondary claim, the Third Party Copay on the primary claim was not being put back to what it was before the secondary was submitted. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Compound Selector
    • When choosing "Show Active Only", the list displayed in the grid would default to the top of the list rather than sorting by what has already been typed into the search. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Drug Price Quote
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the days supply in the grid, as well as on the report and export.
    • If days supply is populated when calculating the price quote, FrameworkLTC will now provide a price per day value.
  • ERx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now show the default directions associated with the selected drug, compound or IV on the "Prescription Directions" screen. You can use the "Append Default" button to apply the default to the order.
  • Facility Setup
    • A new authorization option, “Authorization required for formulary items marked ‘special order’ when cost exceeds $_____”, has been added. If checked, authorization will be required on prescriptions where the item is marked as "Special Order Item" on the pharmacy formulary and the total price exceeds the amount specified.
    • A new authorization setting, "Authorization required for formulary items marked ‘REMS special requirements", has been added. If checked, authorization will be required on prescriptions where the item is marked as "REMS Special Requirements" on the pharmacy formulary. When authorization is required for this order, only users that "May Review" will have the ability to authorize these orders.
    • New facility option, “Only apply facility formulary when method of payment is FACI”. The default value is “No”. This facility option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Print Fill Authorization Report". The user will now have the ability to run a report showing all prescriptions that will be added to the batch without actually adding to the batch. The user can choose to either "Add Prescriptions to Batch" and/or "Print Fill Authorization Report". When printing the Fill Authorization Report, the user will have the capability of adding text that will print on the footer on the last page of the report in the "Report Footer Note" text box. The report page breaks on facility/nursing station. If the user chooses to only "Add Prescriptions to Batch", the application will continue to function as it did previously.
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to add NDCs to the Insurance Plan Formulary from the Pharmacy Formulary. The grid will show all NDCs in the selected pharmacy’s formulary. Any NDCs that are already in the insurance plan formulary will be checked. When the Ok button is clicked, any checked NDCs that do not already exist in the insurance plan formulary will be added. This function will not remove any NDCs from the insurance plan formulary.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Save grid layout files in the User Profile folder instead of the Application folder" system option when displaying the Reorder Fill History window.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to mark an item as having "REMS Special Requirements". This check box can be found on the "General" tab. If checked, the user will have ability to enter "Notes" for these REMS Special Requirements. These notes will then appear on the Order Authorization screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Save grid layout files in the User Profile folder instead of the Application folder" system option when displaying the Formulary List window.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Save grid layout files in the User Profile folder instead of the Application folder" system option when displaying the Zones grid.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • New pharmacy option, "Allow patients to be discharged when the facility is made inactive". If set to "Yes" for the default pharmacy of the facility, at the time the facility is set to "Inactive", the user will be prompted to discharge all active patient that are in the facility. The default value is "No". This pharmacy option can be found under (Patients)(Admit/Discharge).
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set a "Less Than Actual Cost" Price Option Branch. If the calculated price is less than the actual cost for the drug/compound/IV and this branch is populated, the branch price code will be used instead to calculate the price.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • The VFI Interface file has been modified to extend the Customer Number and Patient ID from 10 characters to 15 characters.
  • Rebill From History
    • When creating the Q transaction, FrameworkLTC will now set the Third Party Copay field to the Patient Pay Amount value if the Third Party Copay was NULL on the history record.
  • Rejected Claims Inquiry
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Save grid layout files in the User Profile folder instead of the Application folder" system option.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC was no longer displaying the "Prescription has already been added" message when attempting to add a prescription that was already in the grid. This behavior originated in version 3.0.178 and has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now calculate the Shared Copay amount for adjudicated prescriptions based on the response from the third party payer - specifically, the value in the 505-F5 field, referred to as "Patient Pay Amount" (by NCPDP). This value will be displayed as the Third Party Copay, and the Shared Copay (based on that value) will be shown below it, if applicable. The total patient pay amount will be the sum of these two values. The Shared Copay will only be available to edit after the prescription is adjudicated, not before.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Save grid layout files in the User Profile folder instead of the Application folder" system option when displaying the Alternate Drug Lookup window.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Save grid layout files in the User Profile folder instead of the Application folder" system option when displaying the Reorder Fill History window.
    • The associated diagnosis was not getting set when processing an ERx NEWRX message that included an ICD-9 or ICD-10 code. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Security Table
    • A new menu function, Black Box Warnings for Medical Professionals, has been added to the Reports section.
    • A new menu function, Set Delivery ID By Batch, has been added to the Utilities section.
  • Set Delivery ID By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set the delivery ID for all prescriptions in a selected batch or batches. This new function can be found on the Utilities menu. The delivery ID will not be set if (1) the delivery ID does not exist on the facility delivery schedule setup or applicable nursing station delivery schedule setup, (2) the prescription is a new order and the delivery ID is not allowed for new orders, or (3) the prescription is a reorder/refill and the delivery ID is not allowed for reorder/refills. The prescriptions for which the delivery ID cannot be set will be displayed on an exception listing.
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Use Generic/OTC price option branching for Compounds based on primary NDC”. The default value is “No”. If set to “Yes”, when calculating pricing for compounds, the system will use the primary NDC on the compound to determine if Generic or OTC. If primary NDC is Generic or OTC, functionality will look at the Pricing table to determine if Generic/OTC Price Branch is set. If so, then when calculating pricing for the compound, the Generic/OTC price branch will be used. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Calculations).
    • New system option, “Use Generic/OTC price option branching for IVs based on primary NDC”. The default value is “No”. If set to “Yes”, when calculating pricing for IVs, the system will use the primary NDC on the IV to determine if Generic or OTC. If primary NDC is Generic or OTC, functionality will look at the Pricing table to determine if Generic/OTC Price Branch is set. If so, then when calculating pricing for the IV, the Generic/OTC price branch will be used. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Calculations).
  • Third Party Reconciliation
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Save grid layout files in the User Profile folder instead of the Application folder" system option.
  • Update Costs From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC was setting the selected cost to 0 when using the HD Smith format. This behavior originated in version 3.0.178 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.178 (Database Revision 1.02.869) Released 9/30/2015

Interface Version
FrameworkDirect 1.00.0154
FrameworkHL7 1.00.0219
FrameworkLink 2.00.0132
Framework Queue Manager 2.00.0015
FrameworkERx/SureScripts Interface 1.00.0035
FrameworkERx Queue Manager 1.00.0014
FrameworkECMConnect 1.00.0024
FrameworkBI 1.00.0033

  • CMS Hospice Export
    • When using the AllScripts format, the NDC was incorrectly being formatted as XXXXX-XXXX-XXX instead of XXXXX-XXXX-XX. This behavior has been corrected.
  • CoverMyMeds Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to delete the credentials from the registry.
  • Create Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select which facilities to create the batch in when creating in multiple facilities.
  • Create Billing
    • If a prescription was reversed and re-billed, and all three transactions were billed at the same time, the taxes on the reversal would not be included. This behavior originated in version 3.0.174 and has been corrected.
  • ERx Messages
    • FrameworkLTC has modified the printed ERx Messages to be more fax friendly with less color and shading.
  • Facility Setup
    • When using the copy therapeutic interchange definitions function, FrameworkTC will now use an Add/Remove process for selecting the target facilities instead of the multi-select process.
  • Final Review
    • If the "Scan user id during final review" system option is set to "Yes", the Final Review window will no longer validate the user’s permissions to review prescriptions when the “Mark ‘Reviewed’” button is pressed. If the "-- Require user id to be scanned for each prescription" sub-option is set to No and a prescription has already been scanned, this validation will occur when the prescription is first entered. Otherwise, it will occur when the user enters it into the "Scan/Enter your User ID" box.
  • Main Menu
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the server name in the title bar.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Check
    • FrameworkLTC no longer requires you to select a method of payment.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select patients by pharmacy or facility.
    • When using the "Apply saved responses" functionality, the responses from the file will now be displayed and the user will have the ability to select which ones to apply.
  • Nursing Stations
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select a starting day for the 1-1-1-1-3 cycle type. This day will now be used to calculate the next cycle date for 1-1-1-1-3 cycle fills. The starting day is defaulted to "Monday" for existing 1-1-1-1-3 cycle types.
  • Packaging
    • If the "Scan user id during product packaging" system is set to "Yes", the Packaging window will no longer validate the user’s permissions to review prescriptions when the “Update” button is pressed. If the "-- Require user id to be scanned for each prescription" sub-option is set to No and a prescription has already been scanned, this validation will occur when the prescription is first entered. Otherwise, it will occur when the user enters it into the "Scan/Enter your User ID" box.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • An "Incorrect syntax error" was being thrown when searching for a drug whose name contains a single quote. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • New pharmacy option, “Block Final Review step when prescription has not been reviewed”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will now require the prescription to be reviewed before the Final Review step can be performed. This pharmacy option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New pharmacy option, “Block Packaging step when prescription has not been reviewed”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will now require the prescription to be reviewed before the Packaging step can be performed. This pharmacy option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New pharmacy option, “Block Shipping Tote step when prescription has not been reviewed”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will now require the prescription to be reviewed before the order can be added to a tote. This pharmacy option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
  • Physicians
    • When using the copy therapeutic interchange definitions function, FrameworkTC will now use an Add/Remove process for selecting the target facilities and/or physicians instead of the multi-select process.
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set a "Higher Of" Price Option Branch. If there is a value in this field when calculating Drug/IV/Compound cost, FrameworkLTC will use whichever price option results in a higher cost.
  • Print Packing Slips - By Tote
    • When licensed for the Datatrac Interface, a "Could not load file or assembly Newtonsoft.Json, Version=4.5.0.0 ... or one of its dependencies" error was being thrown when attempting to send the packing slip information to Datatrac. This behavior originated in version 3.0.176 and has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • When processing a return for a prescription with a quantity of 0 but had an additional quantity billed, an "Error = 11: Division by Zero" would be thrown. This behavior has been corrected. FrameworkLTC now allows you to enter a credit amount and use the treat as credit option, however it will be marked as destroyed. A reversal transaction will be created in history if a credit amount is entered.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the cut date in the grid.
  • Rx Entry
    • For IV prescriptions whose MOP was not private or the "Use the cost basis from the pricing table when pricing IVs for private pay Rxs" system option was set to "No", then the "Zone / Bin Location" would be cleared on the Ingreds tab when the Days Supply was changed. This behavior originated in version 3.0.176 and has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer perform clinical screenings on unit dose composite transactions.
  • Shipping Tote Assignments
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow the user to enter more than 10 characters into the Tote ID field.
    • Long delivery agent names were not being displayed with the ID. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • If licensed to use the E-Rx interface, a new system option is available to "Show Physician Notes when requesting electronic refills". If set to "Yes" and using SureScripts to submit the electronic refill request, physician notes will appear on the Refill Request screen. The default value is "No". This new system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
    • New system option, "Display warning when Billing Date is certain number of days away from today", and "--Number of days" sub-option. If the "Display warning when Billing Date is certain number of days away from today" is set to "Yes" and the "--Number of days" is greater than zero, FrameworkLTC will now display a warning during Creating Billing and Creating Per Diem Billing, if the difference between the Billing Date entered and the current date is greater than the value in the "—Number of days" sub-option. The default value for "Display warning when Billing Date is certain number of days away from today" is "No" and the default value for "—Number of days" is zero. These new system options can be found under (Prescriptions)(Billing).
    • New system option, “Suppress patient update messages inactive patients”. If set to “Yes”, outgoing patient update messages will not be sent through FrameworkHL7 for inactive patients. The default value is “No”. This option is only available when at least one pharmacy is licensed for the FrameworkHL7. It can be found under (Interfaces)(General Purpose HL7 Interface).
  • Update Cost From Disk
    • If processing an item where the manufacturer's barcode was recognized, FrameworkLTC was incorrectly prompting you to re-associate the manufacturer's barcode to an NDC. This behavior originated in version 3.0.176 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.177 (Database Revision 1.02.860) Released 9/10/2015


  • Batch View
    • FrameworkLTC will evaluate the new "Save grid layout files in the User Profile folder instead of the Application folder" system option.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the administration times in the grid.
  • Clinical Screenings
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the verbiage "falls above" in a bold, red font in the "Drug Range/Duration of Therapy Warnings" section of the Clinical Warnings screen when the warning is for a high dosage alert.
  • Custom Fields
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer store custom fields on prescriptions that do not have a value assigned. This applies to the Rx..RxCustomFields, Rx..HRxCustomFields, Pat..ReorderCustomFields and FwArchive..HRxCustomFields tables. Existing records that do not have a value will be deleted when applying the database revisions.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now show the related ICD10 code on the Add Medical Condition screen.
    • When processing census messages, FrameworkLTC will now attempt to look up the medical conditions by ICD10 if provided in the message.
    • When processing new prescription messages from FrameworkHL7, FrameworkLTC will support looking up the associated diagnosis by ICD10 if provided.
  • Medical Condition Chooser
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to search by MCID (Medical Condition ID).
    • FrameworkLTC will now show the related ICD10 codes instead of the related ICD9 codes. If related ICD10 codes exist, you must select one. If there is only one related ICD10 code, it will automatically be selected for you.
    • The ability to search by ICD9 has been replaced with the ability to search by ICD10.
  • Medicare Part D Coverage Determination Request
    • FrameworkLTC will now print the ICD10 code and description for the associated diagnosis instead of ICD9.
  • Patient Profile
    • When saving a Pseudo patient, FrameworkLTC will no longer evaluate the "Make date of birth a mandatory field" system option.
    • When saving a Pseudo patient, FrameworkLTC will no longer evaluate the "Make gender a mandatory field" system option.
  • Patient Profile - Medical Conditions
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to change the ICD10 code associated with the medical condition.
    • The ICD9 field has been replaced with the ICD10. If an ICD10 has been associated with the medical condition, that is the one that will be displayed. Otherwise, the first related ICD10 will be displayed.
  • Patient Profile - Payment Plans
    • The diagnosis fields will be defaulted with the ICD10 codes instead of the ICD9 codes on the Additional CMS-1500 Information screen.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC will now disable the Update Label Override button if the user has "Read Only" access.
  • Print Universal Claim Forms - Pin Feed
    • The "ICD9" and "01" values have been replaced with "ICD10" and "02" when printing the alignment form.
  • Process Returns
    • If the "Block Third Party Returns when Treat as Credit box checked" Facility option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will add a line to the Inventory Returns Report with a comment of "Credits are not allowed for Third Party Transactions"
  • Receive Inventory
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the vendor when adding a new item to the pharmacy formulary.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC was not updating the Rx Count when deleting a prescription from the grid. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Submission Clarification Codes for both the primary and secondary payors. The clarification codes that were automatically added when the prescription was created in the batch, will now be displayed in the grid and the user will have the ability to update the clarification codes before adding the prescription to the batch.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, "Save grid layout files in the User Profile folder instead of the Application folder". If set to "Yes", the grid layout files will be saved to the User Profile folder instead of the Application folder. The default value is “No”. This new System Option can be found under (System)(General).
    • The "Show ICD9 instead of medical condition name" system option has been renamed to "Show ICD10 instead of medical condition name".
  • Therapeutic Type Report
    • The “ICD9 Code - ICD9 Name” and “ICD9 Code - Medical Condition Name” options for the associated diagnosis format have been changed to “ICD10 Code - ICD10 Name” and “ICD10 Code - Medical Condition Name”.

Version 3.0.176 (Database Revision 1.02.856) Released 9/2/2015


  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the prescription is not already in the grid prior to adding it in order to prevent the same prescription from being added multiple times.
  • Claim Submission
    • During claim submission, if the Pharmacy Service Type ECS Field (147-U7) is not setup on the Claim Segment, the value will now attempt to pull defaulted values from Compound/IV Service Type from "Pharmacy Configuration Parameters" within Insurance Plan Setup if available, otherwise value will be defaulted from Pharmacy Setup for Compounds/IVs. If the Compound/IV Service Type is not available in either Insurance Plan Setup or Pharmacy Setup, functionality will continue to work as it has in the past, pulling from Service Type.
  • Create Unit Dose Transactions
    • If the "Summarize unit dose composite scripts by the external med id" system option is set to "Yes", the external med ID for the "DEFAULT” interface from the ExternalMedIDs table will now be used instead of the external med ID from the Inventory table.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the file extension to .txt within the Save As dialog box for the “MTS” format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the tote level indicator (“P” for patient or “F” for facility) as field #126 in the DOSIS format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the patient address/phone, if the tote level within facility setup is set at the Patient level, otherwise will pass the facility address/phone in the SynMed format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the Quantity Remaining for refills only and the “Allow Full Return” flag from formulary when using the “MTS” format.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the status to "Active" when adding a new facility.
    • New Facility Option "Block Third Party Returns when Treat as Credit box checked". If set to "Yes", when a return to a Third Party is entered and the Treat as Credit box is checked, a message box will be displayed stating "Credits are not allowed for Third Party Transactions. This return will not be processed." This message box is a hard stop and will not allow the user to continue with the return. The default value is "No". This new Facility Option can be found under Facility Setup – Options (Prescriptions)(Billing).
    • New Facility Option, "Default Treat as Credit to be Checked on Full Returns". If set to "Yes", the Treat as Credit box will default to being checked when a Full Return is entered during Process Returns. The default value is “No”. This new Facility Option can be found under Facility Setup – Options (Prescriptions)(Billing).
    • When adding a new facility, all of the values on the "Options" tab will default to "No".
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a different Pharmacy Service Type for Compounds/IVs in the "Pharmacy Configuration Parameters" section. This field is only visible with NCPDP Claim Format of D.0.
    • The shortcut key for the "Audit Log" button has been changed from ALT+U to ALT+A.
  • On Site Stores
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify an “Application”. This field will be set to “DEFAULT” for all existing on site stores. It will be used to determine which external med ID to use when checking for the item being reordered in an on-site store in ScanRx when the “Display warning in ScanRx if item is available in on site store” system option is set to “yes”. It will also be used to determine which external med ID to use when exporting the packing slip from the On Site Stores screen in the “OmniCell” format.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set the external med IDs per interface via an "External Med IDs" button on the "Dispensing" tab. The external med ID can be set for “DEFAULT” as well as each FrameworkHL7 interface that is defined.
    • When changing an external med ID for an interface that has the external med ID type set to “Passport”, and the drug is generic and not a partial GPI, FrameworkLTC will now prompt to update the auto-assigned external med ID to be used for any new products added for that GPI.

  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to default Compound/IV Service Type. This default value will be used in Pharmacy Service Type ECS Field (147-U7) during claim submission for Compounds/IVs.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the Entered By and Reviewed By pharmacist for automatically processed resupply (RESUPP ) messages. These fields can be found on the "Interface Options" tab and are only available if licensed for the FrameworkERx interface.
    • New pharmacy option, "Batch ID to use for resupply messages". This pharmacy option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx) if licensed for the FrameworkERX Interface.
    • New pharmacy option, "Enable automatic processing of resupply messages". This pharmacy option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx) if licensed for the FrameworkERX Interface.
    • New pharmacy option, "External Med ID Type (for DEFAULT)". This pharmacy option replaces the External Med ID Type field that was on the General tab of the Pharmacy Setup screen. It will be defaulted for existing pharmacies based on the External Med ID Type field. This pharmacy option can be found under (Inventory)(General).
  • Pharmacy Teams
    • When deleting a pharmacy team, FrameworkLTC will now warn you if the team is associated with a user profile and delete the association.
  • Physician Selector
    • Clicking the ellipsis ("…") button next to the Physician’s name while in Edit mode would not automatically place the cursor on the current Physician if one is already present. This behavior originated in version 3.0.175 and has been corrected.
  • Print All Processing Reports
    • FrameworkLTC was no longer saving/defaulting the printer selection. This behavior originated in version 3.0.175 and has been corrected.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • A syntax error would be thrown if any of the data elements contained a non-printable character (such as a carriage return or line feed). This behavior has been corrected.
    • A syntax error would be thrown when creating the VFI Interface file if any of the data elements contained a quotation mark. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Universal Claim Forms
    • When printing the "NCPDP 1.2 Format", the Pharmacy Service Type will use the Compound/IV Service Type from "Pharmacy Configuration Parameters" within Insurance Plan Setup if available, otherwise value will be defaulted from Pharmacy Setup for Compounds/IVs. If the Compound/IV Service Type is not available in either Insurance Plan Setup or Pharmacy Setup, functionality will continue to work as it has in the past, pulling from Service Type.
  • Purchase Order Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to use the Purchase ID as the identifier instead of the NDC when using the "Cardinal (Order Express)" format.
  • Retro Quick
    • When the option to not reverse the primary was checked, the Third Party Copay was not being pulled over correctly when creating the transaction in batch. If the original history transaction was posted before the Third Party Copay and Shared Copay functionality was added to FrameworkLTC, the history record would have a NULL in the Third Party Copay and would be carried over as a 0 to the new prescription record. This behavior originated in version 3.0.172 and has has been corrected by setting the Third Party Copay equal to the Patient Pay Amount on the history transaction if the Third Party Copay was NULL.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Prescribed NDC, Prescribed Drug and Prescribed Quantity when performing Therapeutic Interchanges (Physician or Global) on compounds and IVs.
    • If the "Validate that order start date is within one year of current date on new orders" system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now only perform the validation if the prescription is a New Rx and the transaction type is "P"' or 'B'.
    • If the “Use the cost basis from the pricing table when pricing IVs for private pay Rxs” system option was set to Yes, and the user changed the Method of Payment on an IV prescription from a private payer to a third party payer, then the Cost Basis on the Ingredients tab was not updated correctly causing an incorrect prescription price. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The ship date was not being displayed in the Packing Slip Details window when double-clicking on a packing slip id on the workflow tab. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When adding Pharmacy Service Type ECS Field (147-U7) to the Claim Segment, FrameworkLTC will now default the value for Compounds/IVs based on the "Pharmacy Configuration Parameters" within Insurance Plan Setup if available, otherwise value will be defaulted from Pharmacy Setup. If the Compound/IV Service Type is not available in either Insurance Plan Setup or Pharmacy Setup, functionality will continue to work as it has in the past, pulling from Service Type.
  • System Options
    • New System Option "Block Credit on items marked as Destroy during Process Returns”. If set to “Yes”, the Credit Amount on a Destroyed item during the Process Return function will be set to “0.00” and cannot be edited. The Credit Amount will be set to “0.00” regardless of the Treat as Credit check box and the payer of the Rx being processed. The default values is “No”. This new System Option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Billing).
    • New System Option, “--Only when logged in as a pharmacist” works in conjunction with the existing option “Allow substitutions of Non Equivalent products”. If set to “Yes”, when performing a Drug Substitution, the “May Review Rxs” check box on Users Setup will be evaluated. If the logged in pharmacist is not allowed to review Rxs, they will not be allowed to perform a Drug Substitution with non-equivalent products. The default value is “No”. This new System Option can be found under (System)(Pharmacy Formulary Substitutions).
  • Update External Med IDs
    • FrameworkLTC now requires that an application be selected and will only update the external med IDs for the selected application.

Version 3.0.175 (Database Revision 1.02.844) Released 7/31/2015


  • CMS Hospice Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Subscriber ID, HCPCS Code and Revenue Code in the "CMS Standard Format".
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Invoice Number field with the Rx Number and Fill Number concatenated together instead of the Invoice Number.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Pharmacy ID field with the Pharmacy NPI instead of the Pharmacy ID when using the "CMS Standard Format".
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter by Delivery ID.
  • D.0 Claim Submission
    • If the "Allow Physician NPI Override" system option is set to "Yes" and the NPI Override has a value, it will be passed in 411-DB.
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter by Package Type.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a Needs Adjudicated indicator in the Initial Review details grid.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a Profile Only indicator in the Initial Review details grid.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Package Type in the detail grids.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • In version 3.0.174, a change was made to ignore the signature indicator flag when processing NEWRX and REFRES messages if it did not come from Surescripts. This has been changed so that the signature indicator flag will be used if the message comes through FrameworkERX and the vendor set on the mailbox (in the FrameworkERX Setup) is PointClickCare.
  • E-Rx Work Queue Folder Rules
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set up rules to automatically place incoming E-Rx messages into specific folders.
  • E-Rx Work Queue Folders
    • FrameworkLTC now has "Select All" and "Clear All" buttons associated with the user list.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Exclude billed/reversed transactions" when using the "Achieve Matrix Format (XML – Transaction Detail)" format.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Exclude Distribution Codes" when using the "Achieve Matrix Format (XML – Transaction Detail)" format.
  • Facility Setup
    • The "Patient Drug Education Monograph Options" section has been removed from the "Clinical Options" tab.
  • Financial Impact Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now disable the "Rx Detail" option if the user does not have access to the Patient Profile screen.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Treat as private pay". If checked, any returns processed for that plan will use the same rules as prescriptions billed to a private payor.
    • If the "Block Pharmacy Selection" system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now only show records in the "Pharmacy Configuration Parameters" grid for pharmacies that the user has access to.
  • Monographs
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer support the use of the Computer\HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\VB and VBA Program Settings\FrameworkLTC\Options\UsePDE registry setting to force the use of the old PDE (Patient Drug Education) monographs.
  • Nursing Stations
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a days supply for Non-Standard items when using Refill on Demand. If checked, the "Non-Standard items for x days" value will be used for Non-Standard items. If not checked, the "New orders for x days" value will be used.
    • FrameworkLTC was not allowing a nursing station to be deleted if the same nursing station id existed in another facility and had patients assigned to it. This behavior originated in version 3.0.172 and has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • If licensed, the FrameworkECM button was not available from the toolbar of the Patient Literal Orders screen if accessed via the "Edit Order" button of the Fast Literal Order Entry screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Physician Selector
    • FrameworkLTC will now show the DEA Number and Address in the grid.
  • Physicians
    • If the system option to “Allow Physician NPI Override” is turned on, FrameworkLTC while provide a field to assign a NPI Override field to a physician. If a value is entered in this NPI Override field, this value will then be used during claim submission and when the Physician NPI is used within interfaces. This new ability will provide the user with the ability to assign the same NPI to multiple physicians, for the case when the physician has multiple site locations.
  • Process Returns
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Unit Cost on the Add Return screen.
  • Purge Audit Logs
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to purge data from the logs in the Audit schema. This function is only available once you have performed the database migration over to the new FWDB database.
  • Purge Literal Orders
    • This function has been moved to the Purge Data sub-menu under the Utilities menu.
  • Purge Patients
    • This function has been moved to the Purge Data sub-menu under the Utilities menu.
  • Purge Reorders
    • This function has been moved to the Purge Data sub-menu under the Utilities menu.
  • Purge Workflow Override Messages
    • This function has been moved to the Purge Data sub-menu under the Utilities menu.
  • Rejected Claims Inquiry
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer include orders where the primary payor is marked as a hard copy and the secondary payor rejected the claim.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include orders where the primary payor rejected the claim and the secondary payor is marked as a hard copy claim.
  • Retro Quick
    • An "Error encountered in CreditReversedTransaction on prescription number __.Application uses a value of the wrong type for the current operation." message would be thrown if the billing comment exceeded 1024 characters. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • An “invalid procedure call or argument” error could potentially occur when entering a prescription for a drug that has a therapeutic interchange if a sig was entered that would cause the times per day to change, and then the user clicked the Preview Sig button or pressed Alt-V without tabbing off of the sig field. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now perform the "Reimbursement amount of xxx is less than the actual ingredient cost of xxx" validation for Compounds/IVs.
    • Pharmacy level PostIts configured to "Attach Text to Rx" were not getting attached. This behavior originated in version 3.0.172 and has been corrected.
    • When setting the days supply, the "Block calculation of days to next cycle for controlled substances” system option was not being evaluated if the cycle was refill on demand. This behavior has been corrected.
  • SIG Codes
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to mark a SIG code as Inactive. A warning will be displayed in Rx Entry when doing the SIG interpretation if any inactive SIG codes are used.
  • Submit Electronic Claims
    • The "Only submit claims that have passed Initial Review" check box has been removed. The "Only submit claims that have passed Initial Review when submitting by batch" system option should be used instead.
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Allow Physician NPI Override”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will have the ability to assign a NPI Override field when define a physician. The default value is “No”. This new system option can be found under (System)(General).
    • New system option, “Increase extended directions to 3 lines”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will pass three lines of directions (40 characters each) when exporting a batch using the "AutoMed FastPak (with extended directions)" format. If set to "No", two lines (25 characters each) will be sent. The default value is “No”. This new system option can be found under (Interfaces)(Automed).
    • New system option, “Only submit claims that have passed Initial Review when submitting by batch”. If set to “Yes”, the Submit Electronic Claims by batch function will only look at orders that have passed initial review. The default value is “No”. The new system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Electronic Claims).
  • Users
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify which pharmacies a user has access to when using the "May Select Alternate Pharmacies" setting.

Version 3.0.174 (Database Revision 1.02.825) Released 6/30/2015


  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to log a Quality Event.
  • Allergy Screenings
    • FrameworkLTC now gives the ability to screen across multiple facilities, instead of just the current facility.
  • Archive History Records
    • When archiving Prescription History, FrameworkLTC will now archive the associated records from the QualityEvents, QualityEventReasons and QualityEventUsers tables in the FWLTC database.
  • Batch Selection
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to search the batch selection grid using Batch ID or Batch Description. In addition, if the focus is in the batch selection grid, you now have the ability to type a letter and the go to the first row in the grid that matches that letter. This matching (when the focus is with the grid) will use the column that is selected in the "Search For" drop down.
  • CMS Hospice Export
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the Encore file format.
  • Create Billing
    • If the associated tax rates were changed between the billed prescription and its reversal, the updated tax rate would be used in calculating the taxes on the reverse transaction. This behavior has been corrected and FrameworkLTC will use the original tax rate for the reversal.
  • Create Purchase Orders
    • If using the 340B functionality, FrameworkLTC will now attempt to pull the default Customer No from Facility Setup based on the Contract ID provided on the inventory zone within Pharmacy Formulary.
  • Custom Fields
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define "Pharmacy Formulary" custom fields.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the Profile Only indicator within the grid on the Order Selection screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer evaluate the signature indicator flag for NEWRX and REFRES messages if the message did not come from SureScripts.
    • FrameworkLTC will now prevent processing of refill response (REFRES) messages for orders for controlled substances if a digital signature is not included in the message. The point at which the validation occurs depends if the “Refill response action” setting. If set to “Update existing order”, the validation occurs when the Process button is clicked. If set to “Recall order”, the validation occurs once a batch is selected. If set to “Renew order”, the validation occurs when the Ok button is clicked on the Renew Rx screen.
  • Edit Purchase Orders
    • If using the 340B functionality, FrameworkLTC will now attempt to pull the default Customer No from Facility Setup based on the Contract ID provided on the inventory zone within Pharmacy Formulary.
    • Pressing the "Add" button while on a purchase order that had already been printed incorrectly displayed the "This purchase order was already printed on xx/xx/xxxx. Are you sure you want to edit?" messages. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Generate Batch IDs" when using the "Pacmed Server + (with NDC)" format. Prior to version 1.0.171, batch ids were not generated for this format. Version 3.0.171 included a modification that always generated the ids. This release now gives you the ability to specify if you want to generate the export batch ids or not.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Generate Batch IDs" when using the "Tosho" format. Previously, batch ids were always being generated. This release now gives you the ability to specify if you want to generate the export batch ids or not.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Pass Medical Record Number in place of Patient ID" when using the Tosho format.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the "Achieve Matrix Format (XML – Transaction Detail)".
    • The existing "Achieve Matrix Format" option has been renamed to "Achieve Matrix Format (XML – Per Day Summary)".
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify whether GPI type items on the facility formulary include brand drugs, generic drugs, or both.
    • If the “Require External Patient ID to be unique with a facility type” system option is turned on, the facility type has been modified or facility status has been changed from ‘Inactive’ to ‘Active’, FrameworkLTC will now verify that the changes will not result in duplication of External Patient IDs for active patients within active facilities. If a duplication is found, FrameworkLTC will display a warning , the record will not be allowed to be saved and a report containing duplications will be displayed.
    • If using 340B functionality, FrameworkLTC now requires that Contract ID and Customer No are both unique through the facilities.
    • New facility option, “Allow fused transaction functionality”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will allow the functionality to “fuse” matching unbilled unit dose transaction currently in history with the current prescription in Rx Entry. The default value is “No”. This facility option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New facility option, “Block Partial Tablets”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will not allow a prescription to be processed when it is a partial tablet. The default value is “No”. This facility option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • The "Duplicate Therapy Screening Options" box was no longer visible on the "Clinical Options" tab. This has been corrected.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to log a Quality Event.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC will now give you the ability to "Automatically load last associated document in FrameworkECM".
  • Flash Rx
    • If the "Block Partial Tablets" facility option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will skip orders that are marked as partial tablets.
    • When using the Default Expiration Period from Pharmacy Setup to default the Manufacturer Expiration Date on prescriptions, FrameworkLTC will now subtract one day from the calculation.
  • Import Rx Scans From FrameworkFlow
    • This function has been deemed obsolete and removed from the application.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to log a Quality Event.
  • Leave of Absence
    • If the "Block Partial Tablets" facility option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will require the user to remove partial tablet orders before processing. These orders will be highlighted in red.
  • Nursing Stations
    • Renamed the "No Cycle - fill to next dr. visit date" option to "Fill to Next Dr. Visit Date".
  • Packaging
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to log a Quality Event.
  • Patient Orders
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Cycle Fill Indicator in the patient orders grid.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the Quality Events logged for the order as well as log a new Quality Event from the Reorders screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the Quality Events logged for the patient as well as log a new Quality Event.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the Quality Events logged for the prescription as well as log a new Quality Event from the Prescription History screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Refills Remaining, Primary MOP and Secondary MOP on the Reorder Fill History screen.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC will now include the primary physician data as part of the patient association.
    • If the "Block Partial Tablets" facility option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will prevent the user from saving a reorder that is marked as a partial tablet.
    • If the "Require External Patient ID to be unique with a facility type" system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now require the "DEFAULT" External Patient ID to be unique for active patients within active facilities in the same facility types when transferring a patient.
    • If the “Require External Patient ID to be unique with a facility type” system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now require the "DEFAULT" External Patient ID to be unique for active patients within active facilities for the same facility types when saving the external ids.
    • When opening the Discharge Patient screen, FrameworkLTC will now set the cursor on the Discharge Date instead of the Ok button.
  • Patient Warnings
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Require user to enter initials to close warning" on Patient Notes (Warnings). This check box will only be visible when the Note Type is set to "Rx Entry", "Patient Editing", or "Process Returns". If checked, the user must enter their initials to close the warning when displayed.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a "Custom" tab that includes any pharmacy formulary custom fields that you have defined.
    • The Customer No column that was available when using the 340B functionality has been removed.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • New pharmacy option, "Require Cutoff Date when saving prescription". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will validate that a Cutoff Date was entered when saving a prescription in Rx Entry. The default value is “No”. This pharmacy option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New pharmacy option, "Require Start Date when saving prescription". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will validate that a Start Date was entered when saving a prescription in Rx Entry. The default value is "No". This pharmacy option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New pharmacy option, “Default a PRN medication to a quantity of zero during SIG interpretation”. If set to “Yes”, during the SIG interpretation in Rx Entry, when all splits of a prescription are PRN and a SIG code is entered that calculates quantity, the quantity will be set to zero and the user will have to manually enter the quantity. The default value is “No”. This pharmacy option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New pharmacy option, “Use FrameworkECM for ePrescribing”. This option gives you the ability to choose whether to process ePrescribing messages through FrameworkECM on a per pharmacy basis. This option is only visible when licensed for FrameworkECM. If licensed for FrameworkECM, it will be defaulted to “Yes” for all pharmacies. It can be found under (Interfaces)(FrameworkECM).
  • PostIt Categories
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define the forecolor and backcolor for categories that have the action set to “Display during Rx Entry” or “Display during workflow”.
  • PostIt Notes
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Require user to enter initials to close" on PostIt notes. This check box will only be visible when the category's action is set to "Display During Rx Entry" or "Display During Workflow". If checked, the user must enter their initials to close the PostIt when displayed.
  • Print Multi-Dose Labels
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Assign separate IDs for each patient".
  • Print Prepack Labels
    • When using the Default Expiration Period from Pharmacy Setup to default the Manufacturer Expiration Date on prescriptions, FrameworkLTC will now subtract one day from the calculation.
  • Process Returns
    • An "Invalid Use of NULL" error would be thrown if the user pressed the "OK" button without entering the Return Quantity. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Purge Patients
    • FrameworkLTC will now delete the associated records from the QualityEvents, QualityEventReasons and QualityEventUsers tables in the FWLTC database.
  • Purge Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now delete the associated records from the QualityEvents, QualityEventReasons and QualityEventUsers tables in the FWLTC database.
  • Quality Event Reasons
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define Quality Event Reasons. This new feature can be found on the "File", "Quality Events" menu.
  • Quality Event Types
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define Quality Event Types. This new feature can be found on the "File", "Quality Events" menu.
  • Receive Prescription
    • If the OLE Document Storage Path did have "\" at the end, the first character of the file name would be lost when saving an image. This has been corrected.
  • Rejected Claims Inquiry
    • FrameworkLTC now includes Auto Refresh functionality, including the ability to set the number of seconds between each refresh.
    • FrameworkLTC will now exclude Hard Copy Claims.
  • Rx Entry
    • Attempting to refill a linked prescription by selecting the original prescription would throw an "Item cannot be found in the collection corresponding to the requested name or ordinal" error. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the Quality Events logged for the prescription as well as log a new Quality Event.
    • FrameworkLTC will now look at the "Daily AWP" and "Per Dose AWP" values on the Per Diem rate setup when determining what color to display the drug name in.
    • If the "Block Partial Tablets" facility option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will prevent the user from saving a prescription that is marked as a partial tablet.
    • If the OLE Document Storage Path did have "\" at the end, the first character of the file name would be lost when saving an image. This has been corrected.
    • If the patient's status is not "ACTIVE", FrameworkLTC will now display the custom patient status in the message box shown when the patient is selected.
    • The ability to "fuse" matching unbilled unit dose transactions currently in history with the current prescription functionality that was added in FrameworkLTC 1.02.172, will now only be available if the facility option, "Allow fused transaction functionality", is set to "Yes".
    • The MAR Group was not getting populated when the default SIG of a therapeutic interchange had dose per day populated. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The Override Claim Status window will now display and update the Third Party Copay amount. The updated value will be displayed on the Primary Claim tab, and the Patient Pay Amount will be automatically recalculated as the sum of the Third Party Copay and Shared Copay (if used).
    • When including to “fuse” a matching unbilled unit dose transaction to the current transaction, but choosing not to “Adjust Qty”, FrameworkLTC was not adjusting the additional quantity billed as well as the dispensing quantity. This issue originated in version 1.02.172 of FrameworkLTC and has been corrected to always adjust additional quantity billed to the total quantity of the matching unbilled unit dose transactions marked to fuse to the current transaction. Choosing not to “Adjust Qty” will now only not adjust the dispensing quantity of the current transaction.
    • When processing a prescription with a cycle type of “Refill On Demand”, the “New orders for X days” value in the Nursing Station setup was overwriting the days supply specified in the sig. This behavior originated in version 3.0.172 and has been corrected. The days supply in the sig will take precedence over the nursing station.
    • When recalling a prescription, if a cut date is entered for the original order, it will now be reflected in the patient’s audit log.
    • When using the Default Expiration Period from Pharmacy Setup to default the Manufacturer Expiration Date on prescriptions, FrameworkLTC will now subtract one day from the calculation.
  • Scan Rx
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Automatically Associate Added Scripts to FrameworkECM".
    • If the "Block Partial Tablets" facility option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will prevent the user from adding a prescription that is marked as a partial tablet to the grid.
    • When using the Default Expiration Period from Pharmacy Setup to default the Manufacturer Expiration Date on prescriptions, FrameworkLTC will now subtract one day from the calculation.
  • Scan Rx Documents
    • If the OLE Document Storage Path did have "\" at the end, the first character of the file name would be lost when saving an image. This has been corrected.
  • Search Quality Events
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to search for Quality Events logged during a specified date range. This new feature can be found on the "File", "Quality Events" menu.
  • System Options
    • If the "Validate that order start date is within one year of current date on new orders" system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now validate that the start date is not less than one year in the past, as well as not greater than one year from the current date. Prior functionality only validated future dates.
    • New system option, "Copy custom fields". If set to "Yes", custom fields will be copied to the new NDC when performing a drug substitution via the pharmacy formulary screen and the new NDC is added to the formulary. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (System)(Pharmacy Formulary Substitution).
    • New system option, "Default Prescription Status on New Orders". The default value is "Ok". The new system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, “Block Final Review step when prescription has not been adjudicated”. If set to “Yes”, the prescription requires adjudication and has not yet been adjudicated, FrameworkLTC will not allow the prescription to be final reviewed. The default value is “No”. The new system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New system option, “Require digital signature for resupply messages for controlled substances”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will prevent processing of resupply (RESUPP) messages when an order for a controlled substance is selected unless a valid digital signature is included in the message. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
    • New system option, “Require External Patient ID to be unique with a facility type”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will not allow a duplicate ‘DEFAULT’ External Patient ID to be entered for active patients within active facilities for the same facility type. This new functionality will also not allow a patient to be transferred to another active facility where a duplicate External Patient ID/Facility Type will occur. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
  • Update Inventory From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC now has the ability to accept an Account Number as the 5th field in the FrameworkLTC CSV format. If an account number is provided and the pharmacy is using the 340B functionality, FrameworkLTC will now attempt to identify which zone the inventory would be applied to based on the 340B customer number on the zone.
    • When using the FrameworkLTC CSV format, FrameworkLTC will now use the purchase package size from inventory when calculating the quantity received and average unit cost.

Version 3.0.173 (Database Revision 1.02.799) Released 6/3/2015


  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select prescriptions based on a next doctor visit date range.

Version 3.0.172 (Database Revision 1.02.799) Released 5/28/2015


  • Batch Resynchronization
    • FrameworkLTC will now sort the records shown on the batch resynchronization report by patient name, then by drug name.
  • Change Facility
    • If the Top and/or Left registry setting for the window location was outside of the available screen space, the window would not be visible to the user. This behavior has been corrected.
  • CMS Hospice Export
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the AllScripts file format.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer include the dollar sign in the Amount Charged column of CMS Standard file format.
  • Create Unit Dose Composite RXs
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include Rxs for selected package types when creating unit dose composite transactions.
  • Discharge Reasons
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define discharge reasons. This function is available from the <File><Pharmacy> menu.
  • ECS Claims Submission
    • When recording the adjudication response, FrameworkLTC will now store the returned Patient Pay Amount (505-F5) in the new Third Party Copay field. Patient Pay Amount will now be stored throughout FrameworkLTC as the sum of “Third Party Copay” and “Shared Copay”.
  • Edit Purchase Orders
    • If using the 340B functionality, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to edit the Customer Number. This field is only available when a Contract ID exists.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export records in the "American HealthTech Format".
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the RX/OTC Indicator as the end of the FrameworkLTC CSV file format.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify an outbound fax number.
    • FrameworkLTC would display "Unknown" when pressing the "Delivery Status" button for DeliveryTrack on the Packing Slip Details screen if the dispensing pharmacy was not the facility's default pharmacy. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC will include the Outbound Fax Number in the association data sent to FrameworkECM.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC will now tag the Inbound Fax Number as "Inbound Fax" instead of "Fax" in the association data sent to FrameworkECM.
    • If using the 340B functionality, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a default Customer Number.
    • New authorization setting, “Authorization required for all private pay Rxs over $_____”. If checked, authorization will be required on prescriptions when the method of payment is PRIV, GUAR, CASH, CHRG, or INV, and the total price exceeds the amount specified.
    • New facility option, “Require reason when discharging patient”. If set to “yes”, a discharge reason must be selected on the Discharge Patient dialog. The default value is “no”. This facility option can be found under (Patients)(Admit/Discharge).
    • The existing "Fax Number" field has been renamed to "Inbound Fax #".
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set up a “Shared Copay Schedule” from the ECS tab.
  • Miscellaneous Charges
    • When importing miscellaneous charges, if an entry for a non-taxable item for a taxable payor or facility followed an item with taxes, the second item would retain the tax information from the previous item. This behavior originated in version 3.0.161 and has been corrected.
  • Nursing Stations
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify an outbound fax number.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow you to delete a nursing station if there are patients assigned to it.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC will include the Outbound Fax Number in the association data sent to FrameworkECM.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC will now tag the Inbound Fax Number as "Inbound Fax" instead of "Fax" in the association data sent to FrameworkECM.
    • The existing "Fax Number" field has been renamed to "Inbound Fax #".
  • Packaging
    • FrameworkLTC would throw an "Item cannot be found in the collection corresponding to the requested name or ordinal" error when packing a compound or iv and using the reorder number to look up the order. This behavior originated in version 3.0.168 and has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC added Third Party Copay and Shared Copay to the ECS tab of the Prescription History screen. The Patient Pay Amount field has been removed and replaced by the Third Party Copay field.
    • A checkbox has been added to third party patient payment plans to “Allow Shared Copay”.
    • Changing a patient’s method of payment to a private MOP and selecting to update the patient’s reorders would throw an "Either BOF or EOF is True, or the current record has been deleted." error. This behavior originated in version 3.0.171 and has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Show Fused Transactions" from the Prescription History screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a discharge reason when discharging a patient. The discharge reason selected will be displayed on the Patient Transfer History screen.
    • If the "Default literal order administration times based on SIG" system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the nursing station admin times, if available, when interpreting the sig.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • New pharmacy option, “Treat multi-source tradenames as generic for drug substitution”. If set to “yes” , drugs that have a Brand Name Code of “T - Trademarked name” and a Multi Source Code of “Y - Generic, multiple sources” will be treated as generic for the purpose of drug substitution. The default value is “no”. This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Drug Lookup).
  • PostIts
    • If there is more than one PostIt associated with a drug or compound, FrameworkLTC will now show and/or add to the prescription consecutively.
  • Print Purchase Orders
    • If using the 340B functionality, FrameworkLTC will now print the Customer Number beside the Contract ID.
  • Purchase Order Export
    • If using the 340B functionality, FrameworkLTC will now default the Customer Number based on the value from the purchase order when using the "850 Purchase Order EDI Format".
  • Rebill From History
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to choose whether or not you wish to return the inventory to stock when performing a rebill. Checking this “Return to Stock” checkbox within the grid, will update inventory and also recalculate Total Quantity Dispensed on the patient reorder.
    • FrameworkLTC will now carry over the Third Party Copay and Shared Copay fields to the rebill transaction created in a batch.
    • FrameworkLTC will now create the rebill transaction as a "Q" transaction instead of a "P" transaction.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC will now recalculate the Shared Copay field based on the Ingredient Cost during Retro Quick, when creating the transaction in a batch.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC added a Third Party Copay and a Shared Copay to the Primary Claim tab. Patient Pay Amt has been replaced with the Third Party Copay. The “Shared Copay field will only be visible If the patient payment plan allows for a shared copay. At any point when ingredient cost is updated within Rx Entry, FrameworkLTC will attempt to pull the appropriate Shared Copay from the Shared Copay Schedule set up on the primary payment plan. The Shared Copay field is editable until after adjudication has occurred.
    • FrameworkLTC now has the ability to "fuse" matching unbilled unit dose transactions currently in history with the current prescription. Transactions will be matched in history based on Facility/Patient/NDC or ExternalMedID (based on ‘Summarize unit dose composite scripts by the external med id’ system option). Fusing transactions to a prescription will take the total quantity of the fused transactions and subtract from the quantity on the prescription and set the additional quantity billed to this total. Fusing transactions to a prescription, will make the additional quantity billed fields read-only.
    • FrameworkLTC will now recalculate the total quantity written for Recalled orders.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate the physician's status when reordering/refilling a prescription. If the physician is inactive, the user will be shown a message stating "This prescription has an inactive prescriber and cannot be filled".
    • If the "Block selection of inactive method of payment in Rx Entry" system option was turned on, FrameworkLTC would not allow you to add a new standing drug order since the STDORDERS patient does not have "active" MOPs. This behavior originated in version 3.0.170 and has been corrected.
    • The ECS fields “482-GE”, “483-HE”, and “484-JE” were not being set on new prescriptions when they were set on the defaulted MOP. This behavior originated in version 3.0.171 and has been corrected.
    • When processing new orders and reorders, FrameworkLTC will default the Days Supply on the order to the "New orders for X days" value on the nursing station if the nursing station's cycle is "Refill On Demand" and the cycle type changes.
  • Scan Rx
    • When processing reorders, FrameworkLTC will default the Days Supply on the order to the "New orders for X days" value on the nursing station if the nursing station's cycle is "Refill On Demand" and the cycle type changes.
  • Submission Clarification Codes
    • The description for code 34 was changed from "LTC Dispensing: 14 day or less" to "LTC Dispensing: 14 days dispensing".
  • System Options
    • New system sub option "--Require override for allergies only". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Clinical Screenings) and works in conjunction with the "Require pharmacist override code when clinical warnings are detected". If both options are set to "Yes", then during clinical screenings, only when the allergies are detected will the user be prompted for the override code. This prompt only occurs if the logged in user is required to enter an override code. Default value is "No".
  • Update Costs From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Use Package Quantity From File" when using the 832 Catalog format. If this box is checked, the Package Size will be pulled from field PO402 instead of MediSpan.

Version 3.0.171 (Database Revision 1.02.780) Released 4/30/2015


  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Prescription Status Message field. This field can be updated by using the "Change Status" button.
    • If the "Display a warning during workflow if the patient's status is not Active" system option is turned on, the warning will now display the custom patient status in the message box.
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • If the "Display a warning during workflow if the patient's status is not Active" system option is turned on, the warning will now display the custom patient status in the message box.
  • Commercial Eligibility Check
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the formulary to “DEFAULT” when a payment plan is added to the patient profile after performing a Commercial Eligibility Check. This value will only be defaulted to “DEFAULT”, if the “DEFAULT” formulary exists within the facility.
  • Credit a Prescription
    • This function was deemed obsolete back in 2011, FrameworkLTC version 3.0.085. It has now been removed from the application. You should be using the Process Returns functionality.
  • Cut Orders
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC will now save/default the state of the "Automatically Associate Cut Orders to current FrameworkECM Document" check box on the "Enter Cut Date" screen.
  • ECS Claim Submission
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer evaluate the “Send OCC O/R as "Not Specified" during claim submission but will send the values within Other Coverage Code located on the appropriate primary/secondary claim tabs on the prescription.
  • ECS History Report
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer round the submitted quantity when it contains a decimal. The true value will be printed on the report.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Export ID in the last field position of the “Pacmed Server + (with NDC)” format.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export records in the “Charts Visual Format”.
  • Export Billing File
    • When using the Achieve Matrix Format, transactions with a negative days supply were not being exported. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now includes an “Options” tab.
    • New facility option, "Require Total Quantity Written on NEW C-II orders". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will require that the Total Quantity Written is greater than 0 when saving a C-II medication in Rx Entry. This new validation will only occur if the order is a new prescription, refills is zero and the "Allow reorder functionality for C-II controlled substances" is turned on for the facility. The default value is "No". This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorder Functionality)(Rx Entry Validations).
    • New facility option, "Require Total Quantity Written on NEW C-III orders". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will require that the Total Quantity Written is greater than 0 when saving a C-III medication in Rx Entry. This new validation will only occur if the order is a new prescription, refills is zero and the "Allow reorder functionality for C-III thru C-V controlled substances" is turned on for the facility. The default value is "No". This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorder Functionality)(Rx Entry Validations).
    • New facility option, "Require Total Quantity Written on NEW C-IV orders". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will require that the Total Quantity Written is greater than 0 when saving a C-IV medication in Rx Entry. This new validation will only occur if the order is a new prescription, refills is zero and the "Allow reorder functionality for C-III thru C-V controlled substances" is turned on for the facility. The default value is "No". This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorder Functionality)(Rx Entry Validations).
    • New facility option, "Require Total Quantity Written on NEW C-V orders". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will require that the Total Quantity Written is greater than 0 when saving a C-V medication in Rx Entry. This new validation will only occur if the order is a new prescription, refills is zero and the "Allow reorder functionality for C-III thru C-V controlled substances" is turned on for the facility. The default value is "No". This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorder Functionality)(Rx Entry Validations).
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Prescription Status Message field. This field can be updated by using the "Change Status" button.
    • If the "Display a warning during workflow if the patient's status is not Active" system option is turned on, the warning will now display the custom patient status in the message box.
  • Initial Review
    • If the "Display a warning during workflow if the patient's status is not Active" system option is turned on, the warning will now display the custom patient status in the message box.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to default the Other Coverage Code on the prescription at the insurance plan level. A new dropdown has been added to the Insurance Plan Setup screen “OCC O/R (MOP)” to default the Other Coverage Code on the Primary MOP on the prescription.
    • The check box “Send OCC O/R as "Not Specified" for Primary Claims” has been removed and for any insurance plans that had this flag selected, the new field “OCC O/R (MOP)” will be defaulted to “Not Specified”.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Check
    • FrameworkLTC will now attempt to use the BIN/PCN/Group ID/Contract/Plan combination returned to determine/default the plan. If no match is found, we will continue to use the first matching BIN/PCN/Group ID and then BIN/PCN combination as it previously did.
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the formulary to “DEFAULT” when a payment plan is added to the patient profile after performing a Medicare Part D Eligibility Check. This value will only be defaulted to “DEFAULT”, if the “DEFAULT” formulary exists within the facility and the E1 response did not include a Formulary ID.
  • Packaging
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Prescription Status Message field. This field can be updated by using the "Change Status" button.
    • If the "Display a warning during workflow if the patient's status is not Active" system option is turned on, the warning will now display the custom patient status in the message box.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will now attempt to use the BIN/PCN/Group ID/Contract/Plan combination returned to determine/default the plan. If no match is found, we will continue to use the first matching BIN/PCN/Group ID and then BIN/PCN combination as it previously did.
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the formulary to “DEFAULT” when a payment plan is added after performing a Commercial or Medicare Part D Eligibility Check. This value will only be defaulted to “DEFAULT”, if the “DEFAULT” formulary exists within the facility and the E1 response did not include a Formulary ID.
  • Per Diem Rates
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to exclude Rxs based on the daily AWP when using an exclusive per diem formulary. An “Exclude Rxs where daily AWP exceeds ____” checkbox has been added to the Per Diem Rates screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to exclude Rxs based on the per dose AWP when using an exclusive per diem formulary. An “Exclude Rxs where per dose AWP exceeds ____” checkbox has been added to the Per Diem Rates screen.
    • If the "Exclude All OTCs" check box is checked, FrameworkLTC will no longer consider insulins (GPI starting with “2710”) as OTCs even if identified as such in Medispan.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • A new pharmacy option “Print Pharmacy NPI instead of License # on California TAR”, has been added. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will print the pharmacy NPI in place of the Pharmacy License Number on the California TAR. The default value is “No”. This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
  • Price Match
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set up patient method of payment level price overrides. The overrides can apply to either an NDC, GPI , or Compound/IV. The price match can be set up as either a price override or a price code override. Price overrides are defined for a specific quantity. The price match screen can be accessed by clicking the Price Match button found on the Patient Payment Plans screen.
  • Purchase Order Export
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the “Cardinal (Order Express)” format. This format replaces the existing “Cardinal” format.
  • Renew Rx
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to automatically associate the new order with the current document in FrameworkECM. The state of the check box will be saved and defaulted.
  • Reverse a Posted Prescription
    • This function was deemed obsolete back in 2011, FrameworkLTC version 3.0.085. It has now been removed from the application. You should be using the Process Returns functionality.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC was not treating a recalled prescription as a New prescription when defaulting the delivery id. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now change the background color of the Total Price field to yellow if a patient's price match has been applied.
    • FrameworkLTC will now indicate if the prescription contains Additional RX Label Text and/or Comments by changing the color of the MISC tab to red. Previous functionality used to only check for Comments when making the tab red.
    • FrameworkLTC will now update the Sales tax ECS fields for Recalled prescriptions, as well as Reorders/Refills whose MOP is re-evaluated due to the “Re-evaluate payment plan rules on reorders/refills” system option being set to Yes. If the 482-GE (Percentage Sales Tax Amount Submitted), 483-HE (Percentage Sales Tax Rate Submitted), and 484-JE (Percentage Sales Tax Basis Submitted) fields are included in the new insurance plan’s setup, they will be automatically updated in Rx Entry only if the MOP changes, or if the prescription is recalled. They will also be updated if the user manually changes the MOP on the Prescription tab.
    • The Other Coverage Code drop downs will be defaulted to their appropriate values from Insurance Plan Setup for that MOP. For primary MOPs, the value will be defaulted from the “OCC O/R (MOP)” and for secondary MOPs, the value will be defaulted from “OCC O/R (MOP2)” on the Insurance Plan Setup screen.
    • When changing the primary MOP on a prescription and the new MOP does not have an associated default invoice group, FrameworkLTC will set the invoice group to the drug's default invoice group if one exists for the NDC/CCID on the prescription.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a warning if the NDC on the order is inactive.
    • FrameworkLTC will now perform the Cut Date validation prior to the No Refills Remaining validation.
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the cursor on the reorder number instead of the dispense date when it initially opens.
  • Set E-Rx Work Queue Priority
    • If the "Enable E-Rx triage functionality" system option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will now include the folder where the message resides in the grid.
  • Shipping Tote Assignments
    • If the "Display a warning during workflow if the patient's status is not Active" system option is turned on, the warning will now display the custom patient status in the message box.
  • Synchronize Accpac Database
    • FrameworkLTC will pass up to 9999 Tax Authorities per Item when synchronizing items from Framework to Accpac. This was previously limited to 5.
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Display a warning during Initial Review when onhand quantity is insufficient or the NDC is inactive”. If set to “Yes”, and the NDC is inactive or the onhand minus the committed quantity is less than the dispensing quantity, a warning will be displayed during initial review and will ask if the user wishes to continue reviewing the prescription. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New system option, “Only check refill too soon if third party payor”. If set to “Yes”, Refill Too Soon will only be checked during Rx Entry, Scan Rx and processing a REFRES message through E-Rx Queue, if insurance is a third party payor. The default value is “No”. The new system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
    • New system option, “Send order change message when Dispensed For is changed”. This system option applies to outgoing order change messages for the FrameworkHL7 interface. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(General Purpose HL7 Interface). It will only be visible if at least one pharmacy is licensed for FrameworkHL7.
    • New system option, “Set Rx Type when looking up drug in Rx Entry”. The default value is “Yes”. If set to “No”, this will disable the default behavior of changing the Rx Type to/from “Supply” based on the formulary setting when entering an NDC in Rx Entry. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Drug Lookup).
    • The “Interpret administration times when found in SIG” system options have been moved to the “Options” tab of the facility setup screen.

Version 3.0.170 (Database Revision 1.02.764) Released 3/31/2015


  • Create Purchase Orders
    • When determining which items from the pharmacy formulary will be included on a purchase order, FrameworkLTC will only evaluate the safety stock if it has a non-zero value.
  • Export Billing
    • When using the Achieve Matrix Format, FrameworkLTC was incorrectly pulling the Rx charge code for IVs. This behavior originated in version 3.0.168 and has been corrected.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a message if a user attempts to remove an allowable package type that is the Default Package Type for one or more patients.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch - By Batch
    • The location of the Delivery Date and Dispense Date fields got inadvertently switched. This made it appear that the delivery date was being enabled when checking the "Dispense Date on or before" box and the dispense date was being enabled when clicking the "Delivery date on or before" box. This behavior originated in version 3.0.168 and has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • An "Either BOF or EOF is True, or the current record has been deleted" error would be thrown when opening the Patient Profile screen if there were no patients in the facility. This behavior originated in version 3.0.168 and has been corrected.
  • Per Diem Rates
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to exclude all compounds from per diem when using an exclusive per diem formulary.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to exclude all IVs from per diem when using an exclusive per diem formulary.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to exclude all OTC drugs from per diem when using an exclusive per diem formulary.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • If the pharmacy is licensed for CIM Interface, a new pharmacy option, “Completed workflow step to trigger CIM message to be sent”, will be available. This option will allow the user to configure after which workflow step the message will be sent to the CIM Interface. The default value is “Packaging”. This new option can be found under (Interfaces)(CIM).
  • Print Prescription Labels
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Facility's label format in the batch selection grid.
  • Refill Reminder Report
    • If using the "Include Barcode" feature, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify if the barcode is the Reorder Number or Rx Number.
  • Rx Entry
    • If the Patient's state is blank, FrameworkLTC will now use the Facility's state to determine if the “California TAR” option should be displayed when pressing the “Rx Blank” button.
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Block selection of inactive methods of payment in Rx Entry”. If set to “Yes”, an error will be displayed if you attempt to save a prescription with a primary or secondary method of payment that is inactive (based on the method of payment active dates). Also, an asterisk will displayed before the method of payment ID for inactive methods of payment in the MOP #1 and MOP #2 drop-down lists. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
  • Unit Dose Composite Billing
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the Date Written on the composite to the Date Written on the earliest component.
  • Users
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify which users “May Select Inactive Methods of Payment in Rx Entry”. This check box will only be visible if the “Block selection of inactive methods of payment in Rx Entry” system option is set to “Yes”. If this check box is checked, the user will be able to save a prescription with the MOP #1 or MOP #2 set to an inactive method of payment.

Version 3.0.169 (Database Revision 1.02.755) Released 3/16/2015


  • Create Unit Dose Composite Billing
    • If a composite was created that included multiple patients using Fill Quantity Written, and at least one of those patients had multiple payment methods being composited, then the first composite prescription of the following patient would have an incorrect MOP and Price Code. This behavior originated in version 3.0.168 and has been corrected.
  • Initial Review
    • When clicking the Mark Reviewed button, if the “Scan user id during initial review” pharmacy option is set to yes for the pharmacy that the prescription is for, the user will be prompted to scan or enter their user ID. The entered user ID must match the user ID of the logged in user. If the “Use daily barcodes on user ID badges” option is set to yes, the entered value must be valid for the current date.
  • Package Types
    • A new checkbox is available to “Allow posting without workflow being complete”. If this flag is set to True, all prescriptions with that package type will not be checked for workflow completed during time of posting of the batch.
  • Patient Profile - Merge
    • An "Invalid Use of NULL" error was being thrown when merging patients. This behavior originated in version 3.0.168 and has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • A new pharmacy option “Require Qty/Dose when saving prescription”, has been added. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will require that the Qty/Dose on all splits on a prescription is greater than 0 during saving in Rx Entry. The default value is “No”. This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • A new pharmacy option “Warn if diagnosis does not exist when saving prescription in Rx Entry”, has been added. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will display a warning message when saving a prescription in Rx Entry, if the Associated DX field does not contain a value. The default value is “No”. This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • If the “Scan user id during initial review” or “Scan user id when saving new prescription in add mode” options are set for a pharmacy, the “Tie Pharmacist NPI to Login ID” setting will automatically be set for that pharmacy.
    • New pharmacy option, “Scan user id during final review”, and “--Require user id to be scanned for each prescription” sub-option. These pharmacy options replace the “Scan pharmacist id during final review” system option and “--Require pharmacist id to be scanned for each prescription” sub-option. They will be defaulted to the values of the respective system options. These pharmacy options can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New pharmacy option, “Scan user id during initial review”. If set to “Yes”, the user will be prompted to scan or enter their user ID when performing an initial review on the Initial Review screen or in Rx Entry. The default value is “No”. This pharmacy option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New pharmacy option, “Scan user id during product packaging”, and “-- Require user id to be scanned for each prescription” sub-option. These pharmacy options replace the “Scan technician id during product packaging” system option and “--Require technician id to be scanned for each prescription” sub-option. They will be defaulted to the values of the respective system options. These pharmacy options can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New pharmacy option, “Scan user id when saving new prescription in add mode”. If set to “Yes”, the user will be prompted to scan or enter their user ID when saving a new prescription in Rx Entry. The default value is “No”. This pharmacy option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New pharmacy option, “Use daily barcodes on user ID badges”. This pharmacy option replaces the “Use daily barcodes on pharmacist ID badges” system option. It will be defaulted to the value of the system option. This pharmacy option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
  • Rx Entry
    • If the “Use the cost basis from the pricing table when pricing compounds for private pay Rxs” system option is set to Yes, and a private-pay compound uses a price code with no Cost Basis, then the price of the prescription will be set to $0, and not the Actual Cost.
    • The patient drop-down list will now be locked when processing a NEWRX message through the E-Rx Queue.
    • When clicking the green checkmark button to mark a prescription as reviewed, if the “Scan user id during initial review” pharmacy option is set to yes for the pharmacy that the prescription is for, the user will be prompted to scan or enter their user ID. The entered user ID must match the user ID of the logged in user. If the “Use daily barcodes on user ID badges” option is set to yes, the entered value must be valid for the current date.
    • When saving a new prescription (in add mode), if the “Scan user id when saving new prescription in add mode” pharmacy option is set to yes for the pharmacy that the prescription is for, the user will be prompted to scan or enter their user ID. The entered user ID must match the user ID of the Entered By user. If the “Use daily barcodes on user ID badges” option is set to yes, the entered value must be valid for the current date.
    • When the directions contained more than one SIG code and the first SIG code was a Partial Tab but the last one was not, the Partial Tab box was checking and quickly un-checking again. This resulted in the wrong default value for the Partial Tablet check box. This behavior originated in FrameworkLTC version 3.0.168 and has been corrected.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC was setting the cursor back to the RoNo text box after opening the "No Refills Remaining" window, causing the "No Refill Remaining" window to get lost behind the "Scan Rx" window. This behavior originated in FrameworkLTC version 3.0.168 and has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Prevent C-II orders from being dispensed from different pharmacy than the original pharmacy”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will prevent an order from being reordered/refilled if it is for a C-II drug, and the current dispensing pharmacy is different than the original pharmacy. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New system option, “Show patient orders screen when processing new prescription messages”. If set to “Yes”, a Patient Orders screen will be displayed before the product selection screen when processing a new prescription message in the E-Rx Queue. This screen will allow you to view the patient’s existing orders, and choose to link the new prescription to and/or discontinue an existing order. The default value is “No”. This system option will only be visible if licensed for the E-Rx Interface. It can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
  • Users - Print Badges
    • FrameworkLTC will now encrypt the date in the daily barcode.

Version 3.0.168 (Database Revision 1.02.747) Released 2/27/2015


  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a Checklist button to display the Prescription Checklist if applicable for this prescription. This new button can be found beside the Batch text box and will only be visible if a checklist exists for the prescription.
  • Auto Substitution Notices
    • The auto substitution notices now support FrameworkECM. If licensed for FrameworkECM, a barcode has been added to the form which contains "ASN" + the patient's first initial + the patient's last initial + the reorder number.
  • Billing Export
    • The Achieve Matrix Format in Export Billing now allows the user to set the charge codes for each type of prescription (RX, OTC, IV, and Compound). These values will be saved to the registry so that the are defaulted the next time the user chooses that format.
  • Create Unit Dose Billing
    • The private MOP was getting cleared on the unit dose composite when using fill quantity written. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Custom Reports
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to access this function by using the shortcut key of "U" from the Reports menu.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to process E-Rx refill response messages as recalls. If the “Refill response action” system option is set to “Recall order”, a Recall Order screen will be displayed that will allow the user to create the prescription directly or process the recall in Rx Entry.
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM and processing a NEWRX message, FrameworkLTC will prompt you to associate the order with FrameworkECM when pressing the "Done" button on the Rx Entry screen regardless of the "Rx Entry - Prompt to associate prescription when saving" system option. This applies to both SCRIPT 10.6 messages and HL7 messages.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the facility address in the DOSIS file format. Street1 and Street2 will be passed in field 121. City will be passed in field 122, State will be passed in field 123 and zip code will be passed in field 124.
    • FrameworkLTC will now save/default the printer selected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now supports the use of person centric admin time translations when using the “MTS”, “DOSIS”, “Catalyst” and “Catalyst (with patient batch ID)” file formats.
    • The "Print labels alphabetically by patient name within facility" option has been changed to "Print labels alphabetically by patient name".
    • When using the option to “Print corresponding prescription labels”, FrameworkLTC now gives the user the ability to “Use Zone Printing”, if the system option “Use zone printing for prescription labels” is turned on.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select "Set on Nursing Station Setup Screen" as the "Tote Level" on the "Misc" tab. If this value is selected, you must populate the Tote Level on each Nursing Station in order for the application to function properly.
  • Facility Setup - Warnings
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to add a warning with an "ECS" note type. These warnings will only be displayed when using the Rejected Claims Inquiry function.
  • Fill History
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the additional quantity billed in the "Total Quantity Dispensed" field.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a Checklist button to display the Prescription Checklist if applicable for this prescription. This new button can be found beside the Batch text box and will only be visible if a checklist exists for the prescription.
  • Find Rx In History
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to access this function by using the shortcut key of "H" from the Utilities menu.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to use the doctor visit increment for the days supply on Default Cycle, Non Standard Cycle, and IV orders.
    • If using the dispensing calendar, the days supply was greater than is should have been in the order had a Hold Date and a Cutoff Date within the flash cycle. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a Checklist button to display the Prescription Checklist if applicable for this prescription. This new button can be found beside the Batch text box and will only be visible if a checklist exists for the prescription.
  • Installer
    • The "TrueDB Grid 6 - OLE DB" redistributable has been removed from the install package.
    • The Microsoft Report Viewer 2012 Runtime redistributable has been added to the installer.
    • The Microsoft SQL Server System CLR Types redistributable has been added to the installer.
  • Move Prescriptions To Batch - By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select “Label Printed” and “Package Type” as criteria for selecting prescriptions to move.
  • Nursing Stations
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the tote level.
  • Packaging
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a Checklist button to display the Prescription Checklist if applicable for this prescription. This new button can be found beside the Batch text box and will only be visible if a checklist exists for the prescription.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will now store the LICS (Low Income Cost Subsidy) fields returned from the Medicare Part D Eligibility check. If any of these fields are populated, there will be a "LIC/LICS" button available on the “Other Info” tab to view the values.
  • Patient Profile - Prescription History
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a new button to display the Prescription Checklist if applicable for this prescription. This new button can be beside the Show Prescription button and will only be visible if a checklist exists for the prescription.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Total Quantity Dispensed on the “Misc” tab for "P" and "B" transactions.
  • Patient Profile - Warnings
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to add a warning with an "ECS" note type. These warnings will only be displayed when using the Rejected Claims Inquiry function.
  • Pharmacists
    • The "Pharmacists" function has been renamed to "Users".
  • Pharmacy Rx Checklist
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set up a Prescription Checklist. The new functionality allows the user to set up checklist items that need to be performed and captured for each prescription. This checklist can be set up for IVs, Compounds and/or Drugs. The user will set who needs to perform the checklist item and if the item is required to be performed before the prescription can be posted. The validation before posting will only be done on prescriptions that are not a rebill prescription and have a transaction type of 'P' or 'B'. If a checklist is setup for the pharmacy, then the user will be able to view or mark the checklist item as complete from Rx Entry, Initial and Final Review and Packaging Screens. Checklist items that are performed for a prescription will also be carried through to history during batch posting. History checklist items that were carried through can be viewed from Prescription History. This new checklist is set up at the pharmacy level and can be found under the (File)(Pharmacy)(Pharmacy Rx Checklist) menu.
  • Physicians
    • When using the "Change" button to update the NPI, a "Violation of Primary Key" error would be thrown if a physician already existed with the New NPI after the records in the Reorders, Rxs and HRxs tables were updated. FrameworkLTC will now validate that the new NPI does not already exist prior to updating any existing prescriptions.
  • Post Rx Batch
    • Patient Profile – Prescription History
      FrameworkLTC will now store the Total Quantity Dispensed at the time of posting on the history transaction for "P" and "B" transactions.
  • Rebill From History
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to access this function by using the shortcut key of "M" from the Prescriptions menu.
  • Receive Inventory
    • An "Incorrect syntax error near..." error would be thrown when adding a drug to the formulary if the GPI drug name contained an apostrophe. This behavior originated in version 3.0.163 and has been corrected.
  • Rejected Claims Inquiry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view current prescriptions that have rejected during electronic claim submission. This new functionality can be found on the (Billing) menu.
  • Retro Quick
    • An error “Unable to assemble reversal request” message was being displayed when attempting to retro quick a D.0 claim that had bee archived. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to access the "Reverse" button on the primary claim tab by using the shortcut key of ALT+R.
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a new button to display the Prescription Checklist if applicable for this prescription. This new button can be found at the top of the Rx Entry screen beside the Show Prescription button and will only be visible if a checklist exist for the prescription.
    • When changing SIG Codes, the partial tablet indicator on the order was not being cleared if the new sig code that did not have the indicator set. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Scan Rx
    • If a user entered an order that was already in a batch or discontinued, clicked Show Similar Orders In Profile, then double-clicked an order from the items listed, the order selected would not appear in the grid. This behavior originated in Version 3.0.164 and has been corrected.
  • Shipping Totes
    • If the tote level for the specified facility is set to "Set on Nursing Station Setup Screen", FrameworkLTC will evaluate the specified nursing station to determine if Patient should be shown.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, “Number of characters to warn if SIG exceeds”. If set to a number greater than zero, a warning will be displayed when attempting to save a prescription within Rx Entry when the number of characters in the SIG exceeds the number set in the new system option. This new system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Directions).
    • New System Option, “Number of characters to warn if translated SIG exceeds”. If set to a number greater than zero, a warning will be displayed when attempting to save a prescription within Rx Entry when the number of characters in the translated SIG exceeds the number set in the new system option. This new system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Directions).
    • New system option, “Refill response action”. This system option replaces the existing “Process refill responses as renewals instead of updates” system option. The possible values are “Update existing order”, “Renew order”, and “Recall order”. It will be defaulted to “Update existing order” or “Renew order” based on the “Process refill responses as renewals instead of updates” system option. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx) and will only be visible when licensed for the E-Rx Interface.
  • Update Inventory From Disk
    • When using the "SureCost(Appends onhand from file)" format, FrameworkLTC will update the status to "A" (Active) when updating items that are have a NDC status that is considered to be inactive.

Version 3.0.167 (Database Revision 1.02.730) Released 1/29/2015


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When using the ASAP 4.x formats, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to exclude unit dose transactions with a given package type(s).
  • E-Rx Triage Manager
    • FrameworkLTC now supports moving multiple items to a different folder at one time. If one or more items are selected, all selected items will be moved when the “Move” function is used. Otherwise, the current item will moved.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the drug and directions in the grid for NEWRX, CANRX, REFRES and RESUPP messages.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the MAR Group when processing a NewRX request.
    • The message type will now be displayed under the “Message Information” section in the E-Rx message grid for all NEWRX, CANRX, REFRES, RESUPP, and CENSUS messages.
    • The prescriber order number (UIH-030-1) will now be displayed (if populated) under the “Message Information” section in the E-Rx message grid for NEWRX, CANRX, REFRES, and RESUPP messages.
    • When processing New Prescription (NEWRX) and Resupply (RESUPP) messages, FrameworkLTC will not remember the selected batch. It will be used as the default on subsequent orders (if the batch ID exists in the facility). If there is no previously selected batch or the batch ID does not exist in the facility, the batch will not be defaulted.
    • When processing New Prescription (NEWRX), Cancel Rx (CANRX), Resupply (RESUPP), Refill Response (REFRES), Patient Change (CENSUS), and Patient Discharge (CENSUS) messages, FrameworkLTC will now skip the patient selection screen if the patient can be determined using the information in the message.
    • When processing Refill Response (REFRES) messages, if the refills are added to the existing order, the refills will also be updated on any prescriptions that exist in batches for that order. Also, if the written date, physician Rx expire date, or DAW is updated on the order, these fields will also be updated on any prescriptions that exist in batches for that order. The DAW field will only be updated on prescriptions that are not electronically adjudicated. The “E-Rx Prescriber Order Number” custom field will also be updated on any prescriptions that exist in batches for the order if the prescriber order number is provided in the refill response message.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to “Create separate file per facility” when using the “Automed FastPak” and “Automed FastPak (with Extended Directions)” file formats. If this box is checked, FrameworkLTC will generate a new export batch ID for each different facility within the selected batches.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to “Print corresponding prescription labels” for the exported prescriptions. If this box is checked, FrameworkLTC will print a label for each exported prescription in the selected batches. The label formats must be the same for each facility within the selected batches. In addition, a “Print labels alphabetically by patient name within facility” sub-option has been added. If the sub-option box is not checked, then the Label Sort Sequence must also be the same for each facility within the selected batches. The LabelPrintedBy/LabelPrintedOn fields will be populated with the export file type and the current date/time the labels were printed.
    • FrameworkLTC will now only export prescriptions with a transaction type of "P" when using the "Medicine On Time for Windows", "MTS", "Pacmed Server + (with NDC)", "Pacmed Server + (without NDC)", "Parata PASSWare (with patient batch ID)", "Catalyst" and "Catalyst (with patient batch ID)" formats.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that a delivery id has been selected if the "Only include RX's where delivery ID is" box is checked.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that a Package Type has been selected if the "Only include RX's where the package type is" box is checked.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that a Patient has been selected if the "Only include RX's for patient" box is checked.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that a user has been selected if the "Only include RX's entered by" box is checked.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter facility specific warnings via a "Warnings" button on the "Misc" tab.
  • Flash Rx
    • When using the Dispensing Calendar, the Cut Date was not being evaluated when using a Hold Date on a Profile Only order. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Leave of Absence
    • When adding a prescription to a batch, FrameworkLTC will now use the Date Written from the Reorder record instead of the Start Date.
  • Patient Profile - Merge
    • When merging patients, FrameworkLTC will now update the PatID and FacID on Histoy (HRxs) records that have been archived.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Expire Date" on the "Prescription" tab instead of the "Expiration Date" on the "Misc" tab when determining whether or not the "Request Refills" button should be enabled.
  • Prebilling Verification Report
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a Tax amount column which will include all applicable tax amounts for the line item.
    • FrameworkLTC now includes Invoice Group subtotals on the report.
  • Precaution Screening
    • Previously, if there were no associated precautions found for a medical condition, FrameworkLTC would check only the first parent medical condition. This has been modified to check all parent medical conditions if no associated precautions are found for a given medical condition.

      Example: Pyschomotor Agitation (0006339) has no precautions for Diazepam Tab 2MG (00781148201). This medical condition has two parent medical conditions - Agitation (0000035) and Psychomotor Disturbance (0005020). Psychomotor Disturbance has a precaution for Diazepam Tab 2MG, but Agitation does not. Previously, FrameworkLTC would only check Agitation, meaning the precaution for Psychomotor Disturbance would not be displayed. Now, FrameworkLTC will check both Agitation and Psychomotor Disturbance. Because there are no precautions for Agitation, it will check all parent medical conditions for Agitation, and so on.
  • Profile Scan Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to generate the report “By CCID”.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a checkbox on the Workflow tab to indicate whether the prescription has been exported.
  • Scan RX
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the prescriber can prescribe the appropriate DEA Class when using the “Reset prescriber to patient primary physician on reorders” system option.
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Bypass product selection screen if only one matching product is found”. This option applies to the E-Rx Queue. When processing new prescription messages in the E-Rx Queue and there is only one drug product found matching the information from the message, if this option is set to “Yes”, the Product Selection screen will be skipped, and it will go directly to the next step. The default value is “No”. This option is only visible when licensed for the E-Rx Interface. It can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
    • New System Option, “Warn if short cycle prescription's days supply exceeds 14 in Rx Entry, Initial Review, and Final Review”. If set to “Yes”, a warning will be displayed when attempting to save a prescription in Rx Entry, Initial Review, or Final Review that is designated for Med A Short Cycle or Med D Short Cycle and has a Days Supply greater than 14. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
  • Third Party Payment Reconciliation
    • The Un-applied amount in the Third Party Payment Reconciliation window will now reflect cleared items in the billing archives (although archived items are not listed in the grid).

Version 3.0.166 (Database Revision 1.02.725) Released 1/5/2015


  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • If the Enter key was pressed after processing a request in the E-Rx Work Queue before the next request was received from the E-Rx Queue Manager, it was possible to process the same request again. If the request just processed was a NEWRX, and it was processed again, the next E-Rx message would be attached to the prescription that was created. The E-Rx Work Queue has been modified to prevent the Process button from being triggered before the next message is received from the E-Rx Queue Manager.
  • Rebill From History
    • If a prescription number is entered that results in multiple matches, the "Select the prescription you wish to rebill" window appears. Selecting a prescription that is marked as hard copy claim would result in the "This script was submitted via hard copy claim" message being displayed and you would not be able to rebill the prescription. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.165 (Database Revision 1.02.724) Released 12/30/2014


  • Pricing
    • Pricing for IVs was being calculated with a quantity of one, regardless of the quantity on the prescription when the costs basis was AWP, Direct Price, WAC or HCFA/FFP. This behavior originated in version 3.0.164 and has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • The "Block Refills for C-II Drugs" system option will now apply to IVs. The DEA Class of the primary ingredient will be evaluated.

Version 3.0.164 (Database Revision 1.02.722) Released 12/26/2014


  • Batch Status Monitor
    • The “Not Checked” and “Not Shipped” detail screens were not displaying prescriptions if the previous workflow step was not completed, even if it was turned off in system options. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Commercial Eligibility Check
    • When the option to “Saving responses and print report” was selected and more than one payer was returned in the E1 response, FrameworkLTC was adding/updating Patient MOPs for any additional payers after the first payer. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Create Purchase Orders
    • If the “Create purchase orders by zone” option is turned on for the selected pharmacy, a separate purchase order will be created for each vendor/zone combination.
  • Create U/D Composite Rxs
    • Prescriptions that utilize Fill Quantity Written will now set the payor(s), price code, and invoice group based on the first prescription in the composite instead of re-evaluating these fields.
  • Cut Orders
    • If licensed for FrameworkECM, FrameworkLTC will now gives you the ability to associate cut orders to the current document from the "Enter Cut Date" screen.
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Delivery ID in the "Details" grid associated with the "Entered", " ECS", "Label", "Auth Reqd", "Init Rev", "Packaging", "Final Rev" and "Tote" gauges.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Facility Name in the "Details" grid associated with the "Entered", " ECS", "Label", "Auth Reqd", "Init Rev", "Packaging", "Final Rev" and "Tote" gauges.
  • E-Rx Message Log
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to search for messages received within a given date range.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer perform a default message search when loading the screen. The user will have to initiate the search by pressing the "Search" button.
  • Find Patient
    • A "Fast Literal Order Entry can only be accessed by ACTIVE patients" message was being thrown when pressing the "Fast Literal Order Entry" button , even if the patient was active. This behavior originated in version 3.0.163 and has been corrected.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Check
    • When the option to “Saving responses and print report” was selected and more than one payer was returned in the E1 response, FrameworkLTC was adding/updating Patient MOPs for any additional payers after the first payer. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Medicine On Time Refill Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the nursing station id in the top right corner of the Patient box.
  • Monographs
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the MedsOnCue QR Code on monographs. Note: This functionality is only supported when using the IPEM monographs. This is not supported when using the PDE or IIM versions.
  • Patient Profile - Note History
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to make patient notes "Inactive". Once the patient note is marked as "Inactive", a date/time stamp along with the user who made the note "Inactive" will be appended to the patient note. Once ‘Inactive’, the note will not be allowed to be marked as ‘Active’ again and the note will have to be recreated.
    • FrameworkLTC will highlight "Inactive" notes in red.
  • Patient Profile - Transfer
    • If the patient has a payment plan with the ECS Code for Patient Residence field (384-4X), FrameworkLTC will now determine the value based on the care level code of the new nursing station instead of just bringing the old value over.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • If the “Create purchase orders by zone” option is turned on for the selected pharmacy, you can now have multiple zones with the Reorder Quantity greater than 0 and the AutoXfer setting unchecked.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • A new pharmacy option, “Create purchase orders by zone”, has been added. If set to “Yes”, you will be able to generate purchase orders for multiple zones for a given NDC. Also, purchase orders will be tied to specific zone. The default value is “No”. This option can be found under (Inventory)(Purchases).
    • A new pharmacy option, “MedsOnCue ID”, has been added. If populated, the MedsOnCue QR code will be printed on the monographs generated by FrameworkLTC. This option can be found under (Interfaces)(MedsOnCue).
  • Post Purchase Orders
    • If the purchase order is tied to a zone, the On Order quantity for the inventory zone that is associated with the purchase order will be updated (instead of updating the zone where the Reorder Quantity is greater than zero and the Auto Xfer setting is unchecked).
  • Pricing
    • When calculating the price of prescriptions, if the active date listed on the cost basis has not yet occurred, FrameworkLTC will use the most recent price with a date prior to the current date will be used to determine the price. This applies to drugs, IVs and compounds.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • When creating the VFI Interface File, FrameworkLTC will now include the Facility Name to the end of the detail line (Record 07).
  • Receive Inventory
    • If the “Create purchase orders by zone” option is turned on for the selected pharmacy, a zone selection drop-down will be displayed. The zone must be selected before entering any items.
    • If the “Create purchase orders by zone” option is turned on for the selected pharmacy, FrameworkLTC will only look for ordered items on purchase orders that are tied to the selected zone.
    • If the “Create purchase orders by zone” option is turned on for the selected pharmacy, the selected zone will be used as the zone in which the on hand quantity is incremented. If the selected zone does not exist for the NDC, the bulk zone will be used.
    • If the “Create purchase orders by zone” option is turned on for the selected pharmacy, the selected zone will be used as the zone in which the on order quantity is decremented. If the selected zone does not exist for the NDC, no zones will have the on order quantity decremented.
  • Rx Entry
    • Changing significant fields while in Edit mode would cause the Reviewed By pharmacist to be defaulted to the user’s name, even if the “Block pharmacists from reviewing their own work” system option was set to "Yes". This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, “Block refills for C-II drugs”. If set to “Yes”, a warning will be displayed when attempting to refill a C-II drug or a compound whose primary ingredient is C-II. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
  • View Back Ordered Items
    • When removing a back ordered item, if the purchase order is tied to a zone, the on order quantity for that zone will be decremented (instead of updating the zone where the Reorder Quantity is greater than zero and the Auto Xfer setting is unchecked).

Version 3.0.163 (Database Revision 1.02.709) Released 11/28/2014


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now include Electronic Prescription Reference Number (DSP20) and Electronic Prescription Order Number (DSP21) for electronic prescriptions in all states when using the ASAP 4.2 format. Previously, these fields were only being populated for the state of NY.
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the submission date range within the IS03 Message field for the state of MA when using the ASAP 4.2 format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now support the use of the escape character (“^”) in the ASAP 4.2 format. Previously, FrameworkLTC removed any instances of the field delimiter (“*”) and the segment terminator (“\”) contained with the data element. FrameworkLTC will now use the escape character (“^”) to escape these characters.
  • Cover My Meds
    • FrameworkLTC will now send the claim information to Cover My Meds using the D.0 format instead of the 5.1 format.
  • Drug Price Quote
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to press the “Enter” key while the drug list grid has an item highlighted in order to add the item to the Drug Quote and move the cursor/focus to the last used “NDC”, “Compound” or “IV” field in order to begin adding the next item.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify who the quote was prepared for. This value will be included on the Price Quote.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the total package quantity beside the drug name for NDCs.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the “Default Price Option for Drug Quotes” system option to determine whether to default the Price Option to the Private Pay Price Code or Facility Price Code from the pharmacy formulary.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Facility Name in the header of the Price Quote.
    • FrameworkLTC will now move the cursor/focus to the appropriate field if any validation fails (Product, Price Option, Quantity) when pressing the "Calculate Prices" button.
    • If the “Always prompt for generic substitutions when dispensing branded products if available” system option is set to "yes", the drug selected is a Tradename Drug and a generic alternative is available, FrameworkLTC will now prompt the user to search for a generic alternative.
    • If the “Default Drug Quotes to only show drug products in pharmacy formulary” system option is set to “yes”, FrameworkLTC will default the “Only show equivalent drug products in pharmacy formulary” check box to checked.
  • E-RX Triage Manager
    • FrameworkLTC will now show the interface as “FrameworkLink” instead of "FWERX" for messages that originate from FrameworkLink.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • An "Overflow" error would be thrown when loading a RESUPP message if the Facility ID, Patient ID and Reorder Number were included in the RxReferenceNumber field and the Reorder Number was greater than 32767. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC has been modified to handle the D1 (Discharge - Expired), D2 (Discharge - Return Not Anticipated), D3 (Discharge - Return Anticipated) and D4 (Discharge - Other) request types when processing CENSUS messages. These request types will be handled the same way that the DC request type is currently handled (as a discharge).
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the option to show only active compounds/ivs in the drop down list on the product selection screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the medical record number from the Census message when processing patient admit and change messages through the E-Rx queue. A “Medical Rec No.” field has been added to the E-Rx Work Queue - Admit Patient and E-Rx Work Queue - Change Patient screens and will be populated with the medical record number from the message, if provided.
    • Pressing the Next button multiple times from the E-Rx Work Queue – Prescription Directions, E-Rx Work Queue – House Stock, or E-Rx Work Queue – Order Selection screens would open multiple Rx Entry windows for the same ERx message. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When processing a cancel prescription (CANRX) message, FrameworkLTC would throw an "Incorrect syntax" error when including an apostrophe in the text of the response message. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Export Batch
    • When using the "Tosho" format, FrameworkLTC will create the file with a .tmp extension. Once all the batches have been exported for a facility, the file will then be renamed with a .xml extension.
  • Final Review
    • When scanning an export batch id, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the prescriptions associated with the batch.
  • Find Patient
    • FrameworkLTC now includes Facility ID in the available search criteria.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the patient's custom status, instead of the translated A/I, in the results list.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the patient's nursing station id in the results list.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • FrameworkLTC will now check the allowable discrepancy fields on the Insurance Plan/Plan Benefit Manager Setup. If these fields are set, the difference between the billed amount and paid amount must match (plus or minus) the discrepancy amount in order for automatic reconciliation. Otherwise, if the difference in dollar amounts does not match the discrepancy amount, the transaction will show in the Unmatched Payments grid for ANSI 835 or the error report for Omnicare.
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set an allowable discrepancy amount for the processing of electronic remittance.
  • IPEM Database
    • In preparation for the retirement of the IMM database on December 21, 2014, FrameworkLTC now supports the IPEM (Integrated Patient Education Medication) database for printing monographs.
  • On Site Store Expiration Report
    • FrameworkLTC was throwing an "Incorrect syntax near 's'" error when they Pharmacy Name contained an apostrophe. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Package Types
    • If the pharmacy is licensed for FrameworkERx, an “Ignore profile only flag for Rx Fill messages” check box will now be available. This setting affects how the fill status is populated in the RXFILL message for prescriptions that are marked profile only. By default, when the prescription is marked profile only, the fill status is sent as “Not Filled”. If the package type on the prescription has the “Ignore profile only flag for Rx Fill messages” setting checked, the fill status will be populated as if the prescription is not marked profile only - “Filled” or “Partial Fill” if the prescription is a partial fill or completion of partial fill.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • When opened via the blue arrow on the Rx Entry screen, the pharmacy was being set to the user's default pharmacy instead of the pharmacy associated with the batch. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now has an "Options" tab within Pharmacy Setup.
  • Plan Benefit Managers
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set an allowable discrepancy amount for the processing of electronic remittance.
  • Print All Processing Reports
    • When selecting to print the "Patient MAR/Profile", a "ORDER BY items must appear in the select list if SELECT DISTINCT is specified" error was thrown if the MAR Sequence on the facility setup was anything other than blank or "By Patient ID". This behavior originated in version 3.0.159 and has been corrected.
  • Print Facility Invoices
    • The Invoice Group subtotals for Legend and OTC drugs for the last Invoice Group on an invoice were being omitted when the following print options were selected: “Break Out OTC and Legend Drugs”, “Break out for each Invoice Group”, “Subtotals by Patient”, and “Invoice Group / Patient Name” Facility Copy Sequence. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Under certain circumstances, the drug description was overlapping the quantity. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Prepack Labels
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to create prepack labels for compounds using the CCID when using prepack label LFPPL12.
  • Receive Inventory
    • When adding a new drug to the pharmacy formulary, FrameworkLTC will now populate the Alternate Lookup String.
  • Retro Quick
    • Setting the Dispense Date on a Retro-Quick transaction to a date previous to the first dispense of the prescription would cause the Actual Cost and Inventory Cost on the Q transaction to be set to zero. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • An "Item cannot be found in the collection corresponding to the requested name or ordinal" error was being thrown when attempting to REFILL an order that had a linked reorder number on it. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the option to show only active compounds/ivs in the drop down list.
    • FrameworkLTC was not including the dispense date when searching the ECS History for claim responses. This could cause the wrong response to be displayed if the same patient with same Rx No existed in multiple batches. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer default the Reviewed By pharmacist to the pharmacist currently logged in when the "Block pharmacists from reviewing their own work" system option is set to "Yes".
  • System Options
    • New System Option, “Default Drug Quotes to only show drug products in pharmacy formulary”. If set to “Yes”, the “Only show equivalent drug products in pharmacy formulary” check box on Drug Price Quote Screen will defaulted to checked. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (System)(General).
    • New System Option, “Default Price Option for Drug Quotes”. System Option is evaluated from Drug Price Quote when determining the defaulted Price Option. If set to “Facility”, functionality will default the Price Option to the Facility Price Code in the pharmacy formulary, otherwise will continue to use the Private Pay Price Code. Default value is “Private”. This system option can be found under (System)(General).
    • The "Block Rx label printing if not adjudicated" and "Do not block cycle fills after the initial fill" System Options have now been moved to the "Options" tab of the pharmacy setup screen.
    • The "Rx Expiration Date" category and all of its options have been moved to the "Options" tab of the pharmacy setup screen. This includes the "Default Rx Expiration Date" , "Days for C-II Expiration Date", "Days for C-III through C-V Expiration Date", "Days for Legend Expiration Date", "Days for OTC Expiration Date" and "Disable Default Rx Expiration Date for Reorders" system options.
  • User Defined Drugs
    • FrameworkLTC has been modified to re-populate the FwDrugNames table in the Drug database when updating the Drug database with user defined drug products. This occurs when the “Update this UDD to Database” or “Update All UDDs to Database” buttons on the User Defined Drug Products screen are clicked.

Version 3.0.162 (Database Revision 1.02.698) Released 11/1/2014


  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC was attempting to insert clarification codes from both payors into payor 1, then both payors into payor 2. This was causing a "Violation of Primary Key constraint PK_RxClarificatonCds" error to be thrown when retro quick was performed more than once on a prescription. This behavior originated in version 3.0.159 and has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • A run time error was being thrown when the Therapeutic Interchange pop up was closed if the "Associate medical conditions with Rxs" system option was set to "No". This behavior originated in version 3.0.159 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.161 (Database Revision 1.02.698) Released 10/23/2014


  • Batch Selection
    • FrameworkLTC will now store the date/time that a batch was created. The date/time will be displayed on the Edit Batch screen.
  • e-Courier
    • FrameworkLTC now interfaces with e-Courier.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Send items as multi-dose (not including PRNs)" when using the "Pacmed Server + (with NDC)" and "Pacmed Server + (without NDC)" formats.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export a batch in the Tosho format.
  • Facility Setup
    • If licensed for the e-Courier Interface, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to click on the "Delivery Status" button on the Packing Slip Details screen to see the delivery details and signature.
    • If the "Apply workflow steps to each label" system option was set to "Yes", an "Invalid column name 'HRx'" error was being thrown when double-clicking on a packing slip to view the details. This behavior originated in version 3.0.159 and has been corrected.
  • Miscellaneous Charges
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the Tax Rates and Tax Amounts when using the "Import" function.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to modify Billing Comments from the Prescription History screen. Any changes made will be stored in the patient's audit log.
    • FrameworkLTC was setting the Admission Date to the current date when manually changing a patient’s status to Active from another value (not using the Readmit Patient button). This behavior originated in version 3.0.160 and has been corrected. The Admission Date will not be changed.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the "Use Safety Caps" check box on the "General" tab for all facilities. The visibility of the check box was previously limited to retail facilities.
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the current date in the transfer history log when manually changing a patient’s status to Active from another value (not using the Readmit Patient button) and not changing the Admission Date on the patient's profile.
    • When a user selected a document, clicked the Delete Document button, and then clicked Undo on the menu bar, the document name would still appear even though the file was deleted. The document will be removed completely after the user confirms deletion.
  • Periodic Daily Log
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the initials of the person performing the final review step in the "RPH" column. If the "Apply workflow steps to each label" system option is turned on, the initials will represent the workflow completed on the first label.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • If licensed for the e-Courier Interface, FrameworkLTC gives you the ability to specify the web service url and courier client key via the "e-Courier Settings" button.
  • Print Multi-Dose Labels
    • The Patient list box will now be sorted by name instead of ID.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now calculate the “Shipping weight”, shown on the "Misc" tab, for IVs.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the dispensing pharmacy (name and id) in the header along with the batch (description and id).
  • User Defined Drugs
    • The Active Orders portion of the "Inconsistent Data" report will now include the inactive NDC.
    • The Inactive NDC listing portion of the "Inconsistent Data" report will now be sorted by Pharmacy.
    • The Inactive NDC listing portion of the "Inconsistent Data" report will now include the Pharmacy ID and NDC Status.

Version 3.0.160 (Database Revision 1.02.693) Released 10/15/2014


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the DateSold Value (DSP17) with the Dispense Date when the state is NY and the format version is ASAP 4.2 per the requirement of NY.
  • e-Prescribing
    • FrameworkLTC will now highlight the “Notes” (DRU-090) field in yellow when displaying SCRIPT 10.6 NEWRX messages.
  • E-Rx Refill Response Messages
    • The title for E-Rx Refill Response messages has been changed from “Refill Request Response” to “Electronic Prescription (REFRES)”.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • When processing a SCRIPT 10.6 NEWRX message, the Notes (DRU-090) text will now be placed Comments field on the Misc tab of the prescription.
    • When processing SCRIPT 10.6 CANRX messages, the cutoff time will now be set if the “Show the cutoff time” system option is set to “yes” and the expiration date in the message includes a time. Also, the user will be prompted to update the split stop date(s) on the order. If they choose to, the split stop date will be updated on any splits where the split stop date is not populated or later than the expiration date/time from the message.
    • When processing SCRIPT 10.6 NEWRX messages, the “period end” date will now be used to populate the cutoff date and split stop date(s). Please note that the cutoff time will only be set if the “Show the cutoff time” system option is set to “yes”.
    • When processing SCRIPT 10.6 NEWRX messages, the effective date will now be used to populate the order start date and split start date(s).
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the NewRx Indicator, Delivery Route and the Block Directions on Rx Labels Indicator in the "DOSIS" export file format. The NewRx Indicator will be passed in field 119 of the record, Delivery Route will be passed in field 120 of the record and the Block Directions on Rx Label Indicator will be passed in field 121 of the record.
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the Delivery ID and Care Level Code when using the “MTS” format.
  • Export Billing Transactions
    • The patient id field sent in the "ADL Format" has been increased from 6 characters to 20 characters.
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a “Send Y in 997-G2 (CMS Part D Defined Qualified Facility) when Patient Residence is 3 (Nursing Facility)” check box on the ECS tab. If the box is checked and the Patient Residence is set to Nursing Facility, FrameworkLTC will automatically pass a “Y” in the 997-G2 (CMS Part D Defined Qualified Facility) field within the Insurance Segment of the claim. Please note that if the 997-G2 field is already set within Patient MOP setup, FrameworkLTC will not automatically send a “Y”, but will use the value set at the Patient MOP level.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the Admission Date to the current date when manually changing a patient’s status to Active from another value (not using the Readmit Patient button).
  • Patient Profile - Prescription History
    • The "Copay" column in the prescription history grid will now reflect the Patient Pay Amount for prescriptions that have been adjudicated by a third party.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • The "Default Sig" box on the "Dispensing" tab has been modified to include the word wrap feature.
  • Print All Processing Reports
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Block Rx Printing if Not Reviewed" system option when printing prescription blanks.
  • Renew Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set the CutOff Date to something other than the Original Date when discontinuing the original prescription.
  • Rx Entry
    • Entering a prescription for a drug that had a Therapeutic Interchange and was not included on the Facility or Pharmacy Formulary, would throw a "Run-time error 5: Invalid procedure call or argument" error when leaving the NDC field. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • A new sub-option, “Require pharmacist id to be scanned for each prescription”, has been added for the “Scan pharmacist id during final review” system option. This new option only applies if the “Scan pharmacist id during final review” system option is set to “Yes”. If set to “Yes”, the pharmacist ID will be cleared after each prescription is reviewed on the Final Review screen. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • A new sub-option, “Require technician id to be scanned for each prescription”, has been added for the “Scan technician id during product packaging” system option. This new option only applies if the “Scan technician id during product packaging” system option is set to “Yes”. If set to “Yes”, the technician ID will be cleared after each prescription is packaged on the Packaging screen. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New System Option "Rx Entry - Prompt to associate prescription when discontinuing". The default value is "No". In Rx Entry, if the system option is set to "Yes", the prescription is in "Edit" mode and the Cutoff date is changed (from blank to a date), FrameworkLTC will prompt you to associate the prescription to FrameworkECM when saving. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(FrameworkECM) and is only available when licensed for FrameworkECM.
    • New System Option "Rx Entry - Prompt to associate prescription when saving". The default value is "No". In Rx Entry, if the system option is set to "Yes" and the prescription is in "Add" mode, FrameworkLTC will prompt you to associate the prescription to FrameworkECM when saving. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(FrameworkECM) and is only available when licensed for FrameworkECM.

Version 3.0.159 (Database Revision 1.02.684) Released 10/15/2014


  • FrameworkECM
    • FrameworkLTC now provides integration to our FrameworkECM product.
  • Payment Selection
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate specific drug coverage when the default payor is selected for Compound and IV prescriptions.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • An "Interface Options" tab has been added. The FrameworkDirect, FrameworkHL7 and Docutrack settings have been moved from the "General" tab to the "Interface Options" tab.
  • Print All Processing Reports
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include reorders/refills when printing monographs.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the number of copies for each report. The value entered will be saved/defaulted.
  • Rebill From History
    • FrameworkLTC now allows hard copy claims to be processed.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC will now reevaluate the Submission Clarification Codes based on the payor and cycle type of the new prescription.
  • Rx Entry
    • If the “All OTC drugs are House Stock” box on the Facility setup was checked, then any OTC drug entered would default to a blank sig, even if it was on the House Stock List with a Sig. This behavior has been corrected and the Sig from the House Stock List will be used in this scenario.
    • When the “Check compounds and IVs against insurance formulary using all ingredients” system option was set to “No” and the “Check compounds and IVs against insurance formulary using primary NDC” system option was set to “Yes,” the formularies of secondary MOPs were not being properly evaluated when defaulted. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Third Party Reconciliation
    • When the billing items were displayed for a new or existing Payment, and one of the billing items contained a null value in either the BillAmt or Qty field, a "Non-nullable column cannot be updated to Null." error would be thrown. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.158 (Database Revision 1.02.675) Released 8/28/2014


  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the literal order start date with the current date when you press the "Add to Patient Profiles" button on the Standing Literal Orders screen.
  • Fill History
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the dispensing pharmacy in the fill history grid and on the report.
  • Financial Impact Report
    • For prescriptions posted using Hard Copy Claims that also had a Copay included in the price, FrameworkLTC was including this Copay in the Revenue for the Hard Copy Claim payer as well as a separate listing for the Copay itself. This behavior has been corrected. If there is a Copay in this situation, it will not be included in the values for the Hard Copy Claim payer.
  • Nursing Stations
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the Status to “Active” when a new nursing station is added.
  • Patient Profile
    • When transferring a patient to a different facility, FrameworkLTC will no longer copy the per diem eligibility information.
  • Post Rx Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer decrease the refill count on the reorder record when posting a Profile Only prescription for an order with refills.
  • Prescription History
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to sort the records in the grid by clicking on the column headers. The sorted column and the sort direction will be saved/defaulted.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the dispensing pharmacy in the grid.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Posted Date, MOP2, Private MOP, Copay and Reverse Type in the grid.
    • FrameworkLTC will now save/default the screen and column sizes.
    • FrameworkLTC will now update associated billing records when adding a billing comment to an order that has already been billed. This action will be recorded in the patient's audit log.
    • The “Sort By Date Posted” check box has been removed.
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC will now copy the “Ignore for single source generics” value to the destination facility when using the “Copy to Facility…” function.
  • Receive Inventory
    • When evaluating the system option “Block processing within Receive Inventory if no actual package cost present”, the user would receive the warning for any item with an actual package cost below $0.50. This behavior has been corrected and the warning will show only if the actual package cost is equal to $0.00.
  • Refill Reminder Report
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the "Block pharmacy selection" system option and the "May Select Alternate Pharmacies" check box on the Pharmacist setup screen when the user selected to "Include All Facilities" on the report. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the “Force Initial Review of all C-II Orders” and “Force Initial Review of all C-III through C-V Orders” system options using the primary ingredient of compounds and IVs.
    • FrameworkLTC will now skip the "This prescription is discontinued before it is scheduled to dispense." validation on "Retro Quick Transaction (S)" prescriptions.
    • If the facility is set to use MAR Groups at the split level, the MAR Group will be set to the Default Mar Group when splits are added. In addition, an event that causes the Default MAR Group to be re-evaluated (e.g. changing the NDC) will re-evaluate the Default MAR Group on all splits.
    • If the user selected "No" to the "This third party does not compensate for OTC items. Do you wish to change to the patients private method of payment?" prompt and then attempted to select the MOP #2, the warning would continue to be displayed regardless of where they would click on the screen until they selected “Yes”. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The cursor will now advance to the AssociatedDX dropdown after pressing the "Cancel" / "Close" button on the Therapeutic Interchange window.

Version 3.0.157 (Database Revision 1.02.669) Released 7/30/2014


  • Active Orders
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Block Facility House Stock List" check box on the Nursing Station setup screen when populating the "House Stock" column.
  • Batch Status Monitor
    • If one of the workflow step system options (Packaging, Final Review and Toting) was set to "No" but that same workflow step was marked as required on the Workflow tab of Rx Entry, that prescription was not being displayed correctly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Claim Submission
    • FrameworkLTC now supports reject code 27: “'Product Identifier not FDA/NSDE Listed”.
  • Clinical Screenings
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the verbiage “(entered, but never filled)” in the “Therapeutic Duplications” section of the Clinical Warnings screen for orders that have never been dispensed, nor are in an open batch to be dispensed.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to exclude billing only transactions.
    • When exporting transactions for the state of West Virginia and using the "ASAP 4.2", FrameworkLTC will now populate PAT01 with the state abbreviation of "WV".
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • If one of the workflow step system options (Packaging, Final Review and Toting) was set to "No" but that same workflow step was marked as required on the Workflow tab of Rx Entry, that prescription was not being displayed correctly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to override the directions from the message when processing a new SCRIPT 10.6 prescription message.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specifiy the sort sequence for printing Disposition Sheets on the “Report Options” tab.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a Disposition Sheet format on the “Report Formats” tab.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the received date/time and recipient on the packing slip details screen.
    • If licensed for FrameworkLink, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the password expiration days on the "FrameworkLink" tab. This value will be used to set the password expiration date when adding new users via the FrameworkLink application.
  • Formulary Checker
    • “State Medicaid” has been removed from the Formulary Type drop-down.
  • HL7 Protocol Warning
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a warning, “this message was communicated using the HL7 protocol and may not be considered sufficient for Medicare Part D prescriptions”, along with the E-Rx message grid for new prescriptions received through the FrameworkHL7 interface. This warning will appear on the E-Rx Work Queue, E-Rx Triage Manager (View Item), Rx Entry, Patient Reorders, Prescription History, E-Rx Request (displayed from Initial Review and Final Review), and E-Rx Message Log screens.
  • Insurance Plan - Formulary
    • “State Medicaid” has been removed from the Formulary Type drop-down.
  • Patient Orders
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Block Facility House Stock List" check box on the Nursing Station setup screen when populating the "House Stock" column.
  • Patient Profile - Payment Plans
    • The “Use State Medicaid Formulary” checkbox will no longer be visible for PRIV and GUAR methods of payment.
    • When editing an existing payment plan record and changing the method of payment, a “rank already in use” error would occur. This behavior originated in version 3.0.150 and has been corrected.
    • When using the "Send E1 for Medicare Part D" button, the state of the “Match response on Medicare D classified Insurance Plans only” check box was not being evaluated when processing the results. This has behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to add Pharmacy Service Type ECS Field (147-U7) in the Claim Segment when adding ECS fields to the order.
    • FrameworkLTC will now take into account expired prescriptions when determining if the "Request Refills" button should be enabled/disabled.
  • Periodic Daily Log
    • FrameworkLTC now give you the ability to sort by Patient Name/Prescription Number and Prescription Number.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the option to “Break out only C-III, C-IV and C-V drugs”.
  • Pharmacy Formulary - Copy Actual Costs to AVerage Unit Cost
    • Under some circumstances, the changed by user shown in the audit log was incorrect when using the "Copy Actual Costs to Average Unit Cost" button. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary - Substitute Drug Product
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to apply the substitution in specific facilities and for specific package types.
    • If the “Only apply to specific facilities” box is checked, the following replacement options will be unavailable: PostIt Table, Compound Definitions, Global Therapeutic Interchange Definitions, On Site Store Templates, and Remove replaced drug from formulary.
    • If the “Only apply to specific package types” box is checked, the following replacement options will be unavailable: PostIt Table, Compound Definitions, MAR Messages, House Stock List, Specific Drug Coverage, Physician Therapeutic Interchange Definitions, Global Therapeutic Interchange Definitions, On Site Store Templates, On Site Stores, Remove replaced drug from formulary, Add replacement drug to (per diem) formulary, and Remove replaced drug from (per diem) formulary.
  • Print Disposition Sheets - By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print disposition sheets by batch. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Processing Reports)(Disposition Sheet)(By Batch) menu.
  • Print Disposition Sheets - By Shipping Tote
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print disposition sheets by shipping tote. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Processing Reports)(Disposition Sheet)(By Shipping Tote) menu.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to add/overwrite Pharmacy Service Type ECS Field (147-U7) in the Claim Segment during claim submission. If this field is added to the prescription, a default value will be pulled from Pharmacy Configuration Parameters on Insurance Plan Setup or from Pharmacy Setup. Previously, this field automatically pulled from Pharmacy Configuration Parameters within Insurance Plan Setup if available, otherwise pulled from Pharmacy Setup and was not available for the user to change. If the field is not added on the order itself, functionality will continue to work as it has in the past.
    • If the "Update 'Entered by' During edit operations" system option was set to "Yes" and the user pressed the green check mark to perform initial review the entered by field would be updated. This behavior has been corrected.
  • ScanRx
    • The “Clear DUR ECS Fields when refilling/reordering” system option was not being evaluated. This behavior has been corrected. If the system option is set to “Yes”, the DUR ECS fields will not be copied.
  • Status Monitor Graph
    • If one of the workflow step system options (Packaging, Final Review and Toting) was set to "No" but that same workflow step was marked as required on the Workflow tab of Rx Entry, that prescription was not being displayed correctly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New System Option “Force user to scroll to bottom of clinical warning box before allowing to save the prescription”. If set to “Yes”, the user will be required to scroll to the bottom of the clinical warning box before the “Continue Saving Prescription” button is enabled. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Clinical Screening).
    • New System Option, “Display a warning when adding a prescription to a tote if dispense date is greater than tote ship date.” If set to “Yes”, a warning message will be displayed when adding a prescription to a tote, whose dispense date is greater than the tote ship date. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions) (Workflow).
    • New system option, “Scan pharmacist id during final review”. If set to “Yes”, the pharmacist NPI must be scanned or entered on the Final Review screen before being able to review a prescription. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New system option, “Show Medicare Part A status in Available Payment box”. If set to “Yes”, the first line of the Available Payment box on the Rx Entry screen will contain “MED-A” followed by the Medicare coverage invoice group if the patient has Medicare Part A coverage as of the dispense date. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Display).
      - Note: The Available Payment box is only visible if the “Use manual next fill date” system option is set to “No”, so this system option will have no effect when the “Use manual next fill date” system option is set to “Yes”.
    • New system option, “Use daily barcodes on pharmacist ID badges”. If set to “Yes”, the barcode on the pharmacist ID badges will include the current date. The Packaging and Final Review functions will validate that the date of the scanned ID badge matches the current date when scanning the badge. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
  • Therapeutic Type Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Run Date and Time on the report.
  • Update Shipping Tote - By Order
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer display a message when the
      “Display a warning when adding prescription to a tote if not adjudicated” system option is set to "Yes" and it is a Unit Dose component prescription for a third party payer that is being added to a tote.
  • Update Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer display a message when the
      “Display a warning when adding prescription to a tote if not adjudicated” system option is set to "Yes" and it is a Unit Dose component prescription for a third party payer that is being added to a tote.

Version 3.0.156 (Database Revision 1.02.657) Released 7/1/2014


  • Batch Export
    • An “Only use batch ID for routine prescriptions” checkbox has been added for the “Parata PASSWare (with patient batch ID)” format. If this checkbox is checked, the batch ID will only be populated for routine prescriptions. For PRN prescriptions, the batch ID field will be populated with the Rx number.
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the “Catalyst (with patient batch ID)” format. This format generates a separate batch ID for each patient in a batch. The format for the batch ID is “EXP” followed by a 7 digit number. This format also supports the “Only use batch ID for routine prescriptions” checkbox.
  • Compound Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now prompt you to update existing orders when the ingredients are changed on a compound in Compound Setup.
  • Drug Price Quote
    • Under certain circumstances, the drug quote was not being generated using the Price Code shown on the screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a Multi-Dose Label format on the "Reports Formats" tab.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the sort sequence for printing Multi-Dose Labels on the "Reports Options" tab.
  • Flash Rx
    • When reordering/refilling an order with ECS fields in the C.O.B. segment, the dollar values from the Reorder will not be carried over to the new fill. This applies to the following ECS Codes 431-DV (Other Payer Amount Paid), 352-NQ (Other Payer - Patient Responsibility Amount) and 394-MW (Benefit Stage Amount).
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you access to the PaperFree button, if licensed for the interface.
  • Moved Prescriptions to Batch – By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability select Workflow Steps as “Completed” or “Not Completed” as criteria for selecting the prescriptions to move.
  • Override Claim Status
    • The maximum length of the Rx Number field has been increased from 7 digits to 10.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to press ALT + V to trigger the "Preview Sig" button.
  • Print Multi-Dose Labels
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print multi-dose labels by batch. This new option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Processing Reports) menu.
  • Refill Reminders
    • When setting a refill reminder in Rx Entry by clicking the RTS button to open the Refill Too Soon screen, FrameworkLTC will now prompt you to replace an existing refill reminder if one already exists for the order.
  • Rx Entry
    • When reordering/refilling an order with ECS fields in the C.O.B. segment, the dollar values from the Reorder will not be carried over to the new fill. This applies to the following ECS Codes 431-DV (Other Payer Amount Paid), 352-NQ (Other Payer - Patient Responsibility Amount) and 394-MW (Benefit Stage Amount).
  • Scan Rx
    • When reordering/refilling an order with ECS fields in the C.O.B. segment, the dollar values from the Reorder will not be carried over to the new fill. This applies to the following ECS Codes 431-DV (Other Payer Amount Paid), 352-NQ (Other Payer - Patient Responsibility Amount) and 394-MW (Benefit Stage Amount).
  • System Options
    • New System Option, “Check compounds and IVs against insurance formulary using all ingredients”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General). This option will behave similarly to the “Check compounds and IVs against insurance formulary using primary NDC” option, and will supersede it if both options are set to “Yes”.
    • New system option, “Show OSS indicator when in browse mode”. If set to “Yes”, the OSS indicator will be displayed in Rx Entry when browsing prescriptions. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Display).
  • Therapeutic Type Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the format that should be used for printing the associated diagnosis on the report.

Version 3.0.155 (Database Revision 1.02.649) Released 5/29/2014


  • Retro Quick
    • An error, “Item cannot be found in the collection corresponding to the requested name or ordinal”, would be thrown in CreditReversedTransaction() when retro-quicking a prescription. This behavior originated in version 3.0.154 and has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now remove commas from ECS values added to the secondary method of payment as a result of submitting the primary method of payment.
  • Third Party Reconciliation
    • Recording a payment for an insurance plan that had an illegal filename character in the Insurance Plan ID (one of the following: \ / : * ? " < > | ) , a “Disk Error” would be displayed stating “That path doesn’t exist”. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.154 (Database Revision 1.02.649) Released 5/28/2014


  • CMS Hospice Export
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the McKesson file format.
  • Compound Setup
    • The Route of Administration drop down list has been modified to contain the D.0 NCPDP values for the ECS Field 995-E2 instead of the 5.1 NCPDP values for 452-EH. As a result, the Route field has been cleared in all existing Compound definitions.
  • E-Rx Triage Manager
    • FrameworkLTC now supports triage functionality for messages processed through the E-Rx Work Queue. This functionality allows you to separate messages into different folders, as well as clip messages together so that they can be processed consecutively.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • If the “Enable E-Rx triage functionality” system option found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx) is set to “Yes”, the E-Rx Work Queue will assign messages based on folders.
  • E-Rx Work Queue Folders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to create and manage folders used by the E-Rx Triage Manager and E-Rx Work Queue.
  • Export Billing
    • When using the "FrameworkLTC CSV Format", FrameworkLTC will now send the patient's medical record number as the last field in the record.
  • Facility Setup
    • A new checkbox, “Authorization required for all non (per diem) formulary Rxs when total price exceeds $_____”, has been added to the Authorizations tab. If this option is checked, authorization will be required for prescriptions where the method of payment is FACI, the patient is eligible for per diem as of the dispense date, the total price exceeds the amount specified, and the drug is not on the per diem formulary.
    • A new option, "By Drug Label Name within Patient Name within Nursing Station", has been added to the Packing Slip sequence list. Currently, LFPAK23 and LFPAK23-NID are the only two formats that support this sequence.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC was setting the unit dose flag to true on IV prescriptions when the “Mark all prescriptions as unit dose transactions” box was checked. This behavior has been corrected. All IV orders will have the unit dose flag set to false.
  • FrameworkLink Message Queue
    • An Error = 6: Overflow error would be thrown when pressing the "Reply" button on the Message Details screen when the MsgID field on the PharmacyMessages table was greater than 32,767. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability specify whether you would like to "Reconcile $0 transactions". If checked, $0 transactions will be included in the matching process. If unchecked, processing will function as it did in version 3.0.152, skipping all transactions with a claim paid amount of $0.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to open the patient’s order list directly from this screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the patient medical conditions directly from this screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now append the Rx Type to the directions (enclosed in parentheses) when the “Append the rx type to the directions in Initial Review” system option is turned on.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the date written.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the label quantities.
    • FrameworkLTC will now show Additional Review Points on this screen when the “Use Additional Review Points in Initial Review” system option is turned on. Any system sub options “--Require directions to be reviewed”, “--Require drug to be reviewed”, “--Require patient to be reviewed”, “--Require physician to be reviewed” or “--Require quantity to be reviewed” that are set to “Yes” will require the user to check the associated check box before being able to “Mark Reviewed”.
    • If licensed for MTS, FrameworkLTC will no longer send the order to MTS when completing initial review if the order is profile only.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a warning when saving a patient with Active status if the facility is Inactive.
  • Patient Profile - Rx History
    • In version 3.0.153, the "Add Billing Comment" and "Change Invoice Group" buttons on the prescription history screen were being disabled if the source of the record was Archive or any part of the prescription (primary, secondary or private) was billed. This behavior has been corrected and the button will only be disabled if the source of the record is archive or all parts of the prescription (primary, secondary and private) have been billed.
    • In version 3.0.153, the "Change Private Method of Payment" button on the prescription history screen was being disabled if the source of the record was Archive or any part of the prescription (primary, secondary or private) was billed. This has been corrected and the button will only be disabled if the source of the record is archive, the private payor has been billed or the primary payor is private and has been billed.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define up to 20 user costs per NDC.
  • Pharmacy Formulary - Import Inventory from FrameworkFlow
    • When using FrameworkFlow to import inventory, adjustments to zone OnHand amounts will now be logged, and the OnHand amounts in the Inventory table will now reflect the total OnHand amounts from all available zones.
  • Post Rx Batch
    • The directions, administration times, ECS fields, ingredients, custom fields, and clarification codes were being deleted from the reorder when posting a prescription and another prescription with a quantity of 0 for the same patient, Rx number, Reorder number, and dispense date existed in a different batch. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC will now create an entry in the Audit Log when using the “Copy to Facility…” button.
  • Process Returns
    • When adding a new return, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to access a calculator by having focus on the Return Quantity field and pressing the SPACE key.
  • Rebill From History
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to rebill non IV prescriptions currently in history that were previously submitted to a third party payer by electronic claim. New functionality allows for prescriptions that have not been previously credited or reversed, have not already been rebilled and is not part of a unit dose composite to be placed in a batch to be rebilled to the third party. Upon placing the prescription in a batch, pharmacy inventory will be adjusted for the full quantity. This new functionality can be found on the (Prescriptions) menu.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the Dispense Date is less than or equal to the Expiration Date (on the prescription tab) when saving a prescription.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the Dispense Date is not greater than the Cutoff Date when saving a prescription.
    • When dispensing a compound or IV, FrameworkLTC will now default the ECS Field 995-E2 (route of administration) with the value on the compound setup screen if the ECS code is on the Insurance Plan setup, but does not have a default value.
    • When dispensing a compound or IV, FrameworkLTC will now default the ECS Field 996-G1 (compound type) with the value on the compound setup screen if the ECS code is on the Insurance Plan setup, but does not have a default value.
  • RxClearinghouse Interface
    • The interface has been modified to pass the username when calling the ViewPatientDocuments (Query Patient Documents) and ViewPrescriptionDocuments (Query Rx Documents) functions.
  • Set E-Rx Work Queue Priority
    • FrameworkLTC now supports “Stat” as an additional priority above “High”.
  • System Options
    • A new system option has been added, “RxClearinghouse URL”. This system option will only be visible if licensed for the RxClearinghouse interface. It can be found under (Interfaces)(RxClearinghouse). This option only needs to be set if you are using a local install of RxClearinghouse.
    • New system option, “Append the rx type to the directions in Initial Review”. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow) .
    • New system option, “E-Rx Triage Manager Alert Setting (minutes)”. This system option controls the limit used for display messages in the Alerts folder on the E-Rx Triage Manager screen. If set to 0, no Alerts will be displayed. The default value is 0. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx). It will only be available if licensed for the E-Rx Interface.
    • New system option, “Enable E-Rx triage functionality”. This system option controls whether the folder is used when assigning messages in the E-Rx Work Queue. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx). It will only be available if licensed for the E-Rx Interface.
    • New system option, “Include BIN Location in export file sent to Automed”. The default value is “No”. When set to “Yes” the BIN Location will be added to the end of each dispense during the “Automed FastPak” and “Automed FastPak (with Extended Directions) batch exports”. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(Automed).
    • New system option, “Use Additional Review Points in Initial Review”. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow) .
    • New system sub option, “--Require directions to be reviewed”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow) and works in conjunction with “Use Additional Review Points in Initial Review” system option. The default value is “No”.
    • New system sub option, “--Require drug to be reviewed”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow) and works in conjunction with “Use Additional Review Points in Initial Review” system option. The default value is “No”.
    • New system sub option, “--Require patient to be reviewed”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow) and works in conjunction with “Use Additional Review Points in Initial Review” system option. The default value is “No”.
    • New system sub option, “--Require physician to be reviewed”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow) and works in conjunction with “Use Additional Review Points in Initial Review” system option. The default value is “No”.
    • New system sub option, “--Require quantity to be reviewed”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow) and works in conjunction with “Use Additional Review Points in Initial Review” system option. The default value is “No”.
  • Third Party Reconciliation
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Hide $0 transactions". If this box is checked, transactions with a bill amount of $0 will not be shown.
  • Warning Labels - By Facility
    • The existing "Warning Labels" function has been renamed to "Warning Labels – By Facility" and can be found under the (Utilities) (Warning Labels) menu.
  • Warning Labels - By NDC
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to block specific MediSpan warnings from printing on your prescription label for a specific NDC. This new functionality can be found on the (Utilities) (Warning Labels) menu.

Version 3.0.153 (Database Revision 01.02.636) Released 4/22/2014


  • Add to Shipping Tote - by Order
    • Previously, FrameworkLTC would set focus in the Prescription Status field, if enabled, after displaying the prescription information. FrameworkLTC will now set focus in the Tote ID field.
  • Batch Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the Dispensed For Drug Name in positions 1011-1035 of the record when using the "Synmed" file format.
  • CMS Hospice Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export transactions billed to a facility.
  • Compounds
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to calculate the reconstituted quantity. A calculator button will be displayed in the Quantity column of the Ingredients grid when in edit mode if the Type is set to IV, the NDC has an associated reconstitution definition, and the cursor is in the Quantity column. Clicking the calculator button will display the Calculate Reconstituted Quantity screen. This screen will display the NDC and drug name, and the package strength and units defined on the Reconstitution Definitions screen. The Concentration drop-down list will contain the concentrations defined on the Reconstitution Definitions screen. If there is only one concentration defined, the list will default to that concentration. Both the concentration and desired dose must be specified. When the Calculate button is clicked, the quantity will be calculated by dividing the desired dose by the package strength and then multiplying by the package size (PackSize) from Medispan. For example, if the package strength is 1000, the desired dose is 500, and the package size is 1, the quantity would be (500 / 1000) * 1 = 0.5. This quantity will be populated in the Quantity column for that ingredient. The concentration and desired dose will be saved in the CompoundIngreds table (not shown in grid). If the concentration has been specified for an ingredient, the concentration and desired dose on the Calculate Reconstituted Quantity screen will be defaulted with those values. If the NDC is changed on an ingredient that has a specified concentration, a message will be displayed indicating that if the NDC is changed, the concentration will be cleared.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When using one of the three "ASAP Telecom" formats and selecting "Use Custom Field" as the "Customer ID", an “Incorrect syntax near ‘=’” error would be thrown. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Create Purchase Orders
    • When creating a purchase order, an overflow error would be thrown if the next purchase order number on the pharmacy setup screen was set to a value greater than 33000. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Cut Orders
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Patient Name, Drug Name and Rx Number on the Cut Orders Dialogue box.
  • DataTrac Interface
    • The Datatrac Delivery Status screen now supports the display of multiple delivery statuses. If multiple statuses are returned from Datatrac for a given packing slip ID, next and previous buttons will be displayed to allow the user to switch between the different statuses.
  • E-Rx Work Queue - Product Selection
    • If a valid NDC is provided on a new prescription message, but the NDC cannot be found in the pharmacy formulary, FrameworkLTC will now look for any products in the pharmacy formulary that have the same GPI as the NDC on the new prescription message, before attempting to look for the product using the drug name on the message. This functionality only applies to messages received through Surescripts or FrameworkERx. It does not apply to FrameworkHL7 prescription messages processed through the E-Rx queue.
    • The compound and IV selection fields on the product selection screen have been modified so that when displaying the compound or IV list, items will be color coded according to status. This is similar to the behavior on the Rx Entry screen. This function only applies to messages received through Surescripts or FrameworkERx. It does not apply to FrameworkHL7 prescription messages processed through the E-Rx queue.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export records in the “ADL Format”.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to control separately whether reorders are allowed for C-II controlled substances and C-III through C-V controlled substances in each facility.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the Controlled Substance Destruction Log format that will be used in FrameworkLink.
    • If licensed for FrameworkLink, an option to set up which drugs/compounds/IVs are shown in the lookup results during FrameworkLink Drug Quote functionality based on their NDC Status Code. This new option can be found by clicking the “Drug Quote Setup” button on the FrameworkLink tab.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to open the patient’s order list directly from this screen.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC will always perform a new set of clinical screenings. Previously, if clinical screenings were already performed the results from that previous screening would be displayed and a new scan would not be performed.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a Compound/IV Ingredients screen when you double-click on the CCID field.
  • Packaging
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a Compound/IV Ingredients screen when you double-click on the CCID field.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • If the user had "Read Only" access to the Reorders screen and printed a Rx Blank with "Track Receipt" checked, the "Phys. Rx Status" and "Status Date" fields were not getting updated. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Rx History
    • FrameworkLTC will now disable the “Change Private Method of Payment” button on the prescription history screen if the prescription has already been billed.
  • Pharmacy Formulary - Substitute Drug Product
    • FrameworkLTC will now only perform substitutions on compound/IV orders in Rxs, Reorders, and unbilled unit dose prescriptions in history if substitutions are performed in compound definitions.
    • The compound name was being replaced with the NDC drug name when the NDC being replaced is the primary NDC on compound orders in Rxs, Reorders, and unbilled unit dose prescriptions in history. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • If the customer zip code (CODEPSTL field) returned from ACCPAC was a full 9 digit zip code, the first digit would be lost when creating the VFI Interface File. This behavior has been corrected and the hyphen will be removed when creating the file.
  • Print Facility Invoices
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print Patient Medical Record # on the invoice.
  • Receive Inventory
    • FrameworkLTC will now only perform substitutions on compound/IV orders in Rxs, Reorders, and unbilled unit dose prescriptions in history if substitutions are performed in compound definitions.
    • When performing substitutions, the compound name was being replaced with the NDC drug name when the NDC being replaced is the primary NDC on compound orders in Rxs, Reorders, and unbilled unit dose prescriptions in history. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Reconstitution Definitions
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to setup reconstitution definitions. This function can be found on the (File)(Pharmacy) menu. This screen is used to define the concentrations that can be selected when entering IV ingredients (both on the Compounds screen and on the Rx Entry screen for user IVs).
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will always perform a new screening when clicking the green check box to perform initial review. Previously, if clinical screenings were already performed the results from that previous screening would be displayed and a new scan would not be performed.
    • FrameworkLTC will check each ingredient of a compound/IV against the 3rd party’s formulary instead of just the primary NDC.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Patient Name, Drug Name and Last Rx Number on the Order Warning Screen.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Patient Name, Drug Name and Last Rx Number on the Order Warning Screen.
  • Shipping Tote Assignments
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a warning if the tote being assigned is a patient level tote for a patient that is not active and the “Display a warning during workflow if the patient’s status is not Active” system option is set to yes.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Use the cost basis from the pricing table when pricing IVs for private pay Rxs". The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Calculations).
    • New system option, “Only show active products on product selection screen in E-Rx queue”. If set to “Yes”, only drug products in the pharmacy formulary that have an active status will be displayed in the list of matching products on the product selection screen. The default value is “No”. This option only applies to messages received through Surescripts or FrameworkERx. It does not apply to FrameworkHL7 prescription messages processed through the E-Rx queue. This system option will only be visible when licensed for the E-Rx interface. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
  • Update Rx Serial No in History
    • An "Invalid Use of NULL" error would occur when displaying the prescription information if the PhName, PatName, DrugLabelName and/or Qty fields in the HRxs table was NULL. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.152 (Database Revision 1.02.630) Released 3/26/2014


  • Batch Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the Reorder Number in positions 996-1010 of the record when using the "Synmed" file format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now utilize the person centric admin time translations when using the "SynMed" file format.
    • FrameworkLTC will pass an export ID in positions 557 - 566 of the record when using the "Chudy Group Pouch Packaging Device" format.
  • Batch View
    • A run-time error 384, "A form can't be moved or sized while minimized or maximized", would be thrown when the user selected a prescription to open if the drug viewer was activated for Rx Entry and the batch view window was maximized. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Claim Adjudication Response
    • FrameworkLTC will now select the "Close" button as the default (highlighted) button instead of the "Print" button.
  • CMS Hospice Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to choose from multiple formats. The existing format, from FrameworkLTC version 3.0.151, is listed as the “CMS Standard Format”. The “Consolo (New Century Hospice)” format has been added.
  • Define Drug Product
    • When Updating User Defined Drug Products to Database, the section of the Inconsistent Data report that lists reorders with invalid NDCs included discontinued orders. This behavior has been corrected and FrameworkLTC will now only show active orders.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define the "Packaging Label” format on the "Report Formats" tab.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • Previously items with a paid amount of $0.00 were being skipped. This behavior has been corrected and FrameworkLTC will now reconcile these items.
  • On Site Stores
    • When adding an user-defined drug product with a generic brand code and no NDC for Clinical Screening, an incorrect brand name would appear in the grid. This behavior has been corrected and the Brand Name will remain blank in this situation.
  • Packaging
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the format specified on the facility setup screen when printing the packaging label.
  • Patient Profile
    • When transferring a patient to another facility, the care level code was being copied from the source facility to the target facility. FrameworkLTC will now default the care level code based on the nursing station that the patient is being transferred to.
  • Print Packing Slips
    • Packing slips were not being sorted correctly when selecting the “By Drug Label Name within Patient Name within Nursing Station Group” sort sequence on the facility setup screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • A "Conversion failed when converting from a character string to a uniqueidentifier" error would be thrown when attempting to lookup an unit dose prescription that had been reversed before the unit dose composition had been performed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the “Warn if revenue is less than cost when saving a prescription in Rx Entry” system option on Compounds and IVs.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Allow selection of origin code during ScanRx". If set to "Yes", the user will be able to specify the origin code at the time of scanning the order. If set to “No”, the origin code on the Reorder record will be used. The default value is “Yes”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New system option, “Warn if dispense quantity exceeds available quantity when reordering/refilling in ScanRx”. If set to “Yes”, a report will displayed listing the prescriptions where the dispense quantity exceeds the available quantity after processing the orders. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • The "Default the address on the patient A/R tab” system option will no longer be available if the customer is not licensed for ACCPAC. This option can be found under (Patients)(A/R Information).

Version 3.0.151 (Database Revision 1.02.625) Released 3/7/2014


  • CMS Hospice Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to create an export file that complies with the CMS CR 8358 reporting requirement for Hospice.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC was using "even number rounding" when passing the days supply. As a result, values ending in .5 would be rounded to the nearest even number instead of always being rounded up. This occurred in the ASAP 4.0 formats and higher. This behavior has been corrected.
  • DataTrac Interface
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the packing slip id instead of the SDS order number when requesting the delivery status and signatures.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Exclude all OTCs" when using the "CHARTS Format".
  • Facility Setup
    • The hot key for the "Audit Log" button has been changed from ALT+U to ALT+I. This will allow ALT+U to function properly for the "Undo" button.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry
    • If unsaved changes exist within the literal orders grid and the user performs an action that would refresh the grid (for example, changing the patient or pressing the Find button), FrameworkLTC will notify the user that modifications have been made but not saved and ask if they want to undo the changes.
  • Medicine On Time Refill Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you an option to include the directions and quantity.
  • NDC Changes
    • The current facility name has been removed from the report header.
  • System Options
    • New system option ‘Use ActPkgCost from Inventory in place of ExpectPkgCost during Receive Inventory’. The default value is “No”. When this value is set to “Yes”, the Pkg Cost column will be set to actual package cost from Inventory instead of expected package cost from the purchase order. This system option can be found under (System)(General).

Version 3.0.150 (Database Revision 1.02.622) Released 2/27/2014


  • Active Reorders
    • When using the "Active Orders" option, FrameworkLTC will now use the current date and time instead of only the current date to determine whether an order is considered active. This screen is accessed by clicking the Orders List button on the Reorders screen.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • In accordance with the New York state controlled substance reporting requirements, FrameworkLTC will now populate the State Issued Serial Number (AIR02) with "eeeeeeee", the Electronic Prescription Reference Number (DSP20) with the message id from the header of the electronic prescription and the Electronic Prescription Order Number (DSP21) with the provider's order number from the header of the electronic prescription when the source of the prescription is electronic, the prescriber’s state is New York and the ASAP 4.2 format is selected.
  • Create Unit Dose Composite Billing
    • If the "Submit Special Packaging Indicator (429-DT)" box was checked on the insurance plan, an "Invalid object name facinsplans" error would be thrown. This behavior originated in FrameworkLTC version 3.0.149 and has been corrected.
    • When creating Unit Dose composites for drug products, the secondary MOP was not being evaluated for hard copy claims and was always left unchecked. For compounds, neither MOP was being evaluated and the boxes were always left unchecked. This behavior has been corrected. If the Submission Mode on the Insurance Plan Setup screen is set to “No ECS”, the “Submit via hard copy claim form” box will be checked on the composite prescription.
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • The Details window was displaying the Pharmacy ID from the batch header and not the Pharmacy ID on the prescription itself. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Discontinue Orders
    • When using the "Active Orders" option, FrameworkLTC will now use the current date and time instead of only the current date to determine whether an order is considered active.
  • ERx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now notify the user if the selected drug is on the facility's house stock list when processing new prescription messages from Surescripts or FrameworkERX.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select a sort sequence for Physician Progress Notes. This selection is located on the "Report Options" tab. The available options are "By Name" and " By Bed within Room Number within Nursing Station".
  • Facility Setup - Therapeutic Interchanges
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating these definitions correctly when both the Times Per Day and Insurance Plan were specified. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Find Patient
    • If the cursor was in the search criteria grid, the Alt key shortcuts for the main menu were not working. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to apply the insurance plan cycle overrides to non-cycle fill prescriptions.
  • Patient Orders
    • When using the "Active Orders" option, FrameworkLTC will now use the current date and time instead of only the current date to determine whether an order is considered active. This screen is accessed by clicking the Active Reorders button in Rx Entry or the Open Patient Order List button on the Find Patient Screen. When accessed from the Rx Entry screen, the Patient Orders screen compares the cut date to the dispense date entered on the Rx Entry screen when determining active orders. If the dispense date is not the same as the current date, a time will not be used when determining active orders.
  • Patient Profile - Payment Plans
    • When saving a method of payment, FrameworkLTC will now validate that the Rank is not already assigned to another payment plan. This will prevent a "Violation of PRIMARY KEY constraint PK_PatientMOPs" error from being thrown.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now list the medical condition(s) marked as the "Primary Diagnosis" first in the "Associated DX" drop down list.
    • When using the "Active Orders Only" button, FrameworkLTC will now use the current date and time instead of only the current date to determine whether an order is considered active.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • Pressing the Enter key after selecting a row in the “Formulary List” grid was no longer triggering the NDC to be selected and the window closed. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Print Packing Slips
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the seconds portion of the current time in the filename when exporting packing slips using the Network Express format.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now list the medical condition(s) marked as the "Primary Diagnosis" first in the "Associated DX" drop down list.
    • The "Retro Quick Performed By" and "On" fields were not being properly displayed on the "Misc" tab. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the New button and adding multiple Refill or Recall orders, FrameworkLTC was not warning the user if there were remaining orders to be processed when attempting to close the screen. This behavior has been corrected.
    • While in Edit mode, if the days supply field was not changed or changed without the field losing focus, the days supply was not being validated against the minimum/maximum days supply set on the price code when saving the prescription. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option “Show ICD9 instead of medical condition name”. This is a sub-option of the “Associate medical conditions with Rxs” system option. If set to “Yes”, the ICD9 will be displayed instead of the Medispan medical condition names when displaying medical conditions on the Rx Entry, Reorders, and Initial Review screens. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, “Default date written for new orders”. The default value is “Yes”. If set to “No”, the date written will not be defaulted when entering a new prescription in Rx Entry. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, “Ignore cut date options when processing cancel messages”. If this system option is set to “Yes”, prescriptions in batches will never be deleted or have the quantity adjusted when processing cancel messages through the E-Rx queue. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx) and will only be visible if licensed for the E-Rx interface.
    • New system option, “Limit refills to five for C-V drugs”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will prevent orders for C-V drugs from being reordered or refilled more than five times. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New system option, “Prompt before recalculating quantity/days supply when cycle type changes in Rx Entry”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will prompt if a cycle type change that occurs when editing a prescription would cause the quantity/days supply to be recalculated. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).

Version 3.0.149 (Database Revision 1.02.609) Released 1/31/2014


  • Batch Export
    • The “TCGRx (Tab Delimited)” batch export format now includes the ability to generate a separate batch ID for each nursing station. Also, if export batch IDs are generated, they will be included on the audit report.
  • Create Unit Dose Billing
    • When creating billing for compounds, if any of the component prescriptions had an Insurance ID that either did not exist in the insurance plan setup or whose NCPDP Claim Format was NULL, a “cursor with the name ‘cu’ does not exist” error was displayed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • DataTrac Interface
    • Previously in the FWDatatrac Interface, when a tote was designated for a nursing station, nursing station group, or patient, the name of that entity would be used for the ship to name. This has been changed to include the facility name before the name of the entity in the ship to name.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now provides for an additional label sequence, "By Entered Date/Time", on the Report Options tab.
  • Flash Rx
    • If “Include IV Orders” is selected and multiple IV prescriptions exist within the batch, pricing would be incorrect on those IV orders (with the exception of the first IV in the batch). This behavior originated in version 3.0.146 and has been corrected.
  • Formulary Builder
    • When adding products to the pharmacy formulary, the alternate lookup string was not getting populated. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • The ANSI 835 electronic remittance advice import has been modified to use the claim received date (qualifier 050) if the claim period start date (qualifier 232), single day service date (qualifier 472), and service start date (qualifier 150) are not provided.
    • When processing the "ANSI 835" file, FrameworkLTC will now match on the Claim Received Date if the Claim Start Date, Single Day Service Date and Service Start Date fields are all empty.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the package type.
  • Pharmacy Formulary - Substitute Drug Product
    • When adding products to the pharmacy formulary, the alternate lookup string was not getting populated. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Physicians
    • Pressing the Enter key after selecting a row in the “Search NPPES Database” results grid was no longer triggering the "Select" button to be pressed. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Pricing
    • Pressing the "Print" button while on a price code definition that contained a fee schedule would cause that fee schedule to incorrectly be printed with all price code definitions on the report. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • When creating the VFI Interface File, the aging buckets were not being populated correctly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Packing Slips By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to sort the list of totes.
  • Reorder Fill History
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to remove the authorization from an order after it has been posted. This can be used if the order was authorized but the intent was to only authorize a single fill. The order authorization can be removed from the Reorder Fill History screen by clicking the Authorization Log button.
  • Rx Entry
    • If the "Use zone printing for prescription labels" system option is turned on and the user is printing a label for a compound, FrameworkLTC was using the zone printer associated with the primary ingredient. This behavior has been corrected and the application will now use the printer associated with the zone specified on the Compound setup screen.
    • The user was no longer able to press the down arrow key on the Prescriber field to access the list. This behavior originated in version 3.0.147 and has been corrected.
    • When attempting to refill and order that both has no refills remaining and would qualify as Refill Too Soon, the user was prompted to process the Refill Too Soon before the No Refills Remaining window was displayed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to double-click to select an order (to be processed in place of the entered order) within the “Active Orders” and “Similar Orders in Profile” grids when an order was cut or already exists in a batch.
  • System Options
    • New system option “Block processing within Receive Inventory if no actual package cost present”. The default value is “No”. When this value is set to “Yes”, if any items received do not have a package cost or the package cost is zero a message box will be displayed listing the items that do not have a package cost and the user will not be able to continue. This system option can be found under (System)(General).
  • Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC was allowing users to process reorders through the work queue even though the reorder functionality had been disabled for the facility. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.148 (Database Revision 1.02.598) Released 12/20/2013


  • About
    • FrameworkLTC now provides a "Connect To Support" button. This will allow you to enter the Invitation Code given to you by a support representative.
  • Batch Export
    • The Facility ID and Nursing Station ID have been added to the "SynMed" Export file.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate DSP13 (partial fill) when using the ASAP 4.2 format. We will use “00” for a non-partial fill, “01” for a partial fill, and “02” for a completion of a partial fill.
  • Create Billing
    • Reversal transactions that were eligible for per diem were not being treated as per diem in certain circumstances. This occurred if the reversal transaction was the result of crediting or performing a partial fill on a prescription that was marked unit dose, but the reversal transaction was not marked unit dose because the “Treat unit dose credits as unit dose transactions” system option was set to “No”. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Facility Setup
    • A “Only list associated physicians” check box has been added to the "General" tab.
  • On Site Stores
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define the background and foreground colors that are to be used when highlighting drugs that are part of the on site store. By default, the background color will by cyan and the foreground color will be black. This functionality is only available if the "Use Custom Display Colors for On Site Stores" system option is turned on and the store type is not "EDK".
  • Patient Profile - Prescription History
    • FrameworkLTC will now include ECS History information from the archived database.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to mark drugs as preferred in the pharmacy formulary. The “Preferred Item” checkbox can be found on the Dispensing tab. The preferred item status will be shown in the drug lookup grid when searching for a drug in Rx Entry.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the pharmacist to be used for the initial review pharmacist on reorders/refills received through FrameworkHL7. This new field will only be visible for pharmacies that are licensed for FrameworkHL7.
  • Pre-Billing Verification Report
    • Reversal transactions that were eligible for per diem were not being identified as per diem in certain circumstances. This occurred if the reversal transaction was the result of crediting or performing a partial fill on a prescription that was marked unit dose, but the reversal transaction was not marked unit dose because the “Treat unit dose credits as unit dose transactions” system option was set to “No”. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Auto Substitution Notices
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter the list of batches.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print Auto Substitution Notices for batches in all facilities, not just the current facility.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • The VFI Interface File would send “//” as the date (in the Detail (07) record) if the field was empty, causing the other fields in the file to be out of alignment. This behavior has been corrected and if this field is blank, the application will pass 8 blank spaces in the field in order to maintain alignment.
  • Purchase Order Export
    • The "McKesson" has been modified to put the header (PO# and Dept) on the first line and then follow with a new line for each item. This is replacing the original single line format.
  • Retro Quick
    • When RetroQuicking a prescription that was electronically adjudicated to an insurance plan and choosing not to reverse the primary claim, the private method of payment was not being populated on the RetroQuick transaction if the patient’s currently active primary method of payment was a private method of payment (FACI, PRIV, GUAR, CASH, CHRG, INV). This has been corrected so that private method of payment will be set to the patient’s currently active private method of payment.
  • Rx Cost by Patient Report
    • Previously, both unit dose components and unit dose composites where being included on the report causing the values to be overstated. This behavior has been corrected and the user has the option to include either components or composites.
  • Synchronize Inventory
    • A “Select All Existing Drugs” button has been added. If clicked, all NDCs except for those that do not exist in the pharmacy formulary will be checked.
    • Any NDCs in the file that do not exist in the pharmacy formulary and do not exist in the Medi-Span database will be highlighted in red in the grid. If the Update checkbox is checked for these NDCs, they will be shown on a separate report so that they can be added as user-defined drugs.
    • When using the “Cardinal Inventory Management (CIM)” format, the average unit cost and actual package cost will be populated for newly added NDCs based on the unit cost in the file.
    • When using the “Cardinal Inventory Management (CIM)” format, you now have the ability to update the preferred item status for updated NDCs with the value from the file.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Use Custom Display Colors for On Site Stores". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", you will have the ability to set the display colors on the On Site Store setup. If this value is "No", the application will continue to use Cyan as the background color and Black as the forecolor. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Drug Lookup).
    • The "Only list physicians associated with facility" system option has been removed. It has been replaced with the "Only list associated physicians" check box on the Facility Setup screen.

Version 3.0.147 (Database Revision 1.02.583) Released 11/22/2013


  • 340B
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the vendor at the inventory zone level if the pharmacy is 340B enabled. The inventory zone vendor will be used if populated when creating purchase orders.
  • Alternate Drug Lookup
    • Pressing the "Enter" key while in the Results grid was not activating the "Select" button. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Batch Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export a batch in the SynMed format.
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the “Parata PASSWare (with patient batch ID)” format.
  • Create Unit Dose Billing
    • There was an issue with prescriptions incorrectly being marked as having been composited when using the “Summarize unit dose composite scripts by the external med id” system option and choosing to include either only ACA short cycle drugs or only non ACA short cycle drugs. This behavior has been corrected.
  • ERx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Only list physicians in same State as facility” system option when populating the Physician list on the admit patient and medical condition screens. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Only list physicians in same State as facility” system option when populating the Default Primary Physician list. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Find Patient
    • Pressing the "Enter" key while in the "Results" grid was not activating the "Change to this Facility", "Open Patient Profile", "Open Patient Order List" or "Fast Literal Order Entry" button (based on the system option). This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
    • The contents of each cell in the "Search Criteria..." grid was no longer being highlighted when moving between cells. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • FrameworkLink Alert Messages
    • This function has been deemed obsolete and removed from the <File><Facility> menu.
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the appropriate "Cycle Days Supply" field has been populated if either the “Override ACA Short Cycle Length” or “Override Non ACA Short Cycle Length” boxes are checked.
    • The cursor was no longer visible when moving between cells in the "Additional ECS Fields" grid. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Check
    • When printing Medicare Part D Eligibility Report and multiple payors were returned in the response for D.0, the header did not match the data for subsequent pages. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Only list physicians in same State as facility” system option when populating the Physician and 2nd Physician lists. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Diets
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Only list physicians in same State as facility” system option when populating the Physician list. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Literal Orders
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Only list physicians in same State as facility” system option when populating the Physician list. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Medical Conditions
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Only list physicians in same State as facility” system option when populating the first diagnosed by Physician list. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Payment Plans
    • The cursor was no longer visible when moving between cells in the "Other Info" grid. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Only list physicians in same State as facility” system option when populating the Prescriber list. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The cursor was no longer visible when moving between cells in the "Optional ECS Fields" grid. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Treatments
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Only list physicians in same State as facility” system option when populating the Physician list. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Physician Setup
    • FrameworkLTC has added a “Facilities” tab that contains all active facilities. This tab will only be visible if the “Only list physicians associated with facility” system option is set to “Yes”.
  • PostIt
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set up PostIts for the FACI, PRIV, GUAR, CASH, CHRG, and INV methods of payment.
    • The “3rd Party” PostIt Type has been changed to “Payor”.
  • PreBilling Verification Report
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the option to sort by Pharmacy ID/Facility ID/Patient Name/Customer No within the Pre-billing Verification Report.
  • Print Prepack Labels
    • FrameworkLTC will now log the printing of prepack labels to the database. This applies to both the "Print Prepack Labels" menu option as well as the "Print Prepack Labels" button On Site Store setup. This information will not be available for viewing from within the application. It was designed strictly for reporting purposes.
  • Process Returns
    • The application was allowing Billing Only transactions to be returned to stock. This behavior has been corrected and all Billing Only transactions will automatically be marked to Destroy.
  • Renew Rx
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Only list physicians in same State as facility” system option when populating the Physician list. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • An "Overflow" error would occur if there were more than 33,000 prescribers and the user attempted to scroll through the Prescriber drop-down list. This behavior has been corrected.
    • An “invalid use of null” error was being thrown when reordering/refilling in an Unit Dose Enabled facility that was marked as a “Retail Pharmacy Customers Pseudo-Facility”. This behavior has been corrected.
    • If the “Show the on-hand quantity for items in on-site store” system option is turned on and the item is available to the patient in more than one On Site store, the quantity displayed in the bottom right corner only reflected the on hand quantity of 1 stores. This has been corrected and the quantity will reflect what is available is all stores.
    • Pressing the "Enter" key to select a Compound or IV was not selecting the product. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
    • The cursor was no longer visible when moving between cells in the "Optional ECS Fields" grid. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Submit Test Claims
    • A "Error = 3421: Application uses a value of the wrong type for the current operation" was being thrown when the reject code returned was 3 characters. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Allow override of Submission Clarification Code during FlashRx". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", the user will have ability to override the Submission Clarification Code for Default and Medicare Part D Short Cycles during FlashRx. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New system option, "Set final review step as complete on orders sent to SynMed". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", prescriptions that are sent to SynMed (via the export batch function) will be marked as being final reviewed by ‘SYNMED’. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(SynMed).
    • New system option, "Set label printed step as complete on orders sent to SynMed". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", prescriptions that are sent to SynMed (via the export batch function) will be marked as having the label printed by ‘SYNMED’. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(SynMed).
    • New system option, "Set packaging step as complete on orders sent to SynMed". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", prescriptions that are sent to SynMed (via the export batch function) will be marked as being packaged by ‘SYNMED’. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(SynMed).
    • New system option, "Set shipping tote step as complete on orders sent to SynMed". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", prescriptions that are sent to SynMed (via the export batch function) will be marked as being placed in tote by ‘SYNMED’. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(SynMed).
    • New system option, “Only list physicians associated with facility”. If this option is set to “Yes”, a Facilities tab will be visible on the Physicians screen, allowing you to choose which facilities each physician is associated with. Only those physicians that are associated with the current facility will be selectable in the physician fields. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (System)(General).
    • New system option, “Track lot number for each ingredient”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will give you the ability to enter the lot number for each ingredient. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).

Version 3.0.146 (Database Revision 1.02.570) Released 10/21/2013


  • Active Orders
    • FrameworkLTC will now include a House Stock Indicator in the grid.
  • Compound Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to default the Cycle Fill flag for compounds/IVs.
  • Create Batch
    • When using the "Create in all Facilities" button, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to create the batch in all active facilities with a matching default pharmacy or in all active facilities regardless of the default pharmacy. If "Create in Active Facilities with Default Pharmacy of....." is selected, the application will continue to function as it did previously.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • Pressing the "Enter" key while in the "Select the patient" grid of the Patient Selection screen was not activating the "Search" button. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to exclude billed/reversed transactions when exporting billing in the Point Click Care Format.
    • FrameworkLTC now support the "Achieve Matrix Format (Tab-Delimited)" format. This format supports the ability to exclude billed/reversed transactions.
  • Family IDs
    • There was a typo in the report title. This behavior has been corrected and the title has been changed from "Family Denination Listing" to "Family Definition Listing".
  • Fast Literal Order Entry
    • An issue was found with the navigation and validation within the Literal Orders grid that could cause the user to get stuck in the Category field. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Find Patient
    • Pressing the "Enter" key while in the "Search Criteria" grid was not activating the "Search for patient..." button. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
    • The cursor was not visible when focus was on the "Search Criteria" grid. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to choose whether to include IV orders. If choosing to include IV orders, you have the ability to specify a days supply for IV orders.
  • Patient Orders
    • FrameworkLTC will now include a House Stock Indicator in the grid.
  • Patient Profile - Payment Plans
    • Pressing the "Enter" key on the "Select price option..." screen was not selecting the price option as expected. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
    • The Change Patient ID function was not updating the Rx..RxLabels or Rx..HRxLabels tables. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • While in "Edit" mode, typing a word that starts with a capital "D" into the SIG of a reorder would incorrectly change the times per day to "1". This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • The "Search" function was not locating Inactive items when using the manufacturer's barcode as the search criteria. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Physicians - Therapuetic Interchange
    • When pressing the "Copy Therapeutic Interchange Definitions" button for the first time (or the first time after changing facility), the Facility ID would either be blank or show the ID of the previous facility. This behavior had been corrected.
  • Pre-Billing Verification Report
    • If the Additional Quantity Billed on the prescription was NULL, the report would show the quantity as zero. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Retro Quick - By Patient
    • Clicking on the Medicare Coverage button when the Patient Setup screen was already open resulted in the Patient Medicare Coverage screen displaying the information for the patient shown on the Patient Profile screen, not the patient selected on the RetroQuick screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • An "Invalid Use of NULL" error would be thrown when attempting to fill a prescription for a patient when the NoCycleFill field on the Pat..Patients table was NULL. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
    • When Reordering a prescription for a patient under Medicare A coverage and the “Re-evaluate payment plan rules on reorders/refills” and “Block price code lookup for reorders for private payors” system options are set to "No", a “Price Code Change” warning was being displayed if the patient’s default price code was different from their Med A Default Price Code. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Scan Rx
    • An "Invalid Use of NULL" error would be thrown when attempting to fill a prescription for a patient when the NoCycleFill field on the Pat..Patients table was NULL. This behavior originated in version 3.0.144 and has been corrected.
  • Set E-Rx Work Queue Priority
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the directions in the grid.
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Lock the Last Reviewed By field on the Reorders Screen”. The default value is “No”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will lock the Last Reviewed By field the Reorders screen so that it cannot be edited. In addition, the Pharmacist field on the Reprint Drug Label screen (accessed via the Reorders screen) will be locked and the Last Reviewed By pharmacist will be used when printing the label. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New system option, “Require number of administration times to match times per day”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will validate that the number of valid administration times matches the times per day value when saving a prescription in Rx Entry. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, “Validate that order start date is within one year of current date on new orders”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will validate that the start is within one year of the current when saving new orders in Rx Entry and when using the RenewRx function. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).

Version 3.0.145 (Database Revision 1.02.562) Released 9/18/2013


  • Compounds
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a default route of administration override. This list will be populated with the HL7 routes. If populated, this value will be used when filling orders via Rx Entry or FrameworkHL7.
  • Default MAR Groups
    • FrameworkLTC was not validating that a default MAR Group was selected prior to saving. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Drug Price Quote
    • If the "Price", "Actual Cost" or "AWP" column contained a comma, the columns in the Export file were being thrown off (by the extra commas). This behavior has been corrected and the values will be wrapped in double quotes if necessary.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the HL7 description for prescriptions with a Route of Administration Override when using to "Chudy Group Pouch Packaging Device (ATP384)" and "TCGRx (Tab Delimited)" formats.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now warn the user in the order has already been placed in a tote.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the "Route of Admin O/R" list on the "Misc" tab using the HL7 routes instead of the MediSpan routes.
  • Patient Profile - Rx History
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the HL7 route name on the "Misc" tab instead of the MediSpan route name.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the "Route of Admin O/R" list on the "Misc" tab using the HL7 routes instead of the MediSpan routes.
  • SIG Codes
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the "Route of Administration" list using the HL7 routes instead of the MediSpan routes.
  • Treatments Codes
    • An "Object doesn't support this property or method" error would be thrown when saving the treatment code if the patient treatment codes screen was also open. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.144 (Database Revision 1.02.556) Released 9/18/2013


  • Application
    • The APEX True DBGrid Pro 6.0 (todg6.ocx) has been replaced with ComponentOne True DBGrid Pro 8.0 (todg8.ocx).
  • HIPAA Compliance Report
    • The word “acknowledgements” was misspelled in the "Notice of privacy practices acknowledgements have not been received for the following patients:" statement. This has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • The MOT Rx Type drop down list has been modified to include "Weekly", "QOD", "Weekly QOD", "Weekly DOW", "Weekly DOM", "Weekly Q3D", "Q3D". In addition, "Monthly Titrating" has been renamed to "Monthly Special" and "Weekly Titrating" has been renamed to "Weekly Special".
  • Pre-billing Verification Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the additional quantity billed in the quantity column on the report.
  • Rx Entry
    • The "Do Not Cycle Fill Patient" check box on the patient's profile was not being evaluated when defaulting the "Cycle Fill" check box on the order. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The MOT Rx Type drop down list has been modified to include "Weekly", "QOD", "Weekly QOD", "Weekly DOW", "Weekly DOM", "Weekly Q3D", "Q3D". In addition, "Monthly Titrating" has been renamed to "Monthly Special" and "Weekly Titrating" has been renamed to "Weekly Special".
    • When changing the Rx Type from "B" (Billing Only) to "P" (Prescription), the workflow steps will now be re-evaluated.
  • Scan Rx
    • The "Do Not Cycle Fill Patient" check box on the patient's profile was not being evaluated when defaulting the "Cycle Fill" check box on the order. This behavior has been corrected.
  • SIG Translations
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer consider <, > or = as punctuation. These characters will be translated, but not interpreted.

Version 3.0.143 (Database Revision 1.02.555) Released 8/20/2013


  • Patient Profile - History
    • Attempting to view a prescription with a cost or price greater than $99,999 would throw an "Invalid Property Value" error. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.142 (Database Revision 1.02.553) Released 8/20/2013


  • Allergy Screenings
    • As a result of an upcoming change by Medi-Span to refine several PAR classes, and retire cross-reactor and other excessively broad classes, FrameworkLTC has been modified to utilize the PAR class mappings provided by Medi-Span when building the allergy class list from the patient profile during allergy screening.
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify whether a “starts with” comparison or "exact match" should be performed when using the filters on the Delivery Dashboard.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display MOP and MOP2 when viewing the ECS details grid.
  • DocuTrack
    • FrameworkLTC has replaced the "AllowC3toC5" element with "AllowC3", "AllowC4" and "AllowC5" elements in the Physician Aggregate.
  • Export Batch(es)
    • If the “Only include RX’s where the dispense method is” box is checked, but the user does not select anything from the drop-down, an “Invalid Use of NULL” error was being thrown. This behavior has been corrected and a validation message will now be shown.
  • Facility Setup
    • Leaving the facility setup screen open for an extended period of time and then editing/saving the record could result in duplicate reorder numbers being assigned. This behavior originated in version 3.0.125 and has been corrected. FrameworkLTC will now only save the next available reorder number value (that is displayed on the facility setup screen) if it was changed by the user.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the date written on the screen.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the new "Allow C-III's", "Allow C-IV's" and "Allow C-V's" check boxes on the Physician setup screen when determining if the physician is able to dispense the specified drug product.
  • Import Patient Per Diem Eligibility
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to import the patient per diem eligibility from a file. This new feature can be found on the "Utilities" menu.
  • Login
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a warning message starting 14 days prior to the expiration of the Drug Knowledge Base giving pharmacies enough time to run the current cd prior to being locked out of the application.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify allowable package types at the patient level.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • Under certain circumstances, an error #6 "Overflow" would be thrown when pressing "Update" on the "Update Reorder Method of Payment" screen. This behavior originated in version 3.0.140 and has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • Pressing the "New" button, while on a formulary item that contained one or more drug categories, and then pressing the "Cancel" button on the "Add to Formulary..." screen would result in the Drug Categories on the current record being cleared. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Physician Setup
    • The "Allow C-III to C-V" check box has been replaced with "Allow C-III's", "Allow C-IV's" and "Allow C-V's" check boxes.
  • Print Universal Claim Forms - Laser
    • When printing the "NCPDP 1.1 Format", the patient residence code was printing on top of the Relationship code. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the new "Allow C-III's", "Allow C-IV's" and "Allow C-V's" check boxes on the Physician setup screen when determining if the physician is able to dispense the specified drug product.
    • If the “Block users from Editing the SIG on Reorders/Refills” system option was set to "Yes", the user was still able to enter changes to the sig on refills/reorders by pressing F9 and selecting a sig. This behavior has been corrected and the F9 functionality will be disabled in this situation.
    • Refilling an IV in a unit dose facility would throw an “Invalid use of Null” error. This behavior originated in version 3.0.140 and has been corrected.
    • The "Allow C-III to C-V" check box on the "New Physician" screen has been replaced with "Allow C-III's", "Allow C-IV's" and "Allow C-V's" check boxes.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the new "Allow C-III's", "Allow C-IV's" and "Allow C-V's" check boxes on the Physician setup screen when determining if the physician is able to dispense the specified drug product.
  • System Options
    • A new sub-option, “Always update for unit dose facilities”, has been added for the “Process refill responses as renewals instead of updates” system option. If the “Process refill responses as renewals instead of updates” system option is set to “Yes”, and the “Always update for unit dose facilities” sub-option is set to “Yes”, the refills on the existing order will be updated when processing refill responses through the E-Rx queue in unit dose enabled facilities. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).
  • Update Costs From Disk
    • A "FrameworkLTC CSV Format" has been added. This format includes the ability to set the vendor on all updated drugs to a specified vendor.

Version 3.0.141 (Database Revision 1.02.542) Released 7/30/2013

  • New Discharge Summary Format - LFDIS09
  • New Label Format - TFLBL385
  • New MAR Format - LFMAR331
  • New Physician Order Format - LFPOF251
  • New Rx Blank Format - BLANK103

Version 3.0.140 (Database Revision 1.02.540) Released 7/30/2013


  • 340B
    • FrameworkLTC now supports 340B pharmacies.
  • Datatrac Interface
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print the Delivery Status Form.
  • Export Batch(es)
    • FrameworkLTC will now remove any carriage return line feed, carriage return, line feed and tab characters from the directions prior to including them in the "Catalyst" file format.
  • Facility Setup
    • The "Allow Credits" check box has been moved from the "General" tab to the "Billing" tab.
    • The "Include Insurance Plan Additional Fees" check box has been moved from the "General" tab to the "Billing" tab.
    • The "Unit Dose Billing" check box has been moved from the "General" tab to the "Billing" tab and renamed to "Enable Unit Dose".
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the patient's date of birth below the patient's name.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the patient's nursing station, room and bed below the patient's name.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the new unit dose billing options that have been added to the Nursing Station setup screen.
  • Nursing Stations
    • When Unit Dose billing is enabled, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify whether it can be used for Non-Controls, Controls and/or Compounds.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the new unit dose billing options that have been added to the Nursing Station setup screen.
    • When making changes to a patient's payment plans and answering "Yes" to the "Would you like to update this patient's Reorders to reflect the changes you have just made?" prompt, the other coverage code on the secondary payor was not getting set correctly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Shipping Tote Labels
    • The "Include 'TOT' Prefix" check box has been replaced by the "Include 'TOT' Prefix on Shipping Tote Labels" system option.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view components associated with a unit dose billing transaction via a button that is located beside the "Unit Dose Billing Transaction" label in the header section of the screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the new unit dose billing options that have been added to the Nursing Station setup screen.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the new unit dose billing options that have been added to the Nursing Station setup screen.
  • Submit Electronic Claims
    • Unit Dose components were being included in the Rx Count, even though they cannot submitted. This behavior has been corrected and prescriptions marked as Unit Dose will no longer be included.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Include 'TOT' Prefix on Shipping Tote Labels". The default value is "No". If this option is set to "Yes", the Print Shipping Tote Labels function will include the prefix "TOT" in the barcode. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).

Version 3.0.139 (Database Revision 1.02.534) Released 6/19/2013


  • Batch View
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that the quantity entered is numeric and is less than or equal to 99,999.9999.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC has increased the number of allowable digits on the Cost, Fee, Copay, Discount, Total Price, UandC, and Shipping weight fields.

Version 3.0.138 (Database Revision 1.02.533) Released 6/11/2013


  • Post Rx Batch
    • When posting a batch, FrameworkLTC will delete the refill reminders associated with prescriptions dispensed in the batch. The profile only flag was not being evaluated. This behavior has been corrected and posting profile only orders will not cause the reminder to be removed.

Version 3.0.137 (Database Revision 1.02.532) Released 6/11/2013


  • Batch Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter by Delivery ID.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include an option to generate a batch id when using the "TCGRx (Tab Delimited)" file format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now utilize the person centric admin time translations when using the "TCGRx (Tab Delimited)" file format.
  • Compounds
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain a "Protect From Light" flag on the compound/iv.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the sort sequence as "By Dispense Date" or "By RxNo".
    • The "ASAP 4.x" formats were not looking at the State specified when selecting the prescriptions to export. This behavior originated in version 3.0.134 and has been corrected.
  • Cut Orders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the cutoff time when using the Cut Order or Cut All Active Orders functions if the “Show the cutoff time” system option is set to yes. Also, when processing a discontinue order message from FrameworkLink, if the cutoff date matches the current date and the “Show the cutoff time” system option is set to yes, the cutoff time will be set to the current time.
  • D.0 Claim Submission
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to add the Date of Injury ECS Field (434-DY) in the Workmen’s Comp segment during setup of Patient MOPs.
  • Datatrac Interface
    • FrameworkLTC now interfaces with Datatrac.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • The "Always convert SIG to upper case" system option was not being evaluated when processing orders through the queue. This behavior has been corrected.
  • FrameworkLink Work Queue
    • A “Request to load patient cannot be complete. The patient cannot be found” error would be thrown when processing a New Admission. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define Insurance Plan Warnings, via a button at the bottom of the screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the insurance plan warnings when editing an existing plan.
  • Nursing Stations
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain the status (Active or Inactive) of the nursing station.
    • FrameworkLTC was allowing the user to define an additional administration schedule with a Type of "By NDC" and no NDC specified. This behavior resulted in an "Invalid Use of Null" error when viewing the record. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When saving a nursing station, FrameworkLTC will now warn the user if the nursing station is set as Inactive and there are active patients assigned to that station.
  • Patient Profile
    • When saving a patient profile, FrameworkLTC will now warn the user if the nursing station selected is Inactive.
  • Patient Profile - Payment Plans
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the insurance plan warnings when saving a payment plan record.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the security setting for "Re-print Rx Label" function when the user attempts to use the "Reprint Drug Label" function from the Reorders screen.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the patient's date of birth in the detail record when using the "Express Bills Interface File".
  • Print IV Labels
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print IV labels by batch. This option can be found on the <Prescriptions><Processing Reports> menu.
  • Print Physician Progress Notes
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select patients based on the Admission Date.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select patients based on the Next Doctor Visit.
  • Print Prescription Blanks
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the “Block Rx Blank printing if not reviewed” system option. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Shipping Tote Labels
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include the prefix "TOT" with the Tote ID.
  • Print TPN Labels
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print TPN labels by batch. This option can be found on the <Prescriptions><Processing Reports> menu.
  • Process Returns
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the insurance plan warnings when looking up the order.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the insurance plan warnings when saving a prescription.
    • The refill reminder button allowed the user to put multiple reminders on a single prescription. This behavior has been changed and a message will be displayed if a reminder was already set.
    • When filling the Prescriber list, FrameworkLTC will no longer look at the state of physician when the “Only show physician in same state as facility” system option is set to "Yes" and the current facility is retail.
    • When processing new prescriptions from the FrameworkHL7 interface through the E-Rx work queue, the administration schedule will be defaulted based on the HL7 defined value (QJ#, Q#D, QL#,#) that is encountered in TQ1.3.
    • When processing new prescriptions from the FrameworkHL7 interface through the E-Rx work queue, the days supply will be defaulted based on the days to next cycle if the days supply is not provided in TQ1.6.
    • When processing new prescriptions from the FrameworkHL7 interface through the E-Rx work queue, the times per day will be defaulted based on the number of valid administration times
    • When the “Default Rx Expiration Date” and “Disable Default Rx Expiration Date for Reorders” system options were both set "Yes", Recalling an order with refills on it would cause the Rx Expire Date (on the Prescription tab) to be set based on the Date Written on the original Reorder. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Default all Third Party returns to be treated as a credit". The default value is "No". If this option is set to "Yes", the "Treat as Credit" check box that is available on the Add Return screen will be checked by default. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, "Perform Return Validations on full returns". The default value is "No". If this option is set to "Yes", the additional validations that are defined for the product will be evaluated on full returns. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, “Block workflow for discontinued Rxs”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will block initial review, packaging, final review, and adding to tote for discontinued Rxs. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New system option, “Display warning when label printing is blocked for package type”. The default value is “Yes”. If set to “Yes”, the user will continue to receive the message during initial review when trying to automatically print a label when the “Block Label Printing” is checked for the package type. If set to “No”, the message will not display. This option will be evaluated when performing the initial review step from either the Rx Entry or Initial Review screens. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing)
  • Third Party Reconciliation
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter the grid.

Version 3.0.136 (Database Revision 1.02.517) Released 4/30/2013


  • Batch Export
    • The "Pacmed Server + (with NDC)" and "Pacmed Server + (without NDC)" export formats have been modified to use the person centric administration times, if defined.

Version 3.0.135 (Database Revision 1.02.517) Released 4/30/2013


  • Clinical Screenings
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Discontinue Date in the "Therapeutic Duplications" section of the Clinical Warnings screen.
  • Cut All Active Orders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to cut prescriptions in batches using the Cut All Active Orders function.
  • Patient Orders
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Expire Date (from the main Prescription tab) in the grid. The Patient orders screen can be accessed via the "Active Reorders" button on the Rx Entry screen or the "Open Patient Order List" button on the Find Patient screen.
  • Renew Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Expire Date (from the main Prescription tab) on the "Orders" grid that is displayed when using the "Rx Number" or "Reorder Number" lookup and more than one matching prescription is found.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Expire Date (from the main Prescription tab) on the "Select the orders to renew..." screen that is displayed when using the "Patient" lookup.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Discontinue Date in the message box that is displayed when saving a prescription and a duplication in therapy exists.
    • When processing new prescriptions from the HL7 interface through the E-Rx work queue, any changes made to the sig by the user will not automatically be interpreted, regardless of the setting of the “Automatically apply SIG interpretation” system option. The “Apply Sig Interp.” button will always be displayed when processing these prescriptions.
  • Update Costs From Disk
    • Under certain circumstances, a "String or binary data would be truncated" error would be thrown. This behavior originated in version 3.0.127 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.134 (Database Revision 1.02.516) Released 4/30/2013


  • Batch Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export PRN prescriptions that do not have administration times when using the "TCGRx (Tab Delimited)" file format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Delivery ID in the "DOSIS" export file format. This will be passed as the 117th field in the record.
    • The size of the directions field in the "TCGRx (Tab Delimited)" file format has been increased from 120 to 1000 characters.
  • Batch Status Monitor
    • Billing only transactions were being included in the "Not Reviewed" count, but they were not being displayed in the details grid. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the nursing station when attempting to determine which address to send. If a Patient address exists, it will be used. Otherwise, if a Nursing Station address exists, it will be used. Otherwise, the Facility address will be used. This change applies to the "ASAP 4.0 (2207)", "ASAP 4.1 (2009)" and "ASAP 4.2" formats.
  • Create Billing
    • If the third party returned a zero pay amount along with a zero patient pay amount, FrameworkLTC was creating a billing record for the third party using the total price. This behavior has been corrected and the billing record will no longer be created since it would actually result in a zero bill amount.
  • Create Per Diem Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to create per diem billing transactions for selected facility groups.
  • Delivery Dashbaord
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the last claim submission date/time when viewing the details for ECS.
  • E-Rx Message Log
    • An "ActiveX component can't create object" error was being thrown when selecting "Outgoing" as the Message Category if there were "Refill Request" messages in the log. This behavior originated in version 3.0.130 and has been corrected.
  • Eligibility Inquires
    • FrameworkLTC has implemented the ability to display the new Medicare Part D E1 Enhancement of LIS/LICS coverage. The new LIS/LICS fields will be displayed on the Patient Payment Plans Medicare Part D response screen, as well as within the reporting of bulk Medicare Part D Eligibility checks.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch
    • The submission clarification codes were not getting moved to the target batch. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • When a change in the patient's primary physician has been detected, FrameworkLTC will prompt the user to update existing orders with the change. Previously, the physician was updated on the selected orders, but the Prescriber ECS fields were not. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Periodic Daily Log
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include the Supervising Physician on the report.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • Under certain circumstances, a "String or binary data would be truncated" error would be thrown when performing a drug substitution. This behavior originated in version 3.0.127 and has been corrected.
  • Physicians
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a Supervising Physician for each Physician entered.
  • Prescription Status Codes
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify during which workflow steps (Packaging, Final Review, and Add to Shipping Tote) a warning should be displayed for a particular prescription status code.
  • Retro Quick
    • An "Item cannot be found in the collection corresponding to the requested name or ordinal." error was being thrown in the CreateNewRecordInRxClarificationCds routine when the WasSplit field on the Rxs record is true and the "Send Clarification Code - 19 for Split Billing" box on the Insurance Plan is checked. This behavior originated in version 3.0.130 and has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • The "Doctor’s Order" document that can be printed via the "Requests" tab for Rxs that are received through the FrameworkHL7 interface has been modified to include the order time and message ID.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the Origin Code.
  • Specific Drug Coverage
    • Specific Drug Coverage on secondary payment plans was not being evaluated. FrameworkLTC will now apply Specific Drug Coverage to both the primary and secondary methods of payment.
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Code to roll statement balances forward”. If specified, the user will be required to enter this code when choosing to roll ACCPAC balances forward after printing detailed statements. This system option will only be visible when licensed for the ACCPAC interface. It can be found under (System)(General).

Version 3.0.133 (Database Revision 1.02.507) Released 3/28/2013


  • Prescription History
    • Pressing the "Show Components" button on a Unit Dose Composite transaction resulted in an empty grid. This behavior originated in version 3.0.130 and has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • A "Type Mismatch" error would be thrown when calculating the actual cost of a USER defined IV when the NDC is entered into the grid on the "Ingreds" tab, but the quantity is not. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.132 (Database Revision 1.02.506) Released 3/28/2013


  • Print Universal Claim Forms - Pin Feed
    • When selecting the NCPDP Format "1.0", the forms were not being printed. This behavior originated in version 3.0.127 and has been corrected.
  • Refill Reminder Report
    • When checking the "Include BarCode" option, FrameworkLTC will reduce the number of orders per page to 25. This will allow for a taller barcode.

Version 3.0.131 (Database Revision 1.02.505) Released 3/28/2013


  • Billing Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter additional criteria when using the "Point Click Care Format".
  • Compound Setup
    • The application would throw a "-2147217887: Multiple-step operation generated errors. Check each status value." error when attempting to save a record if the value entered into the "Infusion Directions" and/or "Administration Directions" fields exceeded the maximum length allowed by the database. This behavior has been corrected. The user will no longer be allowed to enter more characters that the databse can handle.
  • Patient Literals by Category Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to apply SIG translations to the literal order text when generating the report.
  • Print Prescription Labels By Batch
    • By default, FrameworkLTC will check the "Do not re-print labels already printed" box when opening the screen.
  • Reminders
    • FrameworkLTC will now display additional details about the type of reminder in the "Associated With" column.

Version 3.0.130 (Database Revision 1.02.501) Released 3/28/2013


  • About
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to open the FrameworkLTC website with the click of a button.
  • Compound Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter a description of the compound.
  • Flash Rx
    • An "Invalid Use of Null" error was being thrown if the package type on the reorder record was NULL. This behavior originated in version 3.0.127 and has been corrected.
  • Packing Slip Details
    • The "Delivery status" button was hidden behind the "Reprint" button. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Packing Slip Print Log
    • The "Printed On" column has been modified to display the time.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • Leaving the pharmacy setup screen open for an extended period of time and then editing/saving the record could result in duplicate rx numbers being assigned. This behavior originated in version 3.0.125 and has been corrected. FrameworkLTC will now only save the next Rx number value (that is displayed on the pharmacy setup screen) if it was changed by the user.
  • Prescription History
    • A "Conversion failed when converting from a character string to a uniqueidentifier" error was being thrown when the user would check or un-check the "Show transactions from on site store" box prior to looking up a prescription. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Reorder Fill History
    • If the Total Quantity Written on the Reorder was populated, but there was no fill history, a "Type Mismatch" error would occur when opening the screen. This behavior originated in version 3.0.128 and has been corrected.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC was not re-evaluating the Special Packaging Indicator (429-DT) on the "Q" transaction. This behavior has been fixed.
  • Special Packaging Indicator (429-DT)
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the special packaging indicator from the insurance plan additional ECS fields if a default value is specified and no default special packaging indicator exists for the package type on the order.

Version 3.0.129 (Database Revision 1.02.493) Released 3/4/2013


  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • The "A/R Distrib Cd" Code list on the "Substitute Drug" screen was not getting populated correctly when the pharmacy had a central pharmacy id associated with it. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.128 (Database Revision 1.02.492) Released 3/4/2013


  • No Refills Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to generate the report for orders that have one refill remaining.
  • Reorder Fill History
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the reorder number.
    • If the total quantity written is populated, FrameworkLTC will now calculate and display the quantity remaining.
  • Third Party Reconcilliation
    • FrameworkLTC will now handle multiple customer numbers under the same method of payment on the "Payment Applications Details" report.

Version 3.0.127 (Database Revision 1.02.491) Released 3/4/2013


  • Create Unit Dose Composite RXs for Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select specific Insurance Plan Groups.
    • If the "Use the Central Billing Pharmacy when creating Unit Dose Composites" system option was set to "Yes", the composite transaction would have a price of zero. This behavior originated in version 3.0.125 and has been corrected.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now include three addditional fields (Nursing Station Group ID, Nursing Station Group Name and Dispense Date) in the "MTS" format.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to use the original days supply for Non Standard Cycle Products.
  • Insurance Plan Groups
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define Insurance Plan Groups.
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC has made the "Cycles" tab available for all plans. In previous versions, this was only available for Medicare Part D plans.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the Insurance Plan Group.
  • Nursing Station Groups
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain a phone number for the Delivery Stop.
  • Nursing Stations
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain a phone number for the Delivery Stop.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will now merge the documents when merging two patient profiles.
  • Per Diem True Up Report
    • The NDC being printed on the report did not contain the leading zeroes. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Universal Claim Forms
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the NCPDP version 1.2 form.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Update patient Medicare number from Medicare Part A/B eligibility inquiry". The default value is "No". If set to "Yes", if the patient's Medicare number is not already populated on their profile, it will get populated with the ID returned from the Medicare Part A/B eligibility inquiry. This system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
    • New system option, “Validate that split start/stop dates are within one year of current date on new Rxs”. The default value is “No”. If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will display a warning message if the split start and/or stop date is greater than thye current date plus one year. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
  • Third Party Payment Reconciliation
    • FrameworkLTC had added “Clear All” and “Un-clear All” buttons which will allow the user to check/uncheck the “Clear?” checkbox for all transactions.

Version 3.0.126 (Database Revision 1.02.478) Released 1/30/2013


  • Print Labels By Batch
    • If the "Block Rx Label printing if order is not authorized" system option is set to "Yes" and the "Filter Zones" option is used, a "multi-part identifier j.Zone could not be bound" error would occur. This behavior originated in version 3.0.122 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.125 (Database Revision 1.02.477) Released 1/30/2013


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a "Resubmission" check box when the ASAP 4.1 or 4.2 format is selected. This check box will only be enabled if the "Include only the following Rx numbers" check box is checked. If checked, the report status (DSP01) will be populated with "01 - Revise".
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter by Nursing Station ID.
  • E-Rx Interface
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to initiate an E-Rx refill request directly from the "no refills remaining" warning that is displayed in Rx Entry and ScanRx.
  • Find Patient
    • FrameworkLTC now give you the ability to "Hide Inactive Patients" on the search. FrameworkLTC will save/default the setting of this check box.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • A "Submit Special Package Indicator (429-DT)" check box has been added to the "ECS" tab for "D.0" plans.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Check
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the option to "update with Medicare D classified insurance plans only" when applying the results.
  • Packing Slip Details
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the print history. We will display the date/time and person associated with each print.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer enable/disable the "Non Standard Cycle" check box based on the state of the "Cycle Fill" check box.
    • When adding drug products to the Pharmacy Formulary, FrameworkLTC will now default the "ACA Short Cycle Drug" check box using the criteria of Solid/Oral/NDA instead of Solid/Oral/Brand.
  • Prescription History Report
    • The heading for the "Price" column has been changed to "Insurance Paid".
  • Print Packing Slips
    • FrameworkLTC will now log the date/time that each packing slip was printed, along with who printed it.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC was not updating the special packaging indicator on the prescription with the Default Special Packaging Indicator (429-DT) value from the Package Types screen when the value was blank or "0 - Not Specified". This behavior has been corrected.
    • When reordering a prescription, FrameworkLTC will no longer default the submission clarification code when the cycle type to change if the drug is marked as "Non Standard Cycle" on the pharmacy formulary.
    • When reordering a prescription, FrameworkLTC will no longer recalculate the quantity and days supply when the cycle type changes if the drug is marked as "Non Standard Cycle" on the pharmacy formulary.
  • Scan Rx
    • When reordering a prescription, FrameworkLTC will no longer default the submission clarification code when the cycle type to change if the drug is marked as "Non Standard Cycle" on the pharmacy formulary.
    • When reordering a prescription, FrameworkLTC will no longer recalculate the quantity and days supply when the cycle type changes if the drug is marked as "Non Standard Cycle" on the pharmacy formulary.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Default prescription start date based on dispense date". The default value is "Yes". If set to "Yes", the prescription start date will be changed to match the dispense date whenever the dispense date is changed on a prescription. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, "Use the Central Billing Pharmacy when creating Unit Dose Composites". The default value is "Yes". If set to "Yes", the composite will be created using the Central Pharmacy ID. If set to "No", the composite will be created using the Dispensing Pharmacy ID. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Unit Dose).

Version 3.0.124 (Database Revision 1.02.466) Released 1/3/2013


  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC has added an “Ignore for single source generics” check box to the setup. If checked, the generic price option branch will be ignored for single source generics (multi source code is “N” or “M”).
  • Update Inventory From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the total package quantity and package size to the error report that gets generated when using the "SureCost (Append to onhand)" format.
    • The inventory selection field was not being displayed when the "SureCost (Overwrite OnHand)" format was selected. This behavior originated in version 3.0.120 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.123 (Database Revision 1.02.464) Released 1/3/2013


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the Patient's Social Security Number in PAT04 when using the "ASAP 3.0" format.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a red "X" beside the Pharmacist/Reviewed by drop down list on prescriptions that have already been reviewed. Pressing this "X" will clear the initial review. This can only be performed on prescriptions with a transaction type of "P" or "B".
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Enable sending of electronic Rx information to Paperfree”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will prompt to send the electronic prescription information to Paperfree when processing a new prescription through the E-Rx or FacilityLink work queue. It will also include an additional “Send Electronic Rx” menu item when clicking the Paperfree button on a prescription that was created through the E-Rx or FacilityLink work queue. The default value is “No”. This system option is only visible when licensed for the Paperfree interface. It can be found under (Interfaces)(Paperfree).

Version 3.0.122 (Database Revision 1.02.460) Released 1/3/2013


  • Commercial Eligibility Check
    • FrameworkLTC will now add leading zeroes to the bin returned if it is less than 6 digits.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • The "ASAP 4.1 (2009)" format has been updated to use the patient's social security number as the identifier when generating the file for the state of Kentucky.
  • E-Rx Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now display items that are in an On Site Store in cyan on the "Product Selection - Generic Substitution" screen.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define a Risk Band % and Risk Share %. These values can be found on the "Billing" tab and will be used by the "Per Diem True Up Report".
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to setup Facility level therapuetic interchanges via a button on the "Misc" tab.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Check
    • FrameworkLTC will now add leading zeroes to the bin returned if it is less than 6 digits.
  • Per Diem True Up Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to generate a report that will compare the amount billed for per diem against the amount that would have been billed if per diem was not used.
  • Physician Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now support a 7 character DEA Suffix.
  • Prescription History Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to run the report for "All Patients" or "Selected Patients".
  • Print Facility Invoices
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print the days supply on the invoice.
    • The total amount at the top of the invoice was not including the tax amount if the option to include tax amount on the patient copy of the invoice was selected. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC has added a "RTS" button to the tool bar on the right hand side of the screen. This button will bring up a screen which will allow you to set refill reminders, print refill too soon notifications, view fill history and view active orders.
  • Submit Claims By Batch
    • The number of claims that need to be adjudicated in each batch was including prescriptions that were not adjudicated by the primary but were already paid by the secondary. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Block Rx Label printing if order is not authorized". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
    • New system option, "Calculate Manufacturer Expiration Date based on days from formulary when printing prepack labels". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
    • New system option, "Disable Internal Expiration Date when printing prepack labels". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
    • New system option, "Validate Manufacturer Expiration Date is in the future when printing prepack labels". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
    • New system option, "Validate Manufacturer Internal Control Number is filled in when printing prepack labels". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
    • New system option, "Validate Manufacturer Lot Number is filled in when printing prepack labels". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
    • New system option, “Prompt to print the packing slip when adding to shipping tote by tote”. The default value is “No”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will prompt you to print the packing slip when pressing the "Update" button on the "Print Packing Slip by Tote" screen. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).

Version 3.0.121 (Database Revision 1.02.449) Released 11/29/2012


  • Patient Reorder Fill History
    • FrameworkLTC now provides an "Authorization Log" button to view the authorizations that have been given for the prescripstion.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • When editing an existing formulary item, the cost field on the AR..Items table will be set to the average unit cost. If the average unit cost is not available, it will be set to the actual package cost divided by the total package quantity.
  • Prescription Batch Edit List
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to sort the list by Facility within Batch or Batch within Facility.
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify an "IV Adder" and a "Compound Adder".
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Require comment to override Third Party Formulary". The default value is "No". If set to "Yes", the user will be prompted to enter a comment as to why they are overriding the Third Party Formulary. This comment will be saved in the Patient's Audit Log. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, “Prompt to update split start date when start date is changed when editing new Rx”. The default value is “No”. If set to “Yes”, FrameworkLTC will prompt you to update the split start date on any splits where the split start date matches the previous order start date when editing a new prescription and changing the order start date. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).

Version 3.0.120 (Database Revision 1.02.444) Released 11/29/2012


  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Order
    • When using Reorder Number to lookup the order, an "Invalid column name 'RxGUIDa'" error would occur. This behavior originated in version 3.0.117 and has been corrected.
  • Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote
    • When using Reorder Number to lookup the order, an "Invalid column name 'RxGUIDa'" error would occur. This behavior originated in version 3.0.117 and has been corrected.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • When using the "ASAP 4.1 (2009)" format, FrameworkLTC will now give the option to use alternate pharmacy name. If this box is checked, the value will be taken from a pharmacy custom Field named "CSEPharmacyName".
  • Create Unit Dose Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to composite only ACA Short Cycle drugs, only ACA Non Short Cycle drugs or all drugs.
  • DocuTrack
    • The patient's street 1, street 2, city, state, zip code and phone number will now be included in the fields sent to Docutrack when associating patients, prescriptions and ancillary orders.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the physician to the patient's primary physician when adding a new literal order.
  • Financial Impact Report
    • FrameworkLTC has added an option to separate out the transactions per payor instead of having all of the revenue being assumed by the primary. When using this option, each prescription can appear up to 3 times on the report, once for each payor (Primary, Secondary and Copay) involved.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now fill orders where the primary method of payment is a Medicare Part D plan, and have “Override ACA Short Cycle Length” or “Override Non ACA Short Cycle Length” checked on the insurance plan setup for the number of days specified on the Cycles tab of the insurance plan setup.
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the ACA Short Cycle Submission Clarification Code and ACA Non Short Cycle Submission Clarification Code from the insurance plan when defaulting the clarification code for the primary payer if the primary method of payment is a Medicare Part D plan and the appropriate short cycle override is indicated on the insurance plan.
    • If the order is filled as a “non-standard cycle”, the clarification codes between 21 and 36 will carried through from the reorder.
    • The "Skip prescriptions already in RX Batches?" option was evaluating all transaction types. This behavior has been modified to only look at prescriptions that have a transaction type of P or B.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • A "Send 06-Patient Pay Amt in 351-NP (Patient Responsibility Amt Qualifier) when payer is secondary" check box has been added to the "ECS" tab. If this box is not checked, 05 - Amount of Copay (518-FI) will be sent.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to override the ACA Short Cycle Length and Non ACA Short Cycle Length settings that are defined at the nursing station level. This information is available on the "Cycles" tab, which is only available for Medicare Part D Plans.
  • Nursing Station Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify what day of the week the 2-2-3 cycle starts on.
  • On Site Stores
    • The "Export Packing Slip" button now gives you the ability to select "OmniCell" as a format.
  • Prescription Authorizations
    • FrameworkLTC will now log changes to the authorization of a prescription in the patient's audit log.
  • Print Facility Invoices
    • When using the "Also generate invoices for the facility to distribute to their patients" option, FrameworkLTC will now give you the option to "Include Tax on Patients Invoice".
  • Process Returns
    • An "Invalid syntax near 'and'" error would occur if the user is not allowed to select alternate pharmacies and the block pharmacy selection system option was turned on. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now re-evaluate the default submission clarification code when the cycle fill checkbox is checked or unchecked, and the primary method of payment is a Medicare Part D plan and the appropriate short cycle override is indicated on the insurance plan.
    • FrameworkLTC was not performing the GPI validation when changing the drug on a "Q" transaction. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the ACA Short Cycle Days Supply and ACA Non Short Cycle Days Supply from the insurance plan when determining the number of days until the next cycle if the primary method of payment is a Medicare Part D plan, the prescription is marked for cycle fill, and the appropriate short cycle override is indicated on the insurance plan.
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the ACA Short Cycle Submission Clarification Code and ACA Non Short Cycle Submission Clarification Code from the insurance plan when defaulting the clarification code for the primary payer if the primary method of payment is a Medicare Part D plan, the prescription is marked for cycle fill, and the appropriate short cycle override is indicated on the insurance plan.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the ACA Short Cycle Days Supply and ACA Non Short Cycle Days Supply from the insurance plan when recalculating the days supply when a cycle type change occurs if the primary method of payment is a Medicare Part D plan, the prescription is marked for cycle fill and the appropriate short cycle override is indicated on the insurance plan.
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the ACA Short Cycle Submission Clarification Code and ACA Non Short Cycle Submission Clarification Code from the insurance plan when defaulting the clarification code for the primary payer if the primary method of payment is a Medicare Part D plan, the prescription is marked for cycle fill and the appropriate short cycle override is indicated on the insurance plan.
  • Set E-Rx Work Queue Priority
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set a priority level (High, Medium or Low) to items in the E-Rx Queue. This new feature can be found on the "Prescriptions" menu.
  • Set Work Queue Priority
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set a priority level (High, Medium or Low) to items in the FacilityLink Work Queue. This new feature can be found on the "Prescriptions" menu.
  • Submission Clarification Codes
    • The following Submission Clarification Codes (420-DK) were added to the application:
      -- 42 (Prescriber ID Submitted has been validated)
      -- 43 (DEA Authorized Prescriptive Right)
      -- 44 (Associated prescriber DEA recently licensed or re-activated)
      -- 45 (Associated DEA is a valid Hospital DEA with Suffix)
      -- 46 (The DEA has authorized prescriptive right for this drug DEA Class)
      -- 47 (Shortened Days Supply Fill)
      -- 48 (Fill Subsequent to a Shortened Days Supply Fill)
  • Unbilled Transactions Report
    • In certain circumstances, if a prescription was in a batch and set to a private method of payment, the cost (Inventory cost) was being carried over from the previous prescription creating inaccurate data on the report. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Update Inventory From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the "SureCost(Append to Onhand)" format.

Version 3.0.119 (Database Revision 1.02.431) Released 10/23/2012


  • Flash Rx
    • The Total Quantity Written warning was only being evaluated when the "Skip Prescriptions in Batch" option was selected. This behavior originated in version 3.0.114 and has been corrected.
  • System Options - FWHL7 Interface
    • The "Priority Level - Update Order Messages (RDE^O11^RDE_O11 - XO)" system option was replaced with the "Priority Level - Update Order Messages (RDE^O11^RDE_O11 - XO) from a Batch" and "Priority Level - Update Order Messages (RDE^O11^RDE_O11 - XO) from Reorders" options. The default value for "...from a Batch" is "Medium". The default value for "...from Reorders" is "Low". These options can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.

Version 3.0.118 (Database Revision 1.02.430) Released 10/23/2012


  • Facility Map
    • When the "MULTIPLE PATIENTS IN A BED!!!" warning was appended to the Nursing Station name, an "Application uses a value of the wrong type for the current operation" error would occur when pressing the "Save" button. This behavior originated in version 3.0.116 and has been corrected.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Physician's NPI.
  • System Option
    • New system option, "Show the Physician NPI in Rx Entry instead of License #". The default value is "No". This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Display).

Version 3.0.117 (Database Revision 1.02.427) Released 10/23/2012


  • Care Level Codes
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify if "ACA Short Cycle Rules Apply". If this box is not checked, the "Default" cycle will always be used for those patients having this care level code.
  • Commercial Eligibility Checks
    • FrameworkLTC will now attempt to use the BIN/PCN/Group ID combination returned to determine/default the plan. If no match is found, we will continue to use the first matching BIN/PCN combination as it previously did.
  • DocuTrack
    • The associated medical condition name, prescription total price, pharmacy name, pharmacy address, pharmacy phone number, pharmacy fax number, pharmacy alternate phone number and pharmacy alternate fax number will now be included in the fields sent to Docutrack when associating a prescription.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export information in the "Point Click Care Format".
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability specify which date (today or yesterday) is used when discontinuing an order via the recall function and the orders list. These options can be found on the "Misc" tab.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to require authorization for Facility Pay (with Med A Cycle Active) prescriptions over a specified dollar amount.
  • Financial Impact Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to run the report by Facility Group.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Include Non Standard Cycle Products". If this box is checked, products that are on a Non Standard Cycle will be included and the previous days supply will be used. These items include all compounds/ivs along with drug products that have the "Non Standard Cycle" box checked on the pharmacy formulary.
    • FrameworkLTC will now prevent the prescription from being filled if the Prescriber has been marked as Inactive.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • A grid has been added to the General tab for storing Group IDs.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to convert all data to uppercase when building the claim via a check box on the "ECS" tab.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Checks
    • FrameworkLTC will now attempt to use the BIN/PCN/Group ID combination returned to determine/default the plan. If no match is found, we will continue to use the first matching BIN/PCN combination as it previously did.
    • When inserting a patient method of payment record as a result of the Part D eligibility inquiry, the Patient Residence (384-4X) was not getting defaulted from the insurance plan setup. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Nursing Station Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify if the Nursing Station is "Unit Dose Enabled".
  • Patient Profile
    • When using the shortcut key (ALT+E) to activate the “Edit” button on the toolbar of the Method of Payments screen, the “Send E1 for Medicare Part A/B” button would be activated. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify that an item is a Non Standard Cycle drug. This check box can be found on the "Dispensing" tab. If this box is checked, Flash Rx will use the previous day supply when cycling these items.
    • When checking the "Patient Reorder Records", "Current Prescription Batches" or "Unbilled U/D transactions in history (not recommended)" check boxes on the Drug Substitution screen, FrameworkLTC will now only update those prescriptions where DAW is 0 (No product selection indicated) or NULL.
  • Print Monographs
    • FrameworkTC now provides the ability to print monographs for a single patient or single prescription number.
  • Refill Reminder Report
    • FrameworkLTC now supports Docutrack Enterprise within the barcodes.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC was preventing the cycle fill checkbox from being checked if the sig contained “PRN” or one of the sig codes was marked as PRN. This behavior has been modified so that the cycle fill checkbox will be cleared when interpreting the sig if it contains “PRN” or a sig code marked as PRN, but the user will be able to manually check the cycle fill checkbox.
    • The quantity and days supply were being recalculated when checking or unchecking cycle fill checkbox after the prescription was adjudicated. This behavior originated in version 3.0.114 and has been corrected.
    • Under certain circumstances, the quantity and days supply were not being recalculated when editing an existing prescription and changing the sig. This behavior originated in version 3.0.114 and has been corrected.
  • RxClearinghouse
    • If licensed, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to interface with RxClearinghouse via a button on the Initial Review and Final Review screens.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now prevent the prescription from being filled if the Prescriber has been marked as Inactive.
  • Synchronize Accpac
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select all pharmacies or an individual pharmacy to synchronize.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Allow edit of the External Med ID in inventory". The default value is "Yes". If set to "No", the External Med Id on the Pharmacy Formulary will be Read Only. This system option can be found under (System)(General).
    • New system option, "Display a warning when adding prescription to a tote if not adjudicated". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescription)(Workflow).
    • New system option, "Display warning in ScanRx if item is available in on site store". The default value is "No". If set to "Yes", a warning will displayed when reordering/refilling through ScanRx if the item is found in an "OTHER" type on site store. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New system option, "Re-evaluate therapeutic interchanges on reorders/refills". The default is "No". If the option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will display a warning message, if a therapeutic interchange exists during a reorder/refill. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New system option, “Assign new Rx number when reordering profiled orders”.  The default value is “No”.  This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
  • System Options - FWHL7 Interface
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Admit Patient Messages (ADT^A01^ADT_A01)". The default value is "Medium". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Delete Order Messages (RDE^O11^RDE_O11 - CA)". The default value is "Medium". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Delete Patient Messages (ADT^A23^ADT_A21)". The default value is "Medium". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Discharge Patient Messages (ADT^A03^ADT_A03)". The default value is "Medium". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Discontinue Order Messages (RDE^O11^RDE_O11 - DC)". The default value is "Medium". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Formulary Messages (MFN^M15^MFN_M15)". The default value is "Medium". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Literal Order Messages (RDE^O11^RDE_O11)". The default value is "Low". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - New/Refill Order Messages (RDE^O11^RDE_O11 - NW and RF)". The default value is "Medium". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Transfer Patient Messages (ADT^A02^ADT_A02)". The default value is "Medium". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Update Order Messages (RDE^O11^RDE_O11 - XO)". The default value is "Low". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Update Patient Messages (ADT^A08^ADT_A01)". The default value is "Medium". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.
    • New system option, "Priority Level - Workflow Complete Messages (RDS^O13^RDS_O13)". The default value is "Medium". This system option can be found under (Interface)(General Purpose HL7 Interface) and will be used in processing outbound messages.

Version 3.0.116 (Database Revision 1.02.410) Released 9/24/2012


  • Facility Map
    • If there are multiple patients assigned to a bed, the text of the Nursing Station, Room and Bed levels will change to red and have “MULTIPLE PATIENTS IN A BED!!!” appended.
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to add Daily Fees for both compounds and single ingredient drugs.

Version 3.0.115 (Database Revision 1.02.408) Released 9/24/2012


  • Facility Setup
    • If licensed for FacilityLink, a "Display warning message for non-returnable items" option is now available. If checked, this message will be displayed during the "Order Return" function in FacilityLink.
  • PaperFree Interface
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to load the Patients screen through the Paperfree connector.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to load the Rx Entry Select Batch screen through the Paperfree connector.
    • If the prescription cannot be found in a batch, and the patient ID and reorder number are provided, FrameworkLTC will attempt to load the order on the Reorders screen.
    • Navigating to the Rx Entry screen now supports the patient ID and reorder number as parameters.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to maintain a list of contacts for the patient.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain the patient's marital status.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export data using the "Create Apex Interface File" destination.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Do not add TOT prefix to Tote Id". The default value is "No". If the option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will not add the "TOT" prefix to the Tote Id whwn passing information to DeliveryTrack. This option can be found under (Interfaces)(DeliveryTrack).
    • New System Option, "Force response for adding standing literal orders when patient status changes from inactive to active". The default value is "No". If the value is "No" the "Cancel" button has focus on the "Add Standing Literal Orders" screen. If the value is "Yes", neither the "Ok" button or "Cancel" button will have focus forcing the user to select one. This option can be found under <System><Message Prompt Defaults".
  • User Defined Drug Products
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to update the database with all user defined product or just the product that you are currently on.

Version 3.0.114 (Database Revision 1.02.400) Released 9/24/2012


  • ACA Short Cycle Drug Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print a listing of the products on your Pharmacy Formulary that are marked as ACA Short Cycle Drugs.
  • Commercial Eligibility Check
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to submit Commercial Eligibility Checks for multiple patients. This new feature can be found on the <File><Facility> menu.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the Facility License No as the Patient Location Code and the SSN as the Patient Unique ID when the state is Illinois and the format is ASAP 4.1 (2009).
  • Disconnect
    • An error #3709, "The connection cannot be used to perform this operation. It is either closed or invalid in this context." would occur after using the "Disconnect" option on the "File" menu. This behavior originated in version 3.0.113 and has been corrected.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the Cycle(s) that you wish to run.
    • FrameworkLTC will now only carry over those Submission Clarification Codes that are beween 21 and 36.
    • The "Use original days supply", "Include Extra Days Supply" and "(blank = no change)" options have been removed.
  • Inventory Valuation Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to exclude items with a zero balance.
  • Leave of Absence
    • FrameworkLTC will now only carry over those Submission Clarification Codes that are beween 21 and 36.
  • Nursing Station Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify four cycles (Default, Medicare Part A, Medicare Part A - Short Cycle and Medicare Part D - Short Cycle) per nursing station.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC now give you the ability to submit a Commercial Eligibility Inquiry (E1) from the Payment Plans screen.
    • When discharging a patient, the "Delete Prescriptions" window that is shown when selecting to delete prescriptions in batces will now contain the Batch ID.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • An "Incorrect Syntax near…." error would occur when using the "Update" button to apply a label override that contains an apostrophe. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify if the drug product is an "ACA Short Cycle Drug". This new check box is on the "Dispensing" tab.
  • PostIt
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to setup PostIt notes for Compounds/IVs.
  • Pricing
    • The Selected Facilities List on the "Copy To Facility..." will now be sorted by facility name.
  • Print Prescription Labels
    • FrameworkLTC will now remember/default the state of the "Include profile only Rxs" check box.
  • Retro Quick
    • The Submission Clarification Code of "19" was being added to all orders when the "Enable Split Billing" box was checked and the insurance plan was setup to send it. This behavior originated in version 3.0.108 and has been corrected to only add the code if the order is actually split.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now allow the user to Reverse a Profile Only prescription that was previously adjudicated.
    • FrameworkLTC will now only carry over those Submission Clarification Codes that are beween 21 and 36 when refilling a prescription.
    • When putting a prescription into "Edit" mode, the cursor will be positioned in the "Dispense Date" field.
  • RxClearinghouse
    • If licensed, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to interface with RxClearinghouse via a button on the Facility Setup, Patient Setup, Reorders, Prescription History and Rx Entry screens.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now only carry over those Submission Clarification Codes that are beween 21 and 36.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Allow user to save a prescription if there is no package type present". The default value is "Yes". If this option is set to "No", the user will not be allowed to save a prescription in Rx Entry if the package type is not specified. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, "Disable Default Rx Expiration Date for Reorders". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Rx Expiration Date).
    • New system option, "During Retro Quick, default reverse primary checkbox to unchecked, if dispense date plus plan's allowable days is greater than today". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Billing).
    • New system option, "Prompt to add refills remaining for credits". The default value is "No". This option will be evaluated during the Credit Rx and Process Returns functions. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • The "Append the administration times to the directions in Initial and Final Review" system option was changed to "Append the administration times to the directions in Initial Review, Final Review and Packaging". This option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).

Version 3.0.113 (Database Revision 1.02.377) Released 7/31/2012


  • Financial Impact Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now include method of payment totals at the end of the report.
  • Flash Rx
    • Under certain circumstances the Delivery ID was not being set correctly. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export the "Unmatched Payments" report via an "Export" button on the screen.
  • Scan Rx
    • An "Application uses a value of the wrong type for the current operation" error would occur when the Notes field was greater than 255 characters. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.112 (Database Revision 1.02.376) Released 7/31/2012


  • Batch View
    • FrameworkLTC will now display Profile Only orders using a Yellow background.
  • Custom Reports
    • When populating the "Permissions" grid that appears on the "Add Custom Report" screen, the application will now allow for paging when searching Active Directory. This should allow for all the results to come back rather than the 1000 default records set by active directory.
  • D.0 Claims
    • Electronic claims were being rejected due to alphanumeric fields having more characters than the allotted length provided by NCPDP data definitions. This behavior has been corrected.
  • EPCS Security Audit Trail Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view security information associated with the E-Rx interface. Entries will be made into this log when (1) a user attempts to access the ERx Work Queue who does not have access, (2) a user is granted access to the ERx Work Queue via the security setup and (3) any attempt to manually edit/delete entries contained in this log.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Rx Type in the DOSIS file format.
  • Export Billing
    • The "Net-Rx RecRx Claim File Format" has been modified to remove carriage return – line feed characters from the data.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to specify if the facility allows updating on non-drug orders through FacilityLink. This new check box can be found on the "FacilityLink" tab. If the box is not checked, users will only be able to edit the Stop Date. All other fields will be disabled.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the days supply and number of refills on the screen.
  • Literal Category Codes
    • FrameworkLTC now provides an "Enable in FacilityLink" option. If this box is checked, the category code will be available when working with Non-Drug orders in the FacilityLink application.
  • PaperFree Interface
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the physician NPI in the information sent to PaperFree from Rx Entry, Reorders and Prescription History.
  • Patient Profile
    • The prescription history screen will now display the E-Rx request that is associated with the prescription.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to override the DEA Class defined in the MediSpan database.
    • FrameworkLTC will now copy the Facility and Private Price Codes over to the new drug product when using the "Substitute Drug Product" button and checking the "Add replacement drug to formulary" box.
  • Post Prescriptions
    • Prescriptions where the Qty field was 0 and the AddQtyBilled field was NULL were not getting deleted during the process to delete obsolete records prior to posting. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Purchase Order Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export purchase orders in the "850 Purchase Order EDI Format".
  • Retro Quick Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Price Code in the grid of selected prescriptions.
  • Rx Entry
    • When the "Automatically print Rx blanks for new C-II orders" and "Automatically print Rx blanks for new C-III, C-IV, and C-V orders" system options were being evaluated, the "Block Rx Blank printing if not reviewed" system option was not being checked. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • When the "Add Standing Drug Orders Target Location" value was set to "Batch", the PhRxExpireDt (on the Prescription tab) was not getting re-calculated on the Rx record. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Update Costs From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to update costs from an "832 Price/Sales Catalog Format" file.

Version 3.0.111 (Database Revision 1.02.366) Released 7/2/2012


  • Batch View
    • FrameworkLTC was not re-calculating the days supply when the quantity was changed. The behavior originated in version 3.0.107 and has been corrected.
  • Calculate Drug Quote
    • An Run-time error "32755" would occur when pressing the "Cancel" button when prompted to enter the file name during the "Export" function. This behavior originated in version 3.0.107 and has been corrected.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • An Error #-2147220982: "All queries combined using a UNION, INTEREST or EXCEPT operator must have an equal number of expressions in their target list" would occur when checking the "Include reviewed Rxs in edit batches" and using their the "ASAP 4.0 (2007)", "ASAP 4.1 (2009)" or "ASAP 4.2" formats. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Custom Fields
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to define Pharmacy specific custom fields.
  • D.0 Claims
    • During electronic claims submission, if the Procedure Modifier Code (459-ER) was being sent, but had no value, FrameworkLTC would still send the Procedure Modifier Code Count (458-SE), resulting in a claim reject due to “Missing or Invalid Procedure Modifier Code”. FrameworkLTC will now only send the count and the code field if there is a value in the Procedure Modifier Code.
  • Default MAR Groups
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you ability to set up default MAR groups by dosage form.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export data in the "TCGRx (Tab Delimited)" format.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to only show batches where the facility is in a specified facility group.
    • FrameworkLTC will now remember/default the "Only include RX’s where the dispense method is", "Only include RX’s where the package type is", "Only include RX’s that have been reviewed", "Only include RX’s that have been successfully adjudicated or are private pay", "Pass the facility id in place of the facility name", "Assign separate IDs for each nursing station" and "Include PRN RX’s without administration times" settings.
    • When using the "MTS" file format, Field #29 (Tablet ID) will now be pulled from the Pharmacy Formulary instead of MediSpan.
  • Facility Setup
    • A new option, "Total Price – Adder", has been added to the credit calculation setup. If this option is used, the Total Price minus the Adder (from the price code setup) will be used as the basis for calculating the credit amount. This new option will be supported by the Process Returns and Credit a Prescription functions.
    • The "Credit Calculation" information has been moved from the "Misc" tab to the "Billing" tab.
  • Find Patient
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to create a new prescription for the selected patient via the "New Rx" button.
    • The Birth Date has been moved up (to below the Nick Name) in the search criteria grid.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to mark all prescriptions as Unit Dose transactions.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to limit the rebill functionality (Retro Quick) to a specific number of days. This option can be found on the "ECS" tab.
  • Patient Audit Log
    • FrameworkLTC will now log an entry when a Therapeutic Interchange is declined.
    • FrameworkLTC will now log an entry when the Auto Substitution Notice is printed.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now includes a "Custom Fields" tab that allows you to maintain the Pharmacy specific custom fields that you define.
  • Physician Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now includes an Audit Log that will track all changes made to the physician's profile.
  • Print All Processing Reports
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print Auto Substitution Notices by batch.
  • Print Auto Substitution Notices
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print Auto Substitution Notices by batch, tote or packing slip. This new function can be found on the Processing Reports menu (under Prescriptions).
  • Print Flow Records
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select patients based on the Admission Date.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select patients based on the Next Doctor Visit.
  • Print Universal Claim Forms - Laser
    • The patient paid amount was not getting populated correctly when printing the form for a secondary payer if the claim had already been electronically submitted to the primary payer. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • An "invalid column name ‘AdjAmt’" error could occur when looking up a prescription that had been included in a unit dose composite transaction and the unit dose composite transaction had been reversed or Retroquicked. This behavior originated in version 3.0.107 and has been corrected.
  • Purchase Order Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export data in the "Cardinal" format.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export data in the "Value" format.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Limit rebill functionality to x days" setting for the Insurance Plan. If this setting in one and the dispensed date plus the insurance plan's allowable days is greater than the date of submission, the row will be highlighted red and the user will not be allowed to continue until the record has been removed from the grid.
  • Security
    • A "Pharmacy Formulary Builder" security option has been added. Access will be defaulted during the database revisions to that on the "Pharmacy Formulary" option.
    • Security has been added for the "Calculate Drug Quote" function on the Utilities menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Configure Forms Printer" function on the Utilities menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Drug Identifier" function on the Utilities menu.
    • Security has been added for the "E-Rx Message Log" function on the Utilities menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Facility Formulary Non-compliance" function on the Reports menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Find Patient" function on the Utilities menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Import Rx Scans from PharmScan" function on the Prescriptions menu.
    • Security has been added for the "PharmScan" function on the Utilities menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Print Shipping Tote Labels" function on the Utilities menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Scan Rx Documents" function on the Prescriptions menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Status Monitor - By Batch" function on the Prescriptions menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Status Monitor - Graph by Date/Route/Facility" function on the Prescriptions menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Synchronize ACCPAC Data" function on the Utilities menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Synchronize Quickbooks Data" function on the Utilities menu.
    • Security has been added for the "Update A/R Balances" function on the Utilities menu.
    • The "Add to Shipping Tote" security option has been broken out into two options (1) Add to Shipping Tote - By Order and (2) Add to Shipping Tote - By Tote.
    • The "Full Screen Entry/Scan Rx" security option has been broken out into two options (1) Full Screen Entry and (2) Scan Rx.
    • The "Packing Slip" security option has been broken out into two options (1) Packing Slip - By Batch and (2) Packing Slip - By Shipping Tote.
    • The "Retro Quick" security option has been broken out into two options (1) Retro Quick - By Patient and (2) Retro Quick - By Rx Number.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Allow splitting of PRN orders when rebilling prescriptions using Retro Quick". The default value is "Yes". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Billing).
    • The "Allow reorder functionality", "Allow for controlled substances" and "Allow if patient is allowed refills" system options have been moved to the "Misc" tab of the Facility Setup screen.
    • The "Require origin code on all Rxs" and "Treat Not Specified as a valid origin code" system options have been moved to the "Misc" tab of the Facility Setup screen.
  • Update External Med IDs
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to update the external med ids in your Pharmacy Formulary. This new feature can be found on the "Utilities" menu.

Version 3.0.110 (Database Revision 1.02.353) Released 6/4/2012

  • New Label Format - TFLBL341

Version 3.0.109 (Database Revision 1.02.352) Released 6/4/2012

Version 3.0.108 (Database Revision 1.02.352) Released 6/4/2012


  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify if we should "Send Clarification Code – 19 for Split Billing". This check box can be found on the "ECS" tab.
  • Periodic Daily Log
    • FrameworkLTC will now use the NDC from the ingredients to lookup the DEA Class.
  • Renew Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the primary NDC when calculating the expiration date for IVs. Previously all IVs were being calculated as Legend drugs.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Send Clarification Code – 19 for Split Billing" check box on the "ECS" tab of the Insurance Plan setup and add the clarification code to the prescription if necessary.
  • Rx History
    • There was an issue with ECS History not being found when viewing claims that were submitted by batch. The behavior originated in version 3.0.104 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.107 (Database Revision 1.02.348) Released 6/4/2012


  • Calculate Drug Quote
    • An Export button has been added to allow the user to export the information found in the Drug Quote grid to a comma delimited file.
    • The AWP cost for the item has been added to the selection grid and the drug quote grid. These values will be based off of the quantity supplied in the quote.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export in the ASAP 4.2 format.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will remove any carriage returns, line feeds and tabs from the directions prior to passing the value to the vendor. This applies to the "Chudy Group Pouch Packaging Device (ATP384)", "Automed FastPak", "Automed FastPak (with Extended Directions)", "Pacmed Server + (with NDC)", "Pacmed Server + (without NDC)" and "MTS" formats.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export records in the "Keane Format".
    • The "FrameworkLTC CSV Format" has been modified to include the Nursing Station ID as the last field of each record.
  • Facility Setup
    • When opening the House Stock List, FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the security level on the Facility Setup screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the patient drug allergy and other allergy text fields from the patient profile.
  • Leave of Absence
    • A "Qty Available on Rx" column has been added to the grid. This is based off of Reorders.TotalQtyWritten - (Reorders.TotalQtyDispensed + rx.dbo.GetTtlDispQtyFromRxs).
    • If the available quantity is less than the calculated quantity to fill, the cell will be highlighted in yellow. If the user continues to fill the order, a warning will be displayed to alert the user that the quantities will be adjusted.
  • Message Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now log the Originator (user) of sent messages. This user will be displayed in the Sent Messages grid and on the details screen.
    • The Facility Link Web User Name has been added after the FacilityLink UserID, in the Message Read/Deleted By fields on the Sent Message Details screen.
  • Move Prescriptions To Batch - By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability select "Paid Claims" and "No ECS Required" as criteria for selecting the prescriptions to move.
  • On Site Store Expiration Report
    • The report has been modified to display the item ID column header as "NDC/CCID" when displaying products in On Site Stores defined with a type of "Other".
  • On Site Store Inventory Report
    • The Report has been modified to include compounds for On Site Stores defined with a type of "Other".
  • On Site Store Low Stock Report
    • The Report has been modified to display the item ID column header as “NDC/CCID” when displaying products in On Site Stores defined with a type of "Other".
  • On Site Stores
    • An "Export Packing Slip" button was added to the screen. This function will create a generic fixed width format text file with the following layout (field/size): NDC / 11, Pending Transfer / 16, Facility ID / 6, Facility Name / 30, On Site Store Description / 30
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to add compounds to On Site Stores defined with a type of "Other"
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Show Full Product Name" or "Show Label Name" on the formulary list screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now track and display the history of the Average Unit Cost field.
    • The audit log will now use the FrameworkLTC user id.
  • Process Returns
    • The prescription cost, fee, copay, discount, total price, primary insurance paid amount, secondary insurance, secondary insurance paid amount and patient pay amount have been added to the "Add Return" screen.
    • When entering multiple returns for a single prescription, FrameworkLTC will now give you the ability to create separate credits for each return.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to open the Pharmacy Formulary record for the drug on the order via a blue arrow button to the right of the drug name.
    • FrameworkLTC will now allow you to add the Compound Dosage Form Description Code (450-EF) and Compound Dispensing Unit Form Indicator (451-EG) to the ECS grid when entering an order for an user defined IV.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the primary NDC when calculating the expiration date for IVs. Previously all IVs were being calculated as Legend drugs.
    • The patient's medical record number will now be included in the patient drop down list for non-retail facilities.
    • The reject reasons were not showing up for claims that were submitted by batch. The submitted date from ECSHistory was not matching records in ECSHistoryOpt and ECSHistoryErrors because it was dropping off the milliseconds and rounding the seconds. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC was printing labels that had a package type which was set to block printing. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Show active orders only when a change in primary physician has been detected". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
    • New system option, "Show the directions in the grid in Batch View". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Systems)(General).
    • New system option, “Do not re-interpret SIG on Recalls”. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Directions).
    • The "Copy user costs" option, under <System><Pharmacy Formulary Substitution>, was not copying costs where the "Auto Calculate" box was not checked. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Update Rx Invoice Groups
    • A new function has been added to the Utilities menu to allow you to update the invoice groups on prescriptions that have been posted.

Version 3.0.106 (Database Revision 1.02.333) Released 4/30/2012


  • Electronic Claims - Submit Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Additional Message Information (526-FQ) on the Rejected Claims report.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Cardholder ID between the Patient Name and Room on the Rejected Claims report.
  • Export Batch
    • When using the Automed FastPak and Automed FastPak (with Extended Directions) formats and the "Assign separate IDs for each nursing station" check box is checked, a separate file will now be created for each nursing station.
    • When using the Chudy Group Pouch Packaging Device (ATP384) format, FrameworkLTC will create separate files based on packaging groups.
  • Facility Setup
    • A new option, "By Toted Date/Time, Rx Number", has been added to the Packing Slip sequence list. Currently, LFPAK25 and LFPAK25-FDA are the only two formats that support this sequence.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to setup Packaging Group Exceptions from the "Misc" tab.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify that authorization is required for prescriptions when the patient pay amount exceeds a certain amount. This new setting, "Authorization required when patient pay amount exceeds…", can be found on the Misc tab.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • The Special Processing for Prime Therapeutics was changed to use the Single Day Service Date instead of the Claim Received Date when processing the ANSI 835 file.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the patient's date of birth.
    • If the "Display a warning during workflow if the patient's status is not Active" system option is turned on, the warning would always be shown when reviewing Standing Orders. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The Nursing Station ID, Room and Bed will now be displayed as one value, separated by colons.
  • Invoice Inquiry
    • Under certain circumstances, a run-time error #6, "Overflow", would occur if the customer drop-down list on "Search By Customer" screen contained more than 32,768 items. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Packaging
    • If the "Show the NDC (in the Rx Information box) on the Packaging screen" system option is set to "No", the NDC will be replaced with the drug label name on the "Drug Viewer" screen.
  • Packaging Groups
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to define Packaging Groups at a Facility Level.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to associate Packaging Groups with a patient.
    • If the patient does not have a Care Level Code set up and there is a default Patient Residence (384-4X) set at the Insurance Plan level, this value will now carry through to the Patient’s payment plans.
  • Post Purchase Orders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to post a specific purchase order.
  • Print Prescription Labels
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include profile only prescriptions when printing prescription labels by batch.
  • Purchase Order Export
    • When using the "HD Smith" format, the values passed in Receiver ID and Receiver ID Qualifier have been modified to meet their updated specifications.
  • Receive Inventory
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to scan multiples of the same NDC at once.
  • Rx Entry
    • Items in an On Site Store were not being highlighted in cyan when performing a substitution via the "This drug is a Tradename Drug product. Do you wish to search for a generic alternative?" prompt. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Warn if prescription requires authorization when saving in Rx Entry". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).

Version 3.0.105 (Database Revision 1.02.325) Released 4/2/2012


  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will remove any carriage returns, line feeds and tabs from the directions prior to passing the value to DOSIS in fields 55 and 56.
  • Miscellaneous Charges
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate the Tax Authority information when the method of payment is "INV".
  • Patient Profile - Payment Plans
    • When responding "Yes" to the "Would you like to update this patient’s Reorders to reflect the changes you have just made?” prompt and checking the "Recalculate Days Supply on Chronic Orders?" box on the "Update Reorder Method of Payment" screen, FrameworkLTC will now skip orders where the "Exclude from days supply recalculation when updating MOP" box on the Pharmacy Formulary is checked.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • An "Exclude from days supply recalculation when updating MOP" check box has been added to the "General" tab.
    • If the "Active Only" filter is turned on, the "Find" button would return a "No match was found" message under certain circumstances. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Third Party Invoices
    • Under certain circumstances, the total the amount due did not match the sum of the transactions that were included on the invoice. This behavior has been corrected and claims that were adjudicated will no longer be included in the total.

Version 3.0.104 (Database Revision 1.02.322) Released 4/2/2012


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • The ASAP 4.1 format has been modified to use "04" (commercial insurance) for the payment plan type code instead of "99" (other) for hospice and major medical plans when exporting for the state of Ohio.
  • Create Purchase Orders
    • FrameworkLTC was not taking into account the purchase pack size when displaying the actual package cost. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Create Unit Dose Billing
    • The InvCost was not being recalculated when the "Split Rx records in change in primary method of payment detected." option is turned on. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Custom Reports
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to organize your reports into folders.
  • D.0 Claims
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print the CMS Standardized Pharmacy Notice (CMS-10147) when:
      -- The claim is denied and the NCPDP Reject code of 569 (PROVIDE BENEFICIARY WITH CMS NOTICE OF APPEAL) is returned.
      -- The claim is paid and the NCPDP Approved Message code of 018 (PROVIDE BENEFICIARY WITH CMS NOTICE OF APPEAL RIGHTS) is returned.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the option to "Send Prescriber Segment" when submitting eligibility inquires in the D.0 format.
    • When submitting claims by batch, a Primary Key Violation error was being thrown when inserting records into the ECSHistory table when records with the same FacID, PatID, RxNo, RoNo, RxBatch, but different DispenseDt existed in the batch. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Edit Purchase Orders
    • FrameworkLTC was not taking into account the purchase pack size when adding a line to the grid. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the facility packing code to DOSIS as Field #111 of the record layout. This value will be extracted from a Facility Custom Field called "PACKING CODE".
    • The Pacmed Server + formats have been modified to include the Reviewed By Pharmacist's initials in the "Free Form Text 3" field.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify if we should exclude Rxs where the daily cost plus a percentage exceeds a given dollar amount. This option is available on the "Per Diem Rates" screen and is only available for "Exclusive" formularies.
  • Process Returns
    • FrameworkLTC will now allow the user to select "return to stock" for unit dose component prescriptions where the method of payment is a third party and it is a partial return.
  • Receive Inventory
    • When using a purchase pack size, other than the total package qty from Medispan, the system was not calculating the Actual Package Cost or Average Unit Cost correctly. This behavior been corrected. This also corrected the amount on the Received Inventory report that prints after processing the inventory.
  • Refill Too Soon
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to associate an order with the current document in DocuTrack when a refill too soon notification is received.
  • Resynchronize Batch
    • When creating the temporary cycle fill and determining the total quantity dispensed , prescriptions in the batch being resynchronized were being included. This caused orders to appear to have reached the total quantity written when this actually wasn’t the case. This behavior originated in version 3.0.100 and has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • If keying an apostrophe in the Drug field, an "Incorrect syntax near....." error would occur. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the "Automatically calculate the total quantity written on new prescriptions" and "-- Only calculate for orders with Refills" system options were set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC was setting the Total Quantity Written to 0 when editing a prescription. This behavior has been corrected and the Total Quantity Written will be left as is.
  • System Options
    • FrameworkLTC will now reset the Label Printed, Label Printed By and Label Printed On fields when the "Reset workflow steps during Rx Edit operations" system option is turned on.
    • New system option, "—Use patient ID for default customer number". This system option only applies when you are not using ACCPAC or Quickbooks. It determines how the customer number will be assigned when the "Auto assign customer numbers when adding new patients" system option is set to "Yes". If this system option is set to "Yes", the customer number will be defaulted to the patient ID. If it is set to "No", the customer number will be defaulted to the facility ID followed by a sequential number. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Patients)(A/R Information).
    • New system option, "Allow changing of patient ID". If set to "No", the Change Patient ID button will not be visible on the Patients screen. The default value is "Yes". This system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
    • New system option, "Require customer number". This system option only applies when you are not using ACCPAC or Quickbooks. If set to "Yes", an A/R customer number will be required when saving a patient. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Patients)(A/R Information).
    • The "Validate Nursing Station/Room/Bed against facility map" system option has been moved to the "Misc" tab of the Facility setup screen.

Version 3.0.103 (Database Revision 1.02.309) Released 3/2/2012


  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now remember/default the state of the "Automatically Associate Added Scripts to DocuTrack" check box.
    • FrameworkLTC will now remember/default the state of the "Automatically Index Added Scripts in Paperfree" check box.
  • Therapeutic Type Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the associated ICD9 code and description.

Version 3.0.102 (Database Revision 1.02.308) Released 3/1/2012


  • D.0 Claims
    • Under certain circumstances, the COB fields Other Payer ID Qualifier (339-6C) and Other Payer ID (340-7C) were not getting set correctly on the secondary when submitting by batch. This caused the secondary to be rejected with M/I Other Payer ID Qualifier and M/I Other Payer ID. This behavior has been corrected.
  • D.0 Eligibility Inquiries
    • FrameworkLTC will now use "2222222222" instead of "ABINQUIRY" as the Process Control Number when submitting Medicare A/B eligibility inquires in the D.0 format.

Version 3.0.101 (Database Revision 1.02.307) Released 3/1/2012


  • D.0 Eligibility Inquiries
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the option to use Medicare Number (if populated) in place of the social security number when submitting Medicare Part D and A/B eligibility inquires in the D.0 format.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • If ANSI 835 Special Processing is set to "Prime Therapeutics", the date from DTM 050 (claim received date) will be used as the dispense date when looking up the claim.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC has added "Prime Therapeutics" as an additional option in the "ANSI 835 Special Processing" drop down list on the "General" tab.
  • Plan Benefit Manager Setup
    • FrameworkLTC has added "Prime Therapeutics" as an additional option in the "ANSI 835 Special Processing" drop down list.
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the minimum price as a percentage of the acquisition cost when setting up pricing options. This percentage can be entered in the "Minimum Price (%)" field.

Version 3.0.100 (Database Revision 1.02.305) Released 3/1/2012


  • D.0 Claims
    • Previously for captured claim responses, FrameworkLTC would populate Total Paid by pulling the Total Price field and Patient Pay Amount by pulling the Copay field from the prescription. Now for captured claim responses, if field 509-F9 (Total Amount Paid) is returned from payer, it will be placed in the Total Paid for that prescription. If field 505-F5 (Patient Pay Amount) is returned from payer, it will be placed in the Patient Pay Amount field. If these fields are not returned in the claim response, the information will be populated as it previously was.
    • When a third party payor returned a rejection of 70, 75 or AC for a compound or IV, FrameworkLTC would throw a "Cannot insert the value of NULL into the column NDC in the Fac..InsPlanFormularies table" error. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Drug Price Quote
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Use the cost basis from the pricing table when pricing compounds for private pay Rxs" system option when generating the price quote.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Assign separate IDs for each nursing station". This check box will only be visible when using the Automed FastPak and Automed FastPak (with Extended Directions) formats.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Include PRN RX’s without administration times". This check box will only be visible when using the Automed FastPak and Automed FastPak (with Extended Directions) formats. If checked, PRN prescriptions that do not have administration times will be included in a separate file. This file will have the same filename as the main file with "PRN" appended to the filename.
  • Facility Setup
    • A "Default start date to dispense date for reorder/refills" check box has been added to the "Misc" tab. If checked, the start date will be set to the dispense date when reordering/refilling instead of calculating the start date based on the last fill date and last start date.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set up the "Do Not Send" list by GPI in addition to by NDC.
  • Flash Rx
    • When comparing the total quantity dispensed against the total quantity written, FrameworkLTC will now account for orders that are still in a batch.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now has an "Audit Log" button which will show you any changes made to the InsPlans table.
  • Nursing Station Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set up the "Do Not Send" list by GPI in addition to by NDC.
  • Paperfree Interface
    • FrameworkLTC now supports loading a prescription in Rx Entry from the Paperfree system.
  • Patient Profile
    • A "Do not send OTCs" check box has been added to the "Other Info" tab. If this box is checked, a warning will be displayed when filling an OTC item in Rx Entry and ScanRx. OTC items will be excluded in FlashRx.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print an order document for new prescriptions, reorders, and refills received through the FWHL7 interface via the "Request" tab on the Prescription History screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print an order document for new prescriptions, reorders, and refills received through the FWHL7 interface via the "Requests" tab on the Reorders screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to set up the "Do Not Send" list by GPI in addition to by NDC.
    • When using the "Reorder/Refill" button on the Reorders screen, FrameworkLTC will now account for orders that are still in a batch when comparing the total quantity dispensed against the total quantity written.
  • Print Prescription Labels
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select "Only include RX's not packaged" as part of the selection criteria.
  • Renew Rx
    • FrameworkLTC was not sending a change order message to Medicine on Time when discontinuing the existing order. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the destroy quantity when calculating the submit quantity. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • An "Invalid property array index" error would occur when pressing the "Clarification Codes" button if the Rx Entry screen was loaded via the "Open Patient Order List" button of the "Find Patient" screen. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print an order document for new prescriptions, reorders, and refills received through the FWHL7 interface via the "Request" tab.
    • Under certain circumstances (if the quantity dispensed, total quantity written and total quantity dispensed contain decimal values), the "The quantity dispensed can not exceed....." message was being incorrectly shown when saving the prescription. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When comparing the total quantity dispensed against the total quantity written, FrameworkLTC will now account for orders that are still in a batch.
  • Scan Rx
    • When comparing the total quantity dispensed against the total quantity written, FrameworkLTC will now account for orders that are still in a batch.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Disable Therapeutic Interchange Substitutions". The default value is "No". If this option is set to "Yes", the print "Sub Notice" button on Rx Entry will be hidden, the "Ok" button on the "Therapeutic Interchange Detected" window will be replaced with a "Print" button and the "Cancel" button on the "Therapeutic Interchange Detected" window will be replaced with a "Close" button. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, "Populate patient address ECS fields from facility address if patient address not available". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
    • New system option, "Process refill responses as renewals instead of updates". If set to "Yes", the Renew Rx screen will be used to renew the order instead of updating the refills on the existing order when processing a refill response from the E-Rx queue. The default value is "No". This system option is only visible when licensed for the E-Rx interface. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx).

Version 3.0.099 (Database Revision 1.02.293) Released 1/30/2012


  • Compound Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now has an "Audit Log" button which will show you any changes made to the Compounds and CompoundIngreds tables.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass "07" as the qualifier in PAT01 and the patient's social security number in PAT02 when exporting for Oklahoma in the "ASAP 4.1 (2009)" format.
  • Create Delivery Charges
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to generate patient delivery charges.
  • D.0 Claims
    • An "Unable to assemble claim request" error was occurring. This behavior originated in version 3.0.097 and has been corrected.
    • Padded zeroes were removed from numeric fields in version 3.0.097. This caused "Claim can not be found" rejection when attempting to reverse claims that had previously been submitted with padded zeros. This behavior has been corrected and FrameworkLTC will now pull the Rx# from the original adjudicated claim.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify "Per Patient Delivery Charge" information (Amount, Item Number and Invoice Group).
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the "Max Days Supply for C2 Solid Oral Meds".
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the "Max Quantity for C2 Solid Oral Meds".
    • The "Max Days Supply for C2-C5 Solid Oral Meds" field has been renamed to "Max Days Supply for C3-C5 Solid Oral Meds".
    • The "Max Quantity for C2-C5 Solid Oral Meds" field has been renamed to "Max Quantity for C3-C5 Solid Oral Meds".
    • The Leave of Absence Billing, Per Diem Billing and Medication Therapy Management Fee information has been moved to the new "Billing tab.
  • Find Patient
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to search by external patient ID.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the external patient ID(s) in the results grid.
  • Nursing Station Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to exclude specific nursing stations from the controlled substance export file by checking the new "Exclude from controlled substance export" box.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the "Max Days Supply for C2 Solid Oral Meds".
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the "Max Quantity for C2 Solid Oral Meds".
    • The "Max Days Supply for C2-C5 Solid Oral Meds" field has been renamed to "Max Days Supply for C3-C5 Solid Oral Meds".
    • The "Max Quantity for C2-C5 Solid Oral Meds" field has been renamed to "Max Quantity for C3-C5 Solid Oral Meds".
  • Patient Profile - Medical Record Reports
    • FrameworkLTC will now remember/default the state of all check boxes on the screen.
  • Patient Profile - Payment Plans
    • A "Does not compensate for OTC items" check box has been added for private and guarantor methods of payment. If checked, the payment plan will be skipped when selecting the method of payment for an OTC item.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now display an icon in the lower right corner of the "Prescription" tab if the "Log refill too soon notifications" system option is turned on and notifications exist for the order. You can click on the icon to get the details of the notifications.
  • Print Facility Invoices
    • Only the first 7 digits of the Rx number were being printed. This behavior has been corrected and all 10 digits will be printed.
  • Print Private Invoices
    • Only the first 7 digits of the Rx number were being printed. This behavior has been corrected and all 10 digits will be printed.
  • Rx Entry
    • If the prescription is for an OTC item and the method of payment is PRIV or GUAR and the "Does not compensate for OTC items" box is checked on the payment plan, FrameworkLTC will display a warning when saving the prescription.
    • When selecting an IV and then switching to "USER", the ingredients were being cleared. This behavior originated in version 3.0.096 and has been corrected.
  • Shipping Tote Assignments
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to update the delivery agent on a tote that has already been posted and printed.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Log printing of Rx labels". The default value is "No". If this option is set to "Yes", a record will added to the patient's audit log each time a label is printed for a prescription. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
    • New system option, "Log refill too soon notifications". The default value is "No". If this option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will log each time a refill too soon notification is received. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
    • New system option, "Only show active delivery agents on Print Packing Slip by Tote screen". If this option is set to "Yes", only active delivery agents will be included in the filter drop-down list on the Print Packing Slip by Tote screen. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (System)(General).
    • New system option, "Prompt for a reason when choosing to fill order". The default value is "No". This option relates to the "Log refill too soon notifications" system option. If this option is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will prompt the user for a reason if they choose to continue to fill an order when a refill too soon notification is received. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Refill Too Soon Notification).
  • Therapeutic Type Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the start date on the report.

Version 3.0.098 (Database Revision 1.02.283) Released 1/16/2012


  • Batch Export
    • The Rx# being passed to MTS was being limited to 7 digits. This behavior has been corrected and the full Rx# will be sent.

Version 3.0.097 (Database Revision 1.02.282) Released 1/16/2012


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC now give you the ability to "Include Additional Quantity Billed" when using the ASAP 4.0 or 4.1 format. If this new check box is checked, the additional quantity billed will be included in the quantity passed in the export fie.
  • D.0 Claims
    • FrameworkLTC has added exception handling to catch when the COB Other Payment Count (337-4C) does not match the number of Other Coverage Type (338-5C) provided.
    • FrameworkLTC has added exception handling to catch when the COB Other Payment Count (337-4C) is greater than 1 on a secondary claim.
    • FrameworkLTC has added exception handling to catch when there is more than one COB Other Payment Count (337-4C) fields within the COB Segment.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer pad numeric values with leading zeroes.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer send 446-EB (Originally Prescribed Quantity) when the value is zero.
    • FrameworkLTC will now build the Coordination of Benefits segment for the secondary payer based on the repsponse from the primary payer. These fields will be placed in the ECS grid on the secondary payer tab of Rx Entry.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Help Desk phone number (from the Insurance Plan setup) on the response screen.
    • When submitting a primary claim for an insurance plan that was set up with the COB segment, the segment header was being sent when there were no fields (with values) being sent. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When submitting Unit Dose test claims for D.0, users were getting an “Invalid use of null” error when the batch was created through FlashRx. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Facility Admission Form Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now give you the ability to define an admission form for each facility. This new feature can be found on the <File><Facility> menu.
  • Find Rx In History
    • If the same rx number existed in a single batch multiple times, the first dispense was being displayed when opening the batch regardless of which entry was selected in the grid. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Leave of Absence
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the invoice group to be used when creating the prescriptions.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to use the dispensing calendar to calculate the quantity. If this option is selected, you can specify that the first dose not be given before a certain time.
  • Patient Profile - Add Standing Drug Orders
    • If the "Add Standing Drug Orders Target Location" system option is set to "Batch", FrameworkLTC will now allow you to indicate if the orders should be added as "Profile Only".
  • Print Facility Admission Forms
    • FrameworkLTC now give you the ability to print admission forms for a facility. This new feature can be found on the <Reports> menu.
  • Receive Packing Slip
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to record receiver information (ID Type, ID, ID Jurisdiction, Relationship, First Name and Last Name). These fields are used for controlled substance reporting in the ASAP 4.0 and 4.1 formats.
  • Rx Entry
    • An "Invalid Use of NULL" error would occur when changing from an "USER" defined IV (with no ingredients defined) to an IV that is defined on the Compound setup. This behavior originated in version 3.0.096 and has been corrected.
    • The "Refrigerate" and "IV Type" fields were not getting cleared when changing from an IV that is defined on the Compound setup to an "USER" defined IV. This behavior originated in version 3.0.096 and has been corrected.
    • When selecting an IV, the SIG was not being defaulted based on the administration and infusion directions entered on the Compound setup screen. This behavior originated in version 3.0.096 and has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Enable NPPES (National Plan and Provider Enumeration System)". The default value is "Yes". If this option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will validate the Prescriber's NPI against the database when saving a prescription in Rx Entry as well give you the ability to search for a prescriber from the Physician Setup screen. This system option can be found under (System)(General).

Version 3.0.096 (Database Revision 1.02.275) Released 12/21/2011


  • Compound Setup
    • The Status drop down list will now include the NDC Status Codes.
  • D.0 ECS Fields
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the ESC Values for 364-2J (Prescriber First Name), 365-2K (Prescriber Street Address), 366-2M (Prescriber City Address), 367-2N (Prescriber State/Province Address) and 368-2P (Prescriber Zip/Postal Code) based on the prescriber information.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Use original days supply". If the box is checked, the orders will be filled using the original days supply instead of last days supply.
  • Patient Profile
    • Under certain circumstances, an "Object must implement IConvertible" error would occur when moving through the patient's payment plans. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Show All" or "Active Only" items.
    • FrameworkLTC now include changes made to the InventoryZones table as part of the "Audit Log" button. Please note that changes to the on hand quantity will continue to be shown under the "View Log" button on the "Inventory" tab.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer track changes to the Last Dispense Date as part of the "Audit Log" button.
  • Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now store and display the date/time that the order was last reviewed and originally reviewed.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter the Original Quantity and the Original Days Supply on NEW orders. These new fields can be found on the Misc tab.
    • FrameworkLTC will now color code the list of Compounds and IVs based on the status.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Enable Allergy Screening in Rx Entry". The default value is "No". If this option is turned on, the screening selection will automatically be checked each time you open the Rx Entry screen. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Clinical Screening).
    • New system option, "Enable Dose Range/Duration of Therapy Screening in Rx Entry". The default value is "No". If this option is turned on, the screening selection will automatically be checked each time you open the Rx Entry screen. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Clinical Screening).
    • New system option, "Enable Drug Interaction Screening in Rx Entry". The default value is "No". If this option is turned on, the screening selection will automatically be checked each time you open the Rx Entry screen. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Clinical Screening).
    • New system option, "Enable Duplicate Therapy Screening in Rx Entry". The default value is "No". If this option is turned on, the screening selection will automatically be checked each time you open the Rx Entry screen. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Clinical Screening).
    • New system option, "Enable Precaution Screening in Rx Entry". The default value is "No". If this option is turned on, the screening selection will automatically be checked each time you open the Rx Entry screen. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Clinical Screening).
    • New system option, "Prompt to associate Rxs to DocuTrack after entering D/C date in Rx Entry". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(DocuTrack).
  • Update Costs From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC will now calculate the package cost by dividing the package cost from the file by the purchase package size and then multiply by the total package quantity from Medispan for formats that have a package cost in the file, but do not include the package size.

Version 3.0.095 (Database Revision 1.02.269) Released 12/12/2011


  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the DocuTrack Pharmacy ID as the 110th field of the "DOSIS" file format if the "Enable DocuTrack Enterprise Features" system option is turned.
  • Export Billing Transactions
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass "EQUIP RENT1" as the "ChargeCode" when the invoice group is "RENT" and the file format is "Achieve Matrix Format".
  • Rx Entry
    • If logged in as a technician and either the "Always perform allergy screening in Rx Entry when logged in as technician" or "Always perform duplicate therapy screening in Rx Entry when logged in as technician" system options were turned on, the configure clinical screening settings were not being saved. This behavior originated in FrameworkLTC version 3.0.092 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.094 (Database Revision 1.02.268) Released 12/12/2011


  • Apply User Defined Administration Times
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Check All" or "Clear All" of the items in the grid. This feature is available on both the "Include" column and the "Change All Times" column and applies to the Facility Setup, Nursing Station Setup and Patient Setup screens.
  • Compound Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the DUR Level of Effort. If the "SendDURLevelofEffort" is checked for the insurance plan, the application will look to this field for the value of 474-8E in the DUR segment. If no value is found, but "SendDURLevelofEffort" is still set on the insurance plan, the application will default the value to 11 (Level 1 – Lowest). If any of the fields for the DUR Segment are entered during Rx Entry, none of the above will take place. The value for 474-8E will need to be entered in Rx Entry with the other fields.
  • Credit Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate populate the ReverseType field on the HRxs table with a "C" indicating the "R" transaction is the result of a credit.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Reorder Number in the "Chudy Group Pouch Packaging Device (ATP384)" file format.
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the filename for the Patient Picture as the 109th field of the "DOSIS" file format.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now has an "Audit Log" button which will show you any changes made to the Facilities table.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to specify if you want to "Send Other Payer - Patient Responsibility Amount (352-NQ) when payer is secondary and primary returned a Patient Pay Amount." via a check box on the ECS tab. If the Patient Pay Amount is greater than 0, the Other Payer Patient Responsibility Amount Count (353-NR), Other Payer Patient Responsibility Amount Qualifier (351-NP) and Other Payer Patient Responsibility Amount (352-NQ) be only be included in the COB Segment of the claim if this box is checked.
  • New York Hard Copy Claim Form
    • FrameworkLTC will now print the prescriber's NPI instead of their license number in box 10A.
  • Patient Profile - Adding Standing Drug Orders
    • If the "Add Standing Drug Orders Target Location" system option was set to "Batch", the application was not evaluating the patient's default delivery id. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Post Batch
    • FrameworkLTC would allow you to post a prescription prior to the claim being submitted to primary method of payment if the secondary method of payment was marked as using a hard copy claim. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pre-Billing Verification Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the abiliy to "Include Additional Patient Information". If this box is checked, we will include the medical record number, default invoice group and discharge date on the line with the patient name and id.
  • Print Packing Slips by Tote
    • FrameworkLTC has added a Refresh button that can be used to update the results in the grid.
  • Process Returns
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate populate the ReverseType field on the HRxs table with a "C" or "R" indicating whether the "R" transaction is the result of a credit or reversal.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate populate the ReverseType field on the HRxs table with a "Q" indicating the "R" transaction is the result of a retro quick.
  • Reverse a Posted Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate populate the ReverseType field on the HRxs table with a "R" indicating the "R" transaction is the result of a reversal.
  • Rx Entry
    • When the "Use manual next fill date" system option was turned on, the Next Fill Date was being calculated as Last Next Fill Date + Days Supply on Reorders/Refills. This behavior originated in FrameworkLTC version 3.0.089. It has been changed back to calculate as Dispense Date + Days Supply.
  • Scan Rx
    • When the "Use manual next fill date" system option was turned on, the Next Fill Date was being calculated as Last Next Fill Date + Days Supply. This behavior originated in FrameworkLTC version 3.0.089. It has been changed back to calculate as Dispense Date + Days Supply.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Allow substitutions of Non Equivalent products". The default value is "Yes". This option determines whether you can continue after receiving the "Warning: The replacement drug product that you have chosen is not known to be the pharmaceutical equivalent of the drug product you are replacing." message on the Substitute Drug screen of the Pharmacy Formulary. This system option can be found under (System)(Pharmacy Formulary Substitution).
    • New system option, "Show the associated diagnosis on the initial review screen". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).

Version 3.0.093 (Database Revision 1.02.261) Released 11/28/2011


  • Database Management
    • When using an application such as SQL Server Profiler or DBMonitor to view calls made by the new .NET code added for D.0, the program would be listed as ".Net SqlClient Data Provider". This has been modified and it will now appear as "FrameworkLTC for Windows".
  • DocuTrack
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Administration Times, Date Written, Hold Date, Start Date, MOP, Price Code, Days Supply, Package Type, DAW, associated Medical Condition ID, NDC, CCID and Times Per Day in the AdditionalInfo Aggregate.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Require adjudication before sending order messages". The default value is ""No". This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(General Purpose HL7 Interface).

Version 3.0.092 (Database Revision 1.02.260) Released 11/28/2011


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate IS01 with the pharmacy license number and IS03 with the pharmacy phone number when exporting in the ASAP 4.0 or 4.1 format for Virginia.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to require an authorization for specific items. This setup can be done on "Misc" tab using the "Authorization required for specific items" check box and the "Drug Authorizations" button.
  • Final Review
    • If the "Perform product verification during Final Review" system option is set to "No", the drug was not being defaulted when using the print Monograph button. This behavior originated in FrameworkLTC version 3.0.091 and has been corrected.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Inquiry
    • For D.0 plans, FrameworkLTC will now add the Patient Relationship Code (306-C6) to the patient ecs fields, if returned in the response.
    • If the system option for "NCPDP Telecommunication Standard Format for Eligibility Inquires to Medicare Part D" was set to D.0, the functionality to write accepted eligibility check fields to the database (Patient ECS Fields) was not in place at the Patient Level, only Med D Eligibility Check under Facilities. This functionality has been put into place at the Patient Level.
    • Place of Service (307-C7) was being filled in with Default Patient Location Code from care level. For insurance plans that are still using 5.1, Patient Location will populate as usual with Default Patient Location from care level. For D.0 insurance plans, if Place of Service is added on insurance plan setup with a value, the patient ecs field (Place of Service) will populate with value from insurance plan. Also for D.0 insurance plans, patient ecs field, Patient Residence (384-4X), will pull value from care level or if no value is set there, will take default value from insurance plan setup.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch - By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include Butalbital as a controlled substance. These would be items that have a GPI of 64991003100310.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • The "E-Rx" tab has been renamed to "Requests". In addition to the new E-Rx message, this tab now also includes all associated FacilityLink messages.
  • Refill Reminder Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include barcodes (representing the reorder number) on your report. This can be done by checking the new "Include Barcode" box on the screen.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Always perform allergy screening in Rx Entry when logged in as technician". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Clinical Screening).
    • New system option, "Always perform duplicate therapy screening in Rx Entry when logged in as technician". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Clinical Screening).

Version 3.0.091 (Database Revision 1.02.255) Released 11/28/2011


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • If the "Exclude EDK Items" box is checked and the associated on site store is an EDK, the order will not be included in the export. This new feature originated in version 3.0.089, but please note that the functionality has changed.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print monographs directly from this screen.
  • Medicare Part D Coverage Determination Request Form
    • FrameworkLTC will now populate this form with the Prescriber's NPI instead of DEA.
  • Packaging
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print monographs directly from this screen.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now has an "Audit Log" button which will show you any changes made to the Inventory table.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, "Add Standing Drug Orders Target Location". The options are "Batch" or "Patient Profile". The default value is "Patient Profile". This option specifies where the orders are created when adding standing drug orders via the Patient Profile screen. If orders are added to a batch, they will be added as "Profile Only", "Un-Reviewed" orders. This system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
    • The "Disable reorder functionality" system option has been replaced by three new system options - "Allow reorder functionality", "-- Allow for controlled substances", and "-- Allow if patient is allowed refills". The values of these new system options will be defaulted based on the "Disable reorder functionality" system option. These system options can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).

Version 3.0.090 (Database Revision 1.02.249) Released 11/14/2011


  • Create Purchase Orders
    • When using the "Summarize On Hand and Committed quantities when producing purchase orders" system option, the On Hand value that was incorrectly being pulled from the Inventory table instead of being summarized from the InventoryZones table. The behavior originated in version 3.0.086 and has been corrected.
  • ECS Claims
    • If the application fails at any time during the D.0 claim submission process, you will receive a screen containing the error message, request string and the response string. This screen should be printed and sent to SoftWriters support for further assistance.
    • If the value for ECS code 403-D3, Fill Number, is greater than 99, we will use 99 in the claim transaction to meet maximum size requirements. Please note that this only applies to D.0 claims.
    • If the value for ECS code 415-DF, Number of Refills Authorized, is greater than 99, we will use 99 in the claim transaction to meet maximum size requirements. Please note that this only applies to D.0 claims.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the Rx Batch ID as the 108th field of the DOSIS file format.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to send an other coverage code override of "Not Specified" on primary claims. This option can be found on the "ECS" tab and is only visible if the NCPDP Claim format is "D.0". This will send "00" in the ECS field 308-C8 (Other Coverage Code). If a value is present on the Primary ECS tab of Rx Entry, it will overwrite this default.
  • Packing Slip Delivery Status (DeliveryTrack)
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the delivery time using the local time zone instead of always using UTC.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the External Med ID Generation Method. The available options are "Normal" and "Passport". This value will default to "Normal" when adding a new pharmacy. The "Passport" option should only be selected if you are using a Passport machine for dispensing.
  • Print Packing Slips by Tote
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter the tote list by ship date, delivery route, facility ID, tote, and delivery agent.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a warning message if the primary payor is a third party and the number of refills remaining is greater than 99.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Default state of the check boxes on the Add Standing Drug Orders screen". The default value is "Checked". This system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
  • User Defined Drug Products
    • The size of the AWP Package Price, Direct Package Price, AWP Unit Price, Direct Unit Price, HCFA Limit and WAC Unit Price fields have been increased to match the sizes of the MediSpan pricing information.

Version 3.0.089 (Database Revision 1.02.244) Released 10/31/2011


  • Combine Batches
    • FrameworkLTC will now create an entry in the patient audit log showing the movement.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to Exclude EDK Items. This option is only available when the state is "New York" and the format is "ASAP 4.0 (2007)" or "ASAP 4.1 (2007)". If the "Exclude EDK Items" box is checked, the additional quantity billed will not be reported if it is being taken from an EDK.
  • Create Billing
    • The GroupNo, CardIdNo, PersonCode, RelationCd and CardholderName fields were not being populated on the Billing table when the insurance plan was set to use the NCPDP Claim Format of "D.0". This behavior has been corrected.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export transactions in a format suitable for use with Accord.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • A "Send DUR Level of Effort" check box has been added to the ECS tab. This setting is only used for Compounds. If the box is checked, FrameworkLTC will automatically send a value of "1" for 473-7E (DUR/PPS Code Counter) and a value of "11" (Basic Preparation) for 474-8E (DUR/PPS Level of Effort). Please note that if any of the DUR Segment fields are added during Rx Entry, this field will not automatically be sent.
    • For D.0 insurance plans, the "Send Product/Service Qualifier and ID as all zeroes" check box will now send "00" for 436-E1 (Product/Service ID Qualifier) and "00000000000" for 407-D7 (Product/Service ID) for Compounds. You still have the ability to overwrite either field in Rx Entry. If the box is not checked and values are not entered in Rx Entry, we will continue to send the primary NDC for the compound and a qualifier of "03".
    • The "Change Patient Info from 5.1 to D.0" button was not copying the ECS fields in the order in which they were assigned in the Insurance Plan Setup. This could cause the Group ID to come before Cardholder ID resulting in the claim to get rejected for a Missing or Invalid CardholderID. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Leave of Absence
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer create a billing transaction for the LOA fee if the calculated amount is zero.
  • Manual Next Fill Date Calculation
    • Previously, when the "Use manual next fill date" system option was turned on, the Next Fill Date was being calculated as dispense date + days supply. FrameworkLTC will now calculate it as Last Next Fill Date + Days Supply on Reorders/Refills. New Orders will continue to calculate the date as it currently does.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Inquiry
    • FrameworkLTC will now send the Pharmacy NPI instead of the NABP number as the service provider ID.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch (By Batch)
    • FrameworkLTC will now create an entry in the patient audit log showing the movement.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch (By Patient)
    • FrameworkLTC will now create an entry in the patient audit log showing the movement.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • When performing a drug substitution, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to automatically update orders in batches that have not yet been adjudicated or packaged.
  • Print Packing Slips By Tote
    • FrameworkLTC will now automatically generate a file that can be used with 4Sameday Solutions after printing the packing slip. You must obtain a license for the 4SameDay Interface in order to enable this feature.
  • Process Returns
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to treat a full return to a private payor (FACI, PRIV, GUAR, CASH, CHRG, INV) as a credit by checking a "Treat as Credit" box on the "Add Return" screen.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will now create an entry in the patient audit log when using the Move Rx to Another Batch button.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, "NCPDP Telecommunication Standard Format for Eligibility Inquires to Medicare Part D". The default value is "5.1". This system option can be found under (Patients)(General) and will be used by the "Medicare Part D Eligibility Check" function on the Facility menu as well as the "Send Eligibility Inquiry for Medicare Part D" button on the patient payment plans screen.
    • New System Option, "Output File Location". This option is used to specify the location of where the files should be created during the Print Packing Slip (By Tote) function. If licensed for the 4SameDay Interface, this system option can be found under (Interfaces)(4SameDay).
  • Zone Printing
    • When the "Use zone printing for prescription labels" system option is turned on and printing labels for compounds and ivs, FrameworkLTC will now use the Zone from the Compound Setup instead of the Primary Ingredient.

Version 3.0.088 (Database Revision 1.02.241) Released 10/11/2011


  • Auto Transfer Inventory
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to transfer the available quantity when sufficient quantity is not available.
  • Batch Resynchronization
    • Since the Batch Resynchronization only supports the current facility, the "All facilities in group" option button has been disabled on the Flash Rx screen when accessing it via the resync function.
  • Eligibility Inquires
    • FrameworkLTC will now send the full social security number when sending Eligibility Inquiries for Medicare Part A/B and Medicare Part D.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Original Date, Facility Name, Nursing Station Name, Times Per Day and Route of Administration (override if applicable) in the "Chudy Group Pouch Packaging Device (ATP384)" file format.
  • Patient Profile
    • The Transfer Patient function has been modified to assign a new value to the PatGuid field when inserting the patient profile record in the new facility.
  • Rx Entry
    • If the "Print Discontinued Medication Notice when orders are cut or deleted" system option is turned on and the "Discontinued Med Notice" format on the Facility Setup is "LFDMN02" and the user attempts to refill/reorder an order that has been cut, the order warning screen that is displayed will include a "Print Discontinue Med Notice" button.
  • Scan Rx
    • If the "Print Discontinued Medication Notice when orders are cut or deleted" system option is turned on and the "Discontinued Med Notice" format on the Facility Setup is "LFDMN02" and the user attempts to refill/reorder an order that has been cut, the order warning screen that is displayed will include a "Print Discontinue Med Notice" button.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "When processing Refills Responses, update the Expire Date if the Date Written changes". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", the Expire Date (on the Prescription Tab) will be recalculated when updating the Reorder record if the Date Written has changed. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(E-Rx). Please note that if this system option is turned on, the "Default Rx Expiration Date" system option must also be turned on.
  • Therapeutic Type Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Suppress Patient Information". If checked, the Patient name will be excluded from this report.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Suppress Prescriber Information". If checked, the Prescriber name and DEA# will be excluded from this report.

Version 3.0.087 (Database Revision 1.02.240) Released 10/3/2011


  • Batch View
    • FrameworkLTC will now update the next fill date when the days supply is changed and the "Use manual next fill date" system option is turned on.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a default delivery ID for each patient. If specified, this delivery ID will override the delivery ID auto-selection based on the facility or nursing station delivery schedule setup.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC will now default the "Packing Step Required", "Final Review Step Required" and "Shipping Tote Step Required" check boxes based on the system option settings when substituting a drug product and adding the replacement drug to the formulary.
    • The transfer zone list was being populated using the logged in user's default pharmacy instead of the pharmacy for the formulary that was being modified. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When using the "Import From Text File" feature, records were not getting created in the PharmacyUserCosts table. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Process Returns
    • The comments field was not being cleared once the return was processed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select prescriptions by Rx#.
  • Substitute Drug Product
    • The "Packing Step Required", "Final Review Step Required", and "Shipping Tote Step Required" settings will now be defaulted for the replacement drug based on the system option settings.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Set time to current time when defaulting split start date". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).

Version 3.0.086 (Database Revision 1.02.236) Released 8/30/2011


  • Compound Setup
    • The "Allow partial return" checkbox was renamed to "Allow credit on partial return".
    • The "Apply credits to partial returns" checkbox was renamed to "Auto apply credit calculation".
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • The "Allow partial return" checkbox was renamed to "Allow credit on partial return".
    • The "Apply credits to partial returns" checkbox was renamed to "Auto apply credit calculation".
  • Physician Setup
    • The "Change NPI" button was not being disabled for users that had "Read Only" access to the screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Summarize On Hand and Committed quantities when producing purchase orders". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will use the total On Hand and Committed quantities for all zones when comparing the quantity to the reorder point. This system option can be found under (System)(General).

Version 3.0.085 (Database Revision 1.02.235) Released 8/30/2011


  • Compound Setup
    • Framework now gives you the ability to specify information (Allow full return, Allow partial return, Apply credits to partial returns and Allow inventory to be returned) regarding returns for each compound. These fields can be found on the returns tab and will be used by the new "Process Returns" function.
    • FrameworkLTC gives you the ability to set up additional validations for partial returns. These will be used by the new "Process Returns" function.
  • Credit a Prescription
    • This function is now considered obsolete. It has been replaced with the new "Process Returns" function on the “Prescriptions” menu. You should begin using the new function immediately as the "Credit a Prescription" function will be removed from the software in an upcoming release.
  • Export Batch
    • When exporting to DOSIS, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select whether administration times are converted to military format or left as is. Prior to this release all administration times were converted to military format.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter the facility's NPI.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select "By Bed Within Room Number" as the sort sequence for MARs, Antipsychotic / Behavior Monitor Records, Treatment Records, ADL Sheets, Flow Records, Significant Med Records and Order Review Sheets on the "Report Options" tab.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to use either the NABP number or the NPI with the "Only import transactions for the selected pharmacy" option.
  • Pharmacist Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the specify if the user may override credit/return processing rules. This setting will be evaluated by the new "Process Returns" function.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • Framework now gives you the ability to specify information (Allow full return, Allow partial return, Apply credits to partial returns, Allow inventory to be returned and Return Zone/Bin) regarding returns for each item in your formulary. These fields can be found on the returns tab and will be used by the new "Process Returns" function.
    • FrameworkLTC gives you the ability to set up additional validations for partial returns. These will be used by the new "Process Returns" function.
    • When substituting a drug product in the pharmacy formulary, the "Allow full return", "Allow partial return", "Apply credits to partial returns", and "Allow inventory to be returned" settings will copied from the replaced drug to the replacement drug. If the system option to copy zones is set, the return zone/bin will be copied as well, otherwise it will be set to the zone/bin selected for the replacement drug.
  • Print Physician's Orders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to sort by "Room Number/Bed".
  • Print Purchase Orders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to "Include Additional Vendor Information". If this box is checked, the vendor phone number, fax number and contact person will be included in the vendor box.
  • Process Returns
    • FrameworkLTC has added a new function that is intended to replace both the Credit a Prescription and Reversed a Posted Rx functions. It will allow you to enter individual returns, or load up a group of returns entered in FacilityLink.
  • Recall Prescription
    • When recalling a prescription, FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the cut date that will be entered on the original order. This value will continue to be defaulted to yesterday's date.
  • Return Adjustment Reasons
    • FrameworkLTC gives you the ability to set up Return Adjustment Reasons. These adjustment reasons are used when adjusting the credit amount in the new "Process Returns" function and for providing an adjustment reason for the additional validations.
  • Reverse a Posted Rx
    • This function is now considered obsolete. It has been replaced with the new "Process Returns" function on the “Prescriptions” menu. You should begin using the new function immediately as the "Reverse a Posted Rx" function will be removed from the software in an upcoming release.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to press <CTRL> + B to trigger the Print Rx Blank button.
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the security setting for "Define Physicians" when pressing the blue arrow in Rx Entry to load the physician profile. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC was not evaluating the security setting for "Define Physicians" when prompting to add a new physician. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The "Next Fill" date has been moved from the "Misc" tab to the header section. This field is only visible if the "Use manual next fill date" system option is turned on. If visible, this field will now replace the method of payment grid that is displayed to the right of the patient information in the header.
    • When performing a Drug Substitution (by GPI or Indication), those items that are in an On Site Store will be highlighted in Cyan.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Default the prescribing physician in Rx Entry for New Orders". The default value is "Yes". If this value is set to "No", FrameworkLTC will not default the prescribing physician to the patient's primary physician. The user will have to manually select the prescribing physician. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Display).
    • New system option, "Display a warning during Final Review if the same user performed the Initial Review". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New system option, "Keep the same Rx Number on UD Composite (for refills)". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", the composite transaction will keep the same Rx# as the component transactions. Please note that this option does not impact refills where the fill quantity written is being used. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Unit Dose).
    • New system option, "Set label printed step as complete on orders sent to MTS". The default value is "Yes". If this value is set to "Yes", prescriptions that are sent to MTS (via the export batch function in Framework or the Real-Time Interface) will be marked as having the label printed. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(MTS).
    • New system option, "Set label printed step as complete on orders sent to Pacmed". The default value is "No". If this value is set to "Yes", prescriptions that are sent to Pacmed Server + (via the export batch function in Framework) will be marked as having the label printed. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(Pacmed Server +).
    • New system option, "Show the NDC (in the Rx Information box) on the Packaging screen". The default value is "Yes". If this value is set to "No", the NDC that is displayed in the Rx Information box will be hidden. This option does not apply to compounds or IVs. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).

Version 3.0.084 (Database Revision 1.02.223) Released 8/1/2011


  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter an EIN (Employer Identification Number).
  • Rx Entry
    • When submitting a unit dose test claim the application would hang while waiting on a response. This behavior originated in FrameworkLTC version 3.0.082 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.083 (Database Revision 1.02.222) Released 8/1/2011


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • The ASAP 4.0 and 4.1 formats have been modified to always use the asterisk character as the field separator and the backslash character as the segment terminator regardless of the state being exported.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to mark the Final Review, Packaging and Shipping Tote steps as completed when using the Chudy Group Pouch Packaging Device (ATP384) format.
  • Facility Setup
    • The External ID field on the "Misc" tab has been replaced with an "External IDs" button which gives you the ability to specify different external ids for each interface.
  • Flash Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select prescriptions by next fill date. This feature is only available is the "Use manual next fill date" system option is turned on.
    • FrameworkLTC was not taking into account whether the order was for a partial tablet when looking up the zone/bin/package type when creating the cycle by dispensing calendar. This behavior has been corrected.
    • The Fill Number was not being calculated correctly when using the dispensing calendar. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the ANSI 835 5010 format.
    • When printing the Application Details Report for the ANSI 835 format, check numbers over 12 digits in length were being displayed as asterisks. The report has been modified to handle 20 digits.
  • Nursing Station Setup
    • The External ID field has been replaced with an "External IDs" button which gives you the ability to specify different external ids for each interface.
  • Patient Profile
    • The External ID field on the "Other Info" tab has been replaced with an "External IDs" button which gives you the ability to specify different external ids for each interface.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that you have selected at least one day of the month when using the "Monthly" admin type.
  • Pharmacy Formulary - Drug Substitution
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to change the status of the replaced item on the pharmacy formulary.
    • FrameworkLTC will now save/default the state of the check boxes.
  • Purge Literal Orders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to purge patient literal orders. This new feature can be found on the Utilities menu.
  • Renew Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the split start date to the start date on the order.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC was not taking the partial tablet checkbox into account when looking up the zone/bin/package type both for new orders and reorders/refills. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Always enter cut date on new Rxs" system option when recalling a prescription.
    • FrameworkLTC will now validate that you have selected at least one day of the month when using the "Monthly" admin type.
    • The validation to determine if a prescriber can prescribe a controlled substance was not being done on compounds or IVs. This behavior has been corrected and the primary ingredient will be evaluated.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Use manual next fill date". If set to "True", you will be able to specify the next fill date that will be used when selecting orders for FlashRx. This date will be defaulted to the dispense date plus the days supply. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).

Version 3.0.082 (Database Revision 1.02.217) Released 7/5/2011


  • Add to Shipping Tote by Order
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to scan the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface barcode to lookup the order.
    • The Rx Number and Reorder Number have been added to the Rx Information portion of the screen.
  • Add to Shipping Tote by Tote
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to scan the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface barcode to lookup the order.
  • Batch Status Monitor
    • FrameworkLTC will now look at the PlacedInToteBy field instead of the ToteId field when determining if the workflow step has been completed.
  • Calculate Medication Therapy Management Fees
    • If the pharmacy in which the transaction is being billed is tied to a central pharmacy, the central pharmacy will now be set as the pharmacy on the billing transaction.
  • Compounds
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter up to 10 Procedure Modifier Codes on each ingredient of the compound. If present, these codes will be passed in 363-2H (Compound Ingredient Modifier Code) of the Compound Segment on D.0 claims.
  • Create Per Diem Billing
    • If the pharmacy in which the transaction is being billed is tied to a central pharmacy, the central pharmacy will now be set as the pharmacy on the billing transaction.
  • Credit Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to scan the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface barcode to lookup the order.
  • Delete Prescription From Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to scan the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface barcode to lookup the order.
    • The Rx Number and Reorder Number have been added to the Rx Information portion of the screen.
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • FrameworkLTC will now look at the PlacedInToteBy field instead of the ToteId field when determining if the workflow step has been completed.
  • Export Batch
    • The Pacmed, AutoMed, Talyst and Chudy exports have been modified to export the records in adminstration time order.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to reprint a packing slip. This button will only be available if your packing slip format supports the reprint feature.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to scan the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface barcode to lookup the order.
    • The Rx Number and Reorder Number have been added to the Rx Information portion of the screen.
  • Find Rx in History
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to scan the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface barcode to lookup the order.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • The ANSI 835 electronic remittance advice import has been modified to use the last 7 digits of the Rx number to look up a transaction if it cannot be found using the full Rx number. This was done for version 5.1 claims where the Rx number was longer than 7 digits because only the last 7 digits of the Rx number would be included in the ANSI 835 file.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to scan the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface barcode to lookup the order.
    • The Rx Number and Reorder Number have been added to the Rx Information portion of the screen.
  • Packaging
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to scan the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface barcode to lookup the order.
    • The Rx Number and Reorder Number have been added to the Rx Information portion of the screen.
  • Patient Profile
    • The “Active Patients Only/Show all patients” toggle button is no longer enabled when editing a record to prevent the user from losing their changes by clicking the button when in edit mode.
  • Patient Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to toggle between "Active Orders Only" and "Show All Orders".
  • Pharmacist Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a Clinical Warnings Override Code for each pharmacist. This field will only be available if the "Require pharmacist override code when clinical warnings are detected" system option is turned on.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer display a warning that the ACCPAC database ID is not set if the pharmacy is tied to a central pharmacy.
  • Post Rx Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now look at the PlacedInToteBy field instead of the ToteId field when determining if the workflow step has been completed.
  • Pre-billing Verification Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include subtotals for each patient.
  • Prescription History
    • A new field, “Picked Up”, has been added to the Workflow tab. This field will only be visible in a retail facility and if the default pharmacy of the facility is licensed for the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface. This field will display the date and time that a prescription was picked up as provided by the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface.
  • Receive Inventory
    • If the NDC Ordered matched the NDC Received and the NDC Received was not on the formulary, it would not be added. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Reverse Batch
    • A “violation of primary key” error would occur when reversing both the primary and secondary claim for a prescription and the secondary claim was a version D.0 claim. This has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • A new field, “Picked Up”, has been added to the Workflow tab. This field will only be visible in a retail facility and if the pharmacy that the batch is tied to is licensed for the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface. This field will display the date and time that a prescription was picked up as provided by the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to scan the FrameworkLTC MerchantSoft POS Interface barcode to lookup the order.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer display the warning that the item being ordered is in a Passport on-site store if the patient has a default package type, and the patient default package type is different from the on-site store package type.
  • Submit Electronic Claims by Batch
    • The reports displayed showing accepted and rejected claims have been modified to display Rx numbers longer than 7 digits.
    • When submitting NCPDP version 5.1 claims with Rx numbers longer than 7 digits, an “overflow” error would occur. This has been corrected.
  • Submit Unit Dose Test Claims
    • The message (504-F4) field will now be displayed on the report for rejected claims. Previously, the report would attempt to show the entire response, which would most always show up as asterisks because it was too long.
    • The reports displayed showing accepted and rejected claims have been modified to display Rx numbers longer than 7 digits.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Override code to ignore error messages". If this code is populated, whenever a user clicks the "Ignore" button on an error message, they will be required to enter this code to continue. This system option can be found under (System)(General).
    • New system option, "Require pharmacist override code when clinical warnings are detected". If set to yes, any user that does not have permission to review prescriptions or does not have their own override code will be required to enter an override code to continue when clinical warnings are displayed in Rx Entry and when adding standing drug orders to a patient. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Clinical Screening>.
    • New system option, "Show all on-site store items regardless of status". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Drug Lookup).
    • New system option, "Show OSS indicator for items in EDK". If set to yes, the OSS indicator will displayed in Rx Entry for items that are in an EDK. The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Display).
  • Test Claim History Report
    • The Test Claim History Report has been modified to display Rx numbers longer than 7 digits.

Version 3.0.081 (Database Revision 1.02.209) Released 5/31/2011


  • DocuTrack Interface
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to load a patient profile in FrameworkLTC directly from DocuTrack.
  • E-Rx Interface
    • An additional "Message Information" section has been to the E-Rx grids that are displayed within the FrameworkLTC. This additional section includes the Message ID and the Date/Time that the message was sent. The printed copy that you can generate will also include this information.
  • Export Batch
    • The "First dose no earlier than" prompt did not allow values between 12:00 am and 12:59am to be entered. This was an issue with the version of the time control that was being used on the screen and has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile - Audit Log
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to sort the grid by clicking on the column headers.
  • Patient Profile - Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you ability to press F9 on the administration times grid to get a quick reference list of available schedules.
  • Patient Profile - Tax Status
    • FrameworkLTC will now automatically add the Tax Status information to the patient profile when adding/editing a patient that does not already have the tax status information saved.
  • Pharmacist Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to indicate which facilities the pharmacist should have access to in the FacilityLink work queue. Only the requests for those facilities will be shown to that user.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter a Safety Stock value on the inventory zones. When creating purchase orders, generating the low stock report, or auto-transferring inventory, items will be included if the on-hand quantity is below the reorder point or the safety stock value.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter notes on a formulary item.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter the purchase ID and unit price for additional vendors for each item in the pharmacy formulary. This information is accessed through the "Add'l Vendors" button on the Inventory tab.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to search for items in the formulary using the manufacturer barcode.
    • The override values for AWP, Direct, WAC and HCFA/FFP were not being taken into account when auto calculating the user costs. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary - Drug Substitution
    • A new checkbox, "Include all drugs with the same GPI", has been added to the Substitute Drug screen. If checked, NDCs that have the same GPI as the drug product being replaced will also be replaced in patient reorders and compound definitions.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a warning if the user selects the "On Site Stores (not recommended)" box.
    • If reorders are updated, any orders that exist in a batch will be displayed to the user with the ability to automatically mark these prescriptions as a one-time change, so that the NDC on the reorder does not revert back to the original product when the prescription is posted.
    • The "Current Prescription Batches" checkbox has been removed.
    • The "On Site Store Templates" checkbox has been changed to "On Site Store Templates (not recommended)" and will be unchecked by default.
    • The "On Site Stores" checkbox has been changed to "On Site Stores (not recommended)" and will be unchecked by default.
    • The "Unbilled U/D transactions in history" checkbox has been changed to "Unbilled U/D transactions in history (not recommended)" and will be unchecked by default.
  • Post Rx
    • The submit, ingredient and label quantities were not getting updated to reflect the intended quantity when posting a completion of a partial fill. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC has inceased the size of the multiplier field to allow for values up to and including 99.9999.
  • Pricing Audit Log
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to sort the grid by clicking on the column headers.
  • Print Packing Slips
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the packing slip id in the Network Express export file.
  • Receive Packing Slip
    • When attempting to save an image and the "Shared folder for OLE Document storage" path ends in "\", the first character of the filename gets removed when saving it to the database. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Reverse Posted Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow you to reverse a unit dose component that has already been composited. You must reverse the composite transaction or use the Credit Rx function.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you ability to press F9 on the administration times grid to get a quick reference list of available schedules.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow you to mark a partial fill or a completion of a partial fill as a one-time change.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow you to use the "Override" button on "Profile Only" scripts.
  • Standing Drug Orders
    • When pressing the "Orders List" button on the Standing Drug Orders screen, you always got the standing drug orders for the current facility that you were logged into regardless of the facility that you were on in Facility setup screen. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "---- Consider Total Quantity Written a significant field". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow) and works in conjunction with the "Reset workflow steps during Rx Edit operations" and "-- Only reset workflow steps when clinically significant fields change" options. The default value is "No".
    • New system option, "Automatically calculate Percentage Sales Tax Amount Submitted (482-GE)". The default value is "No". If set to "Yes", FrameworkLTC will automatically calculate the value for this field when it is added to a prescription if the Percentage Sales Tax Basis Submitted (484-JE) and Percentage Sales Tax Rate Submitted (483-HE) fields are present and populated. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Calculations).
    • New system option, "Force Initial Review of all C-III through C-V Orders". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
  • Therapeutic Interchange Audit Log
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to sort the grid by clicking on the column headers.

Version 3.0.080 (Database Revision 1.02.202) Released 5/2/2011


  • Add to Shipping Tote (By Tote)
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the total number of items added to the tote below the grid.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • FrameworkLTC will now the asterisk and backslash as delimiters when exporting the ASAP 4.0 format for the state of Indiana.
    • The following formats have been modified to handle cases where a patient address is entered and the state does not match the Facility's state. (1) ASAP Telecom. Format for C/S Reporting (NABP#), (2) ASAP Telecom. Format for C/S Reporting (DEA#), (3) ASAP Telecom. Format for C/S Reporting (License No), (4) Texas Department of Public Safety, (5) ASAP 3.0, (6) ASAP 4.0 (2007) and (7) ASAP 4.1 (2007). If the Patient's state is entered, it will be used. Otherwise, the Facility's state will be used.
  • Create Unit Dose Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select by Method of Payment. When using this option, the "Re-apply method of payment selection rules to U/D prescriptions" option will be disabled.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select by nursing station.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select more than one patient.
  • Credit Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Block Pharmacy Selection" and "May Select Alternate Pharmacies" options when looking up the prescription.
  • D.0 Claim Submission
    • When submitting a D.0 claim, an "Exception of type System.OutOfMemoryException was thrown" error would occur. This behavior originated in version 3.0.078 and has been corrected.
  • DUR Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print the report for a specific patient(s).
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the average number of scheduled orders per patient, the average number of PRN orders per resident, and the average number of all orders per patient in the Facility Summary at the end of the report.
  • Facility Setup
    • Under certain circumstances, a "Syntax error or access violation" error would occur when attempting to copy standing drug orders. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Inventory Returns Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter based on the action taken (Destroyed or Returned to Stock).
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter based on the state of the "No Credit Given" checkbox (Checked or Not Checked).
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select records by Pharmacy, Facility or Facility Group.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the sort order. The available options are (1) Log Date/Time (desc), Facility ID, Rx Number or (2) Facility ID, Log Date/Time (desc), Rx Number.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch (By Batch)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to change the Prescription Status when moving an order to another batch.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch (By Patient)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to change the Prescription Status when moving an order to another batch. The “To” Prescription Status will be defaulted to the most commonly used status in the batch that you are moving to.
  • Print Third Party Invoices
    • Adjudicated transactions were incorrectly being included on the invoice. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Receive Inventory
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Vendor in the Pharmacy Inventory Log entry for the receipt.
  • Receive Orders (Obsolete)
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Vendor in the Pharmacy Inventory Log entry for the receipt.
  • Renew Rx
    • When the “Default Rx Expiration Date” system option is turned on and the order is for a compound, FrameworkLTC will now look at the DEA class of primary ingredient when determining the days until expiration.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer change the invoice group when the primary method of payment is a third party and the “Rev Prim.” checkbox is unchecked.
    • When Retro-Quicking a prescription where the primary method is a third party and unchecking the “Rev Prim.” checkbox, the pricing was being recalculated, even though the method of payment and price code were not changed. This has been corrected so that the pricing will not be recalculated when the primary method of payment is a third party and the “Rev Prim.” checkbox is unchecked.
  • Reverse Posted Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the "Block Pharmacy Selection" and "May Select Alternate Pharmacies" options when looking up the prescription.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to change the Prescription Status when moving an order to another batch. The “To” Prescription Status will be defaulted to the most commonly used status in the batch that you are moving to.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter a Route of Administration Override code on the miscellaneous tab. This value will be defaulted when doing the SIG interpretation. This value will get carried through to Reorders and History.
    • FrameworkLTC will now acknowledge the “Automatically print Rx blanks for new C-II orders” and “Automatically print Rx blanks for new C-III, C-IV, and C-V orders” system options when adding an order for a compound whose primary ingredient is a control.
    • When the “Default Rx Expiration Date” system option is turned on and the order is for a compound, FrameworkLTC will now look at the DEA class of primary ingredient when determining the days until expiration.
  • SIG Code Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to tie a Medispan Route of Administration to a SIG code.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Copy cycle fill setting". This system option can be found under (System)(Pharmacy Formulary Substitution). The default value is "No". If set to yes, the setting of the cycle fill checkbox will be copied from the replaced drug to the replacement drug when substituting a drug in the pharmacy formulary.
    • New system option, "Copy dispensed for". This system option can be found under (System)(Pharmacy Formulary Substitution). The default value is "No". If set to yes, the dispensed for text will be copied from the replaced drug to the replacement drug when substituting a drug in the pharmacy formulary.
    • New system option, "Copy treatment drug setting". This system option can be found under (System)(Pharmacy Formulary Substitution). The default value is "No". If set to yes, the setting of the treatment drug checkbox will be copied from the replaced drug to the replacement drug when substituting a drug in the pharmacy formulary.
    • New system option, "Copy unit dose billing setting". This system option can be found under (System)(Pharmacy Formulary Substitution). The default value is "No". If set to yes, the setting of the unit dose billing checkbox will be copied from the replaced drug to the replacement drug when substituting a drug in the pharmacy formulary.
    • New system option, "Copy user costs". This system option can be found under (System)(Pharmacy Formulary Substitution). The default value is "No". If set to yes, the user costs will be copied from the replaced drug to the replacement drug when substituting a drug in the pharmacy formulary.
    • New system option, "Copy zones". This system option can be found under (System)(Pharmacy Formulary Substitution). The default value is "No". If set to yes, the inventory zones will be copied from the replaced drug to the replacement drug when substituting a drug in the pharmacy formulary.
    • New System Option, "Set final review step as complete on orders sent to Automed". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(Automed).
    • New System Option, "Set shipping tote step as complete on orders sent to Automed". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(Automed).
    • New system option, "Suppress messages for inactive orders". This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(General Purpose HL7 Interface). The default value is "No".
  • Therapeutic Interchange Definitions
    • FrameworkLTC will now keep an audit log of the changes made to the physician and global therapeutic interchanges.
  • Update Inventory From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Vendor in the Pharmacy Inventory Log entry for the receipt when using the FrameworkLTC CSV Format.

Version 3.0.079 (Database Revision 1.02.188) Released 3/31/2011


  • Active Orders List
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to jump to particular drug by searching for a drug name. This screen can be accessed by (1) the Orders List button on the Reorders screen, (2) the Browse button on the Reminder Setup screen, (3) the Browse button on the ScanRx screen and (4) the Browse buttons on the Create New Prescription screen of Rx Entry.
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the administration times in the grid. This screen can be accessed by (1) the Orders List button on the Reorders screen, (2) the Browse button on the Reminder Setup screen, (3) the Browse button on the ScanRx screen and (4) the Browse buttons on the Create New Prescription screen of Rx Entry.
  • Create Batch
    • When creating a new batch, if the pharmacist drop-down is locked because the “Tie Pharmacist NPI to Login ID” setting is set, the “Only show Pharmacists that May Review Rxs when Creating a Batch” system is set, and the logged in user does not have permission to review Rxs, the pharmacist drop-down will now be set to the associated pharmacist for the logged in user, if there is one.
  • DocuTrack
    • An 'Overflow' error would occur when associating a packing slip to DocuTrack if the packing slip id was a large number. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Export Batch(es)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to create a file that can be used with Catalyst.
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass a barcode value to PacMed as the last field in the record.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the fill history from this screen.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch by Patient
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to move orders for a given patient from one batch to another.
  • Package Types
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to indicate if the package type allows for prescriptions with a quantity per dose greater than 1. This setting will be evaluated in Rx Entry, Scan Rx, Flash Rx, FwDirect and FWHL7.
  • Patient Order List
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to jump to particular drug by searching for a drug name. This screen can be accessed by (1) the Active Reorders button on the Rx Entry screen and (2) the Open Patient Order List button on the Find Patient screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the administration times in the grid. This screen can be accessed by (1) the Active Reorders button on the Rx Entry screen and (2) the Open Patient Order List button on the Find Patient screen.
  • PostIt Notes
    • PostIt Notes based on a GPI with 'All Products' selected were being duplicated when being attached to the Notes of Rx Entry. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Labels By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter by Delivery ID.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter by Zone.
    • FrameworkLTC will now remember/default the state of the "Print labels alphabetically by drug name" checkbox.
  • Renew Rx
    • When renewing a prescription, the split start and stop dates were getting carried over from the original order. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Resynchronize Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the administration times on the report when checking the "Include tests for changes in Admin Times" box.
  • Rx Entry
    • The actual cost was not being displayed on the screen for User Defined IVs. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When recalling a prescription, the split start and stop dates were getting carried over from the original order. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New system option, "Automatically populate Dispensed For when substituting generic product for branded product". The default value is "No". If set to "Yes", the Dispensed For field will be populated with the branded product name when substituting a generic product for a branded product in Rx Entry. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Drug Lookup).
    • New system option, "Automatically print Rx blanks for new C-III, C-IV, and C-V orders". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Printing).
    • New system Option, "Reset prescriber to patient primary physician on reorders". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Reorders/Refills).
    • New System Option, "Set final review step as complete on orders sent to Catalyst". This system option will be defaulted to the same value as the "Set final review step as complete on orders sent to Pacmed" system option. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(Catalyst).
    • New System Option, "Set packaging step as complete on orders sent to Catalyst". This system option will be defaulted to the same value as the "Set packaging step as complete on orders sent to Pacmed" system option. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(Catalyst).
    • New System Option, "Set shipping tote step as complete on orders sent to Catalyst". This system option will be defaulted to the same value as the "Set shipping tote step as complete on orders sent to Pacmed" system option. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(Catalyst).
    • New system Option, "Show the on-hand quantity for items in on-site store". The default value is "No". If this option is turned on, the quantity will be displayed in the lower right corner of the Rx Entry screen. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Display).
    • New System Option, "Use Start Date instead of Dispense Date when exporting a batch to Catalyst". This system option will be defaulted to the same value as the "Use Start Date instead of Dispense Date when exporting a batch to Pacmed" system option. This system option can be found under (Interfaces)(Catalyst).
    • New system option, "Warn if dispensed quantity exceeds available quantity when saving in Rx Entry". The default value is "No". This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, “Allow real time barcode association”. The default value is “Yes”. If set to “No”, FrameworkLTC will not prompt the user to enter the NDC when a scanned barcode is not recognized. This system option can be found under (System)(General).
    • New System Option, “Show the cutoff date on the initial review screen”. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New System Option, “Show the Print Auto Substitution Notice button on the initial review screen”. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
    • New System Option, “Show the Print Rx Blank button on the initial review screen”. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
  • Third Party Payment Reconciliation
    • When editing an existing payment, records where the benefit manager changed did not appear. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Unit Dose Composite Billing
    • The Total Quantity Written on the Composite transaction was being set to the sum of the components. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Update Cost From Disk
    • FrameworkLTC now supports the SureCost file format.

Version 3.0.078 (Database Revision 1.02.175) Released 3/1/2011


  • DocuTrack
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Drug Allergy and the Other Allergy in the Patient Aggregate.
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Original Date in the AdditionalInfo Aggregate.
  • Insurance Plans
    • Added a 'Send Facility Segment' checkbox to the ECS tab. This will be used when building D.0 claims and will only be visible when the NCPDP Claim Format is D.0.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Special Drug Coverage table in the patient transfer function.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to synchronize your FrameworkLTC inventory with a third party via a "Synchronize Inventory" button on the "Inventory" tab. FrameworkLTC gives you to synchronize with the Cardinal Inventory Management (CIM) system. All ajustments will be made to the FrameworkLTC inventory. Items that are in the third party system, but not in FrameworkLTC, will be highlighted in yellow and will be automatically added to the pharmacy formulary when processing those items.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to update the NDCs on the Special Drug Coverage table when performing a substitution.
  • Pre-Billing Verification Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the invoice group(s) that you wish to include. Like the patient criteria, this is only available when selecting to process the current facility.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, "Require Quantity to be multiple of Minimum Quantity to Dispense”. The default value is “No”. If this system option is turned on, it will be evaluated in Rx Entry, Scan Rx and FwDirect. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New System Option, “-- Consider 'Not Specified' to be a valid Origin Code”. The default value is “Yes”. This is a sub-option under "Require Origin Code on All Rxs" and can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New System Option, “Append the quantity per dose to the directions in Initial Review”. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).
  • Update Inventory From Disk
    • The "Cardinal 856 Softwriters Advance Shipment Notice" format has been renamed to the "FrameworkLTC CSV Format".

Version 3.0.077 (Database Revision 1.02.168) Released 2/11/2011


  • Barcode Lookup
    • When checking for previously stored manufacturer barcodes, FrameworkLTC will now only look for barcodes that are linked to active products in the pharmacy formulary.
  • Credential File
    • An error #-2147467261, object reference not set to an instance of an object would occur in several functions within the application when logging in using the credential file. This behavior originated in version 3.0.074 and has been corrected.
  • Pharmacy Formulary Inventory Log
    • FrameworkLTC will now display dispense transactions as the quantity dispensed * -1. All existing log entries have been modified.
    • FrameworkLTC will now record the quantity as negative for entries that have reduced on hand and positive for entries that increased on hand.

Version 3.0.076 (Database Revision 1.02.167) Released 2/2/2011


  • Controlled Substance Export
    • The ASAP 4.0 and 4.1 formats have been modified to populate PHA11 (contact name) with the name of the logged in user when exporting for states other than California. When exporting for California, this field will be populated with the pharmacy license number.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the pharmacy service type in the 'Pharmacy Configuration Parameters' section. This field is only visible for plans with a NCPDP Claim Format of D.0.
  • Unbilled Transactions Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to suppress line items with a zero amount.
    • When including unbilled Rxs's in history where the primary MOP was private and the total price was zero, the MOP was not being populated on the report. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.075 (Database Revision 1.02.166) Released 2/2/2011


  • Alternate Lookup String
    • If an User Defined Item has an alternate lookup string defined on the pharmacy formulary, but does not have an associated NDC for Clinical Screening, the Alternate Lookup String will not pull the drug up in Rx Entry. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • The ASAP 4.0 and 4.1 controlled substance export formats have been modified so that field PAT20 (species code) is populated with “01” (human), field AIR09 is populated with the pharmacist last name, and field AIR10 is populated with the pharmacist first name.
  • Scan Rx
    • Under certain circumstances, when calculating pricing on IVs, the fee schedule (by quantity) was not being evaluated properly. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.074 (Database Revision 1.02.163) Released 2/2/2011


  • Archive History
    • The Custom Fields were not being archived. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Batch View
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to double-click on a record to open the order in the batch.
  • Billing Summary By MOP Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the Facility Group(s) that you wish to include on the report.
  • Care Level Codes
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain 'Patient Residence'. This fields will be used in the D.0 processing.
    • The 'Default Patient Location' will only be used in 5.1 processing. This field has been replaced with 'Place of Service' in D.0.
  • Compound Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain 'Compound Type'. This fields will be used in the D.0 processing.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • The ASAP 4.1 (2007) controlled substance export format has been modified to send the pharmacy license number in the pharmacy header if the selected state is California.
  • CoverMyMeds Interface
    • FrameworkLTC now integrates with CoverMyMeds, which allows you to efficiently and seamlessly integrate the creation and tracking of Prior Authorization forms into your existing pharmacy workflow process. The integration from FrameworkLTC to CoverMyMeds allows the pharmacy to pass the necessary patient, payer, drug, and physician information to CoverMyMeds for automatic form selection and form completion. You can then use all of the functionality exposed by CoverMyMeds to submit and track the status of your prior authorization form.
  • Export Batch
    • Under certain circumstances, the start date was not being taken into account when determining the pass dates for PacMed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select D.0 as the NCPDP format.
    • The Change Patient Info button will now go from 5.1 to D.0 instead of 3.2 to 5.1.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain 'Place of Service' and 'Service Type'. These fields will be used in the D.0 processing.
  • Post Batch
    • The LastModifiedOn field of the HRxs table was not getting set when posting a prescription. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Reminder Setup
    • Under certain circumstances, an error -2147217864 "Row cannot be located for updating. Some values may have been changed since it was last read.” would occur when deleting a reminder. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Reorders
    • The Clarification Code drop down was removed from the Miscellaneous tab. This has been replaced with a Clarification Codes button on the Primary ECS tab. 5.1 claims allow one clarification code to be selected. D.0 claims allow up to 3 clarification codes to be selected.
    • The Prescribed Quantity has been added to the Miscellaneous tab.
  • Rx Entry
    • The Clarification Code drop down was removed from the Miscellaneous tab. This has been replaced with a Clarification Codes button on the Primary ECS tab. 5.1 claims allow one clarification code to be selected. D.0 claims allow up to 3 clarification codes to be selected.
    • The Prescribed Quantity has been added to the Miscellaneous tab.
  • Therapeutic Interchange
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain the Prescribed Quantity on the order.
  • User Defined Drug Products
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the Form Type (Gas, Liquid, Other, Solid) when defining the drug product.
  • Workflow
    • The workflow steps will now be reset when updating prescriptions in batches with changes made to reorders based on the “Reset workflow steps during Rx Edit operations” and "-- Only reset workflow steps when clinically significant fields change" system options.

Version 3.0.073 (Database Revision 1.02.157) Released 1/3/2011


  • Rx Entry
    • Under certain circumstances, the price code was not being defaulted to default price code for the Medicare coverage period. This behavior originated in version 3.0.071 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.072 (Database Revision 1.02.155) Released 1/3/2011


  • Compound Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now give you the ability to specify the expire period for compounds.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display all 4 decimal places of the ingredient quantity. Previously 4 decimals were being stored in the database, but only 2 were being displayed on the screen.
  • Cost Calculations
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the additional quantity billed in the ActCost (actual cost) and InvCost (inventory cost) calculations.
  • DocuTrack
    • FrameworkLTC will now include Streeet1, Street2, City, State and Zip in the Facility Aggregate.
  • eRx Message Log
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view messages that the pharmacy refused.
  • eRx Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now log an entry in the erx..eRxRefusals table when the 'Refuse Request' button is pressed.
  • Export Batch
    • When exporting to PacMed, records were being passed for non-administration times (BP, PULSE, etc.). This behavior has been corrected.
  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define a facility custom field with the description “Facility Note” and have it displayed in the left panel of the status bar on the main menu.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the number of labels that should be created for each administration time when choosing to set the number of labels based on times per day in the facility setup. You can also choose to only default the number of labels for solid oral medications.
  • Find Patient
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to click on the column headers and sort the results by that particular field.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • The function to copy ECS fields has been modified to only allow you to copy between insurance plans that are setup with the same NCPDP Claim Format.
  • Invoice Group Default by Drug
    • A “Select By NDC” button has been added for records specified by GPI.
  • OrderEntryStats Table
    • FrameworkLTC has added 3 new fields to the table (RxBatch, Deleted and RxGuid).
    • FrameworkLTC will now insert records into the OrderEntryStats table at the time that the record is inserted into the Rxs table.
    • FrameworkLTC will now set the Deleted flag if the order is deleted from a batch.
    • FrameworkLTC will now update all fields except Entered and EnteredByNPI each time the Rx record is updated.
    • FrameworkLTC will now update the Posted date on those transactions that are posted to history (HRxs table).
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will now allow the user to select which prescriptions will be deleted when prompted to remove prescriptions from batches via the discharging patient or cutting all active orders process.
    • The Patient Payment Plans Specific Drug Coverage screen has been modified to include a “Select By NDC” button for records specified by GPI.
  • Pharmacist Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer allow you to save a Pharmacist profile with a status of "Inactive" if that pharmacist is the entered by pharmacist or the initial reviewing pharmacist on an order that is still in a batch.
  • Rx Entry
    • When adding a medical condition to a patient on the Rx Entry screen, the user will now be prompted if they want to update the medical condition text for the patient if the “Update the medical condition text after editing medical conditions” system option is set to yes.
  • System Options
    • New system option, “Block physician update on Rxs when profile data changes”. The default value is "No". If set to "Yes", it will prevent the physician in Rx Entry from being set back to the default physician for the patient after making changes to the patient profile. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(General).
    • New system option, “Default response for non-equivalent drug products warning during formulary substitution”. The default value is “Yes”. This system option can be found under (System)(Message Prompt Defaults).
    • New system option, “Default response for Rx Entry warning when order for same drug has already been entered”. The default value is “Yes”. This system option can be found under (System)(Message Prompt Defaults).
    • New system option, “Default response for ScanRx warning when order has already been added to batch”. The default value is “Yes”. This system option can be found under (System)(Message Prompt Defaults).
    • New system option, “Show drug name in red if covered by per diem”. The default value is “No”. If set to “Yes”, the drug name will be displayed in red on the Full Screen Entry and Initial Review screens if the drug is on the per diem formulary and the prescription falls within a per diem coverage period for the patient. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Display).
    • New System Option, “Show patient height in centimeters”. The default value is “No”. If set to yes, the patient height will displayed in centimeters. If set to no, the patient height will be displayed in inches. This system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
    • New System Option, “Show patient weight in kilograms”. The default value is “No”. If set to yes, the patient weight will be displayed in kilograms. If set to no, the patient weight will be displayed in pounds. This system option can be found under (Patients)(General).
    • The “Default response for removing prescriptions from edit batches when the patient’s status changes from active to inactive” system option has been moved from the (Patients)(Admit/Discharge) category to the (System)(Message Prompt Defaults) category.

Version 3.0.071 (Database Revision 1.02.143) Released 11/30/2010


  • Delivery Dashboard
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter on Pharmacy ID.
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the Pharmacy ID as the last column in the detail grids.
  • E-Rx Message Log
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print the details of the request.
  • E-Rx Queue
    • FrameworkLTC has added a confirmation step to the Refuse Request button.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now include compounds and IVs in the file when exporting to one of the two Pacmed formats.
  • FacilityLink Message Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the 'Block Pharmacy Selection' and 'May Select Alternate Pharmacies' setting when determining which messages to display to the user.
  • FacilityLink Work Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the 'Block Pharmacy Selection' and 'May Select Alternate Pharmacies' setting when determining which messages to display to the user.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry
    • The administration times will now be defaulted when selecting a literal order from the library.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now append the administration times to the directions (enclosed in parentheses) when the “Append the administration times to the directions in Initial and Final Review" system option is turned on.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the ERx message if the prescription originated as an electronic prescription.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now append the administration times to the directions (enclosed in parentheses) when the “Append the administration times to the directions in Initial and Final Review" system option is turned on.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to copy additional ECS fields between insurance plans.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to move additional ECS Fields up and down within the grid.
  • Monthly Administration Schedules
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select 29, 30 or 31.
  • Paperfree Interface
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to access the menu (on screens that have the Paperfree button) by pressing the F8 key. From there, the user can press I to initiate an index action, R to initiate a retrieve action, and C to initiate a create form action. The user can also use the arrow keys to select between the different actions and press the enter key to initiate the selected action.
    • FrameworkLTC will now pass the following additional data elements on the Rx Entry, Reorders, and Prescription History screens: nursing station, room, bed, patient address street 1, patient address street 2, patient address city, patient address state, patient address zip, drug strength, quantity, directions, physician name, physician phone, and physician DEA.
  • Patient Note History
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define default descriptions that will be available to select from when adding a note to the patient note history.
  • Pharmacist Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now sort the pharmacists alphabetically by name.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to update the House Stock List when performing a drug substitution.
  • Physician Setup
    • FrameworkLTC has added an E-Rx tab, which is only visible for those customers that are licensed to use the E-Rx interface. This tab shows the SureScripts directory information associated with the physician.
  • System Option
    • New System Option, “Append the administration times to the directions in Initial and Final Review”. The default value is “No”. This system option can be found under (Prescriptions)(Workflow).

Version 3.0.070 (Database Revision 1.02.134) Released 10/18/2010


  • E-Rx Queue
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the 'Block Pharmacy Selection' and 'May Select Alternate Pharmacies' settings when displaying the queue count and selecting messages to process.
  • Initial Review
    • A dose screening tab has been added and includes functionality for viewing the dosing information for the prescription. This tab is only visible for those customers that subscribe to the Drug Dosing and Administration database (DDA).
  • Message Queue
    • An error#381, Invalid property array index, would occur if you attempted to send a message without selecting a category. This has been corrected and replaced with a message stating that you must select a category prior to sending the message.
  • Patient Merge
    • When merging two patient, the medical conditions on the 'From' profile were not getting carried over to the 'To' profile. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Profile
    • FrameworkLTC will now color code the 'Active Date' button on the payment plans screen based on the date range(s) entered. If the current date is in the covered range, the button will be green. If the current date is not in the covered range, the button will be red. If there are no dates entered, the button will remain gray.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • 'This is a User Defined Drug Product' will be displayed above the tabs when the item is a user defined drug.
    • The formulary list now includes a column (at the end) to indicate if the product is a user defined drug.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the id, user name and password for the E-Rx mailbox. These fields will only be visible if you are licensed for the E-Rx interface.
  • Print Labels By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select 'New Orders' and/or 'Reorders/Refills' to be included in the print job.
  • Reminder Setup
    • Under certain circumstances, the order number was not being populated with the order selected when using the browse orders button. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Renew Rx
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to renew multiple orders for a specified patient by selecting the orders from a list.
  • Rx Entry
    • If a drug product was selected first and then changed to a compound or IV while entering the order, the dispensed for field was not getting cleared. This behavior has been corrected.

Version 3.0.069 (Database Revision 1.02.129)

  • Facility Delivery Schedules
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to specify if the delivery allow new orders and/or reorders/refills. You also have the ability to set different cutoff times for new orders and reorders/refills.
  • Nursing Station Delivery Schedules
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to specify if the delivery allow new orders and/or reorders/refills. You also have the ability to set different cutoff times for new orders and reorders/refills.
  • Pharmacists
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to maintain a status (Active or Inactive). Inactive pharmacists will be excluded from the drop down lists within FrameworkLTC®.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • When performing a drug substitution and checking “Unbilled U/D transactions in history” box, all pharmacies were being updated with the new NDC. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Delivery Dashboard
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to view prescription counts along with average and maximum wait times on workflow.
  • Rx Entry
    • As an additional validation during the save process, FrameworkLTC® will validate that you did not change the drug type (drug product, compound, IV) when reordering/refilling a prescription.
    • As an additional validation during the save process, FrameworkLTC® will validate that you did not change the compound or IV when reordering/refilling a prescription.
    • Previously, FrameworkLTC® would display a message when reordering/refilling a prescription that contained a Hold Date regardless of what the date was. Now, the messages will only be displayed if the Hold Date is greater than or equal to the Dispense Date.
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to enter the fill quantity written for unit dose orders that do not have refills. This fill quantity written will be used when creating the unit dose composite billing transactions for the orders.
    • An “object variable or width block not set” error occurred when recalling multiple orders, the “refill too soon” dialog was displayed on any order after the first, and No was chosen on the dialog. This has been corrected.
  • Flash Rx
    • Modified to remember and default the state of the “Skip prescriptions already in RX Batches?”, “Create PRN order marked for cycle fill”, “Set Qty = 0 for PRN orders” and “Exclude Rx's for Controlled Substances?” checkboxes.
    • When recalculating label quantities, the label quantities will be calculated based on the ratio of the original label quantity to the total quantity instead of being split evenly among the number of labels.
  • Clinical Screenings
    • FrameworkLTC® will now include the drug name in the Drug Interaction warning that appears in Rx Entry, Initial Review, Final Review and the Patient What If Analysis.
    • FrameworkLTC® will now remember and default the size and position of the screen.
  • Packaging
    • No warning was being displayed when the NDC scanned did not match the primary NDC for a compound. This has been corrected so that a warning will be displayed.
  • PostIt
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to set up PostIt categories to display during packaging, final review, and/or adding to tote.
  • Renew Rx
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to set the origin code.
  • Sig Codes
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to set up sig codes that will default the significant med and profile only checkboxes in Rx Entry.
  • Leave of Absence
    • FrameworkLTC® will now preserve the state of the partial tablet checkbox on the order. Previously, the box was always being cleared on the LOA order.
    • FrameworkLTC® will now display orders in red if the partial tablet box is checked on the order and the package type selected does not support partial tablets. These orders will have to be removed from the list before creating the LOA orders.
  • Print Packing Slips
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to export a file suitable for use with the CourierNet eTrac Interface.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to filter the batch list based on facility id, batch id and/or batch description.
  • Create Unit Dose Composite RXs for Billing
    • Prescriptions were incorrectly being composited if the “Summarize unit dose composite scripts by external med id” system option was turned on and off formulary dispensing was being done. All of the off formulary items were considered to have the same external med id of NULL and incorrectly composited together. This issue has been resolved and off formulary items will now be composited by NDC.
    • If the “include rxs dispensed through” date is populated, FrameworkLTC® will compare this date against the cutoff date to determine if composites should be created when the quantity is less than the fill quantity written.
  • Refill Reminder Report
    • The ‘Exclude orders with a cut date prior to the due date’ feature was not working. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Enter Miscellaneous Charges
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to import miscellaneous charges using a comma delimited (CSV) file. The required file format is FacilityID, PatientID, MOP, TransactionDate, BillingDate, ItemNumber, InvoiceGroup, Quantity, Amount, BillingComment.
  • Create Billing
    • The patient pay amount was incorrectly being billed to the private payer when the primary claim was adjudicated, the secondary claim was marked to be sent on a hard copy claim form, and billing was created only for the private payers. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Export Billing
    • The FrameworkLTC Fixed Width Format and FrameworkLTC Fixed Width Format (AuthNo 20 char) billing export formats have been modified to include the billing comment.
    • The Net-Rx RecRx Claim File Format has been modified to use the pharmacy information from prescription history for prescriptions that were billed to a central pharmacy.
  • Reverse a Posted Rx
    • When reversing a prescription for an order that was entered with refills, the refills remaining on the order will be adjusted.
  • Controlled Substance Export
    • The ASAP and Texas Department of Public Safety formats have been modified to allow decimal quantities for the states of Pennsylvania and Texas.
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to export in the ASAP 4.1 format.
    • FrameworkLTC® now gives you the ability to specify additional GPIs to be included in the controlled substance export file.
  • Post Prescriptions
    • Previously, FrameworkLTC® allowed you to post prescriptions that had not been electronically adjudicated if the submission mode on the insurance plan was set to “No ECS”. This has been modified so that prescriptions will not be able to be posted unless they are electronically adjudicated or marked to be sent on a hard copy claim form.
  • Refill Reminders
    • FrameworkLTC® has been modified to remove the Refill Reminder for an order when a prescription for that order is posted.
  • Cutoff Date Options
    • FrameworkLTC® will no longer default the cutoff date when the “Always enter cut date on new Rxs” system option is set to yes if the respective “days until cut” value is zero.
  • System Options
    • New System Option “Check compounds and IVs against insurance formulary using primary NDC”. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><General>.
    • New System Option, “WAV File for Correct Data Entry”. The default value is NULL. If this value is populated with a WAV file, the sound will be played when a correct product/tote is entered during the workflow process. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Workflow>.
    • New System Option, “WAV File for Incorrect Data Entry”. The default value is NULL. If this value is populated with a WAV file, the sound will be played when an incorrect product/tote is entered during the workflow process. If the value is left NULL, you will continue to get the beep sound that currently exists. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Workflow>.
    • The system option “Display a warning during initial review if the patient’s status is not Active” has been renamed to “Display a warning during workflow if the patient’s status is not Active”. This warning now covers Initial Review, Packaging, Add to Tote and Final Review. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Workflow>.
    • New System Option, “Always perform clinical screening in Rx Entry when logged in as pharmacist”. The default value is “No”. If set to Yes, the clinical screenings will always be performed when saving a prescription in Rx Entry and the logged in user has permission to review prescriptions. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Clinical Screening>.
    • New System Option Category, “Delivery Dashboard”. This category can be found under <Prescription>. The following options under this category can be used to customize the display of the Delivery Dashboard.
        • The default value for the maximum range on the count gauges is 300.
        • The default value for the major interval on the count gauges is 50.
        • The default value for the minor interval on the count gauges is 10.
        • The default value for the maximum range on the time gauges is 120.
        • The default value for the major interval on the time gauges is 10.
        • The default value for the minor interval on the time gauges is 2.
        • The default value for the average alert on the time gauges is 70.
        • The default value for the maximum alert on the time gauges is 90.
    • New Label Formats – LFLBR52, TFLBL242, TFLBL243, TFLBL244, TFLBL245, TFLBL246, TFLBL247, TFLBL248, TFLBL249, TFLBL250, TFLBL251, TFLBL252, TFLBL253, TFLBL254, TFLBL255, TFLBL256 and TFLBL257
    • New IV Label Format – TFIV40
    • New MAR Formats– PFMAR35, PFMAR35-P, PFMAR36, PFMAR36-P, PFMAR37, LFMAR65-PTC, LFMAR214-XL, LFMAR217, LFMAR218 and LFMAR219
    • New Treatment Sheet Formats – PFTS19 and LFTS89
    • New Flow Record Formats – PFFLW15 and PFFLW16
    • New Physician Order Formats – PFPOF76, PFPOF77, PFPOF78, PFPOF78-ND, PFPOF79, PFPOF80, PFPOF81, PFPOF82, LFPOF110-3M, LFPOF110-NT3M, LFPOF73-OMR, LFPOF155 and LFPOF156
    • New Packing Slip Formats– LFPAK64, LFPAK65, LFPAK66, LFPAK67 and LFPKA68
    • New Detailed Statement Formats – LFSTMT39 and LFSTMT40
    • New Prescription Blank Formats – BLANK65, BLANK66 and BLANK67

Version 3.0.068 (Database Revision 1.02.104)

  • Facility Setup
    • An 'Order Review Sheet' Sequence was added to the 'Report Options' tab.
    • An 'Order Review Sheet' Format was added to the 'Report Formats' tab.
    • The FacilityLink report formats were moved from the 'Report Formats' tab to the 'FacilityLink' tab.
  • Nursing Station Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain a fax number.
  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the pharmacist/technician to be used as the 'entered by' pharmacist for reorders/refills submitted through FrameworkDirect.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry
    • An error #91, 'Object variable or with block not set', would occur when selecting an item from the literal order library if the patient does not have any existing literal orders and the 'Default literal order administration times based on SIG' system option is turned on. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Patient Setup - Notes
    • FrameworkLTC will now store the Last Revised By User and Date/Time in the database.
  • Patient Setup - Add Standing Drug Orders
    • A Syntax Error or Access Violation' error would occur when attempting to add standing drug orders to a patient’s profile. This behavior originated in version 3.0.067 and has been corrected.
  • Patient Setup - Reorders
    • When cutting multiple drug orders from the Active Orders screen, the incorrect Drug Name would be written in the Audit Log. This behavior has been corrected.\
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • You now have the ability to indicate that an item is a special order item. If an item is marked as a special order item, a warning will be displayed when crediting or reversing a prescription for that item.
  • Rx Entry
    • When the 'Block users from Editing the SIG on Reorders/Refills' system option was set to yes, and the user performed a recall while on a record that was a reorder or refill, the sig field would remain disabled. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When the 'Block users from Editing the SIG on Reorders/Refills' system option was set to yes, and the user started a new prescription or performed a recall while on a record that was a reorder or refill, the Add Split and Remove Split buttons would remain disabled. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Snapshot Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now store the Rx number in the file.
  • Resynchronize Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Rx number on the batch resynchronization report.
  • Clinical Warnings
    • The clinical warnings screen has been modified to display the drug name.
  • Export Batch
    • The following fields have been added to the DOSIS file format: CycleFill, InsurancePlanId, DrugImprint, RphInitials, TechInitials, NursingStationId, NursingStationName, TabletId, PriceCd, ProdDesc and LabelQuantities
  • Credit Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a warning message if the credit amount plus any previous credit amounts is greater than the total price.
  • Unbilled Transactions Report
    • The Unbilled Transactions Report has been modified to include the average unit cost.
  • Therapeutic Type Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify whether the unit dose components or composites are used when printing from prescription history.
  • Custom Reports
    • You now have the ability to set the permissions on a report when adding it to FrameworkLTC. This feature is only available when the 'Enable permissions on custom reports' system option is turned on.
  • Print Order Review Sheets
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print order review sheets.
  • Print Monographs By Drug
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the facility name on IMM (Integrated Medfacts Module) monographs.
  • Receive Inventory
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to undo the results of a previous scan.
    • Previously, if there were multiple pending purchase orders for the same item, all of the received quantity would be applied to the oldest purchase order. This has been modified so that if the quantity received has reached the quantity ordered for that item, FrameworkLTC will look for the next oldest open purchase order for that item.
  • Find Patient
    • When double-clicking on a reorder record, in the Patient Order List, the cut screen would be displayed instead of the reorder record. This behavior originated in version 3.0.062 and has been corrected.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export billing in the Achieve PathLinks format.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, 'Prompt to reverse electronic claims on existing Rxs when recalling'. The default value is 'No'. If this option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will prompt the user to reverse the electronic claims on existing prescriptions in batches for the order when recalling an order. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><General>.
    • New System Option, 'Set final review step as complete on orders sent to Pacmed'. The default value is 'No'. If this option is turned on and the final review step is required on the order, the application will set the person and date/time . This system option can be found under <Interfaces><Pacmed Server +>.
    • New System Option, 'Set packaging step as complete on orders sent to Pacmed'. The default value is 'No'. If this option is turned on and the packaging step is required on the order, the application will set the person and date/time . This system option can be found under <Interfaces><Pacmed Server +>.
    • New System Option, 'Set shipping tote step as complete on orders sent to Pacmed'. The default value is 'No'. If this option is turned on and shipping tote step is required on the order, the application will set the person and date/time . This system option can be found under <Interfaces><Pacmed Server +>.
    • New System Option, 'When recalling a prescription, check the link to new order box by default'. The default value is 'No'. If this option is turned on, the 'Link to the new order' box will be defaulted to checked when recalling a prescription. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><General>.
    • New System Option, 'Perform product verification during Final Review'. The default value is 'No'. If this option is turned on, it will perform the same product verification process that is done in the packaging step. This does not replace the verification done in the packaging step. If the option is turned on and both workflow steps are being used, the verification will have to be done during both steps. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Workflow>.
    • New System Option, 'Prompt to associate Rxs to DocuTrack when saving in Rx Entry'. The default value is 'No'. If this option is turned on, you will receive a prompt to associate the current Rx to DocuTrack when adding a prescription in Rx Entry. This system option can be found under <Interfaces><DocuTrack>.
    • New System Option, 'Enable permissions on custom reports'. The default value is 'Yes'. If this option is turned on, permissions will need to be granted on each individual report. This system option can be found under <System><General>.
    • New System Option, 'Re-calculate the Rx Date Written on reorders'. The default value is 'Yes'. If this option is turned off, the rx written date will be carried over from the reorder record instead of being re-calculated. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Reorders/Refills>.
    • New Rx Label Formats - TFLBL226, TFLBL226-R, TFLBL227, TFLBL228, TFLBL229, TFLBL230, TFLBL230-R, TFLBL231, TFLBL232, TFLBL233, TFLBL234, TFLBL235, TFLBL235-C, TFLBL236, TFLBL236-2, TFLBL236-S, TFLBL236-S2, TFLBL237, TFLBL238, TFLBL239, TFLBL240, TFLBL241 and TFLBL241-C
    • New IV Label Formats - TFIV39 and TFIV39-R
    • New MAR Formats - PFMAR34, LFMAR18-TL, LFMAR18-PTL, LFMAR44-2, LFMAR44-2D, LFMAR56-TL, LFMAR127-TL, LFMAR199-TL, LFMAR203, LFMAR204, LFMAR204-DI, LFMAR204-DIT, LFMAR204-T, LFMAR205, LFMAR205-DI, LFMAR205-DIT , LFMAR205-T, LFMAR206, LFMAR207, LFMAR207-ND, LFMAR208, LFMAR208-D, LFMAR209, LFMAR210, LFMAR211, LFMAR212, LFMAR213, LFMAR214, LFMAR215, LFMAR216 and LFMAR216-I
    • New Physician Order Formats - PFPOF01-TL, PFPOF17-TL, PFPOF24-TL, PFPOF30-TL, PFPOF31-TL, PFPOF31-PTL, PFPOF35-TL, PFPOF40-TL, PFPOF40-PTL, PFPOF68-ND, PFPOF73, PFPOF74, PFPOF75, PFPOF75-TL, LFPOF49-TL, LFPOF56-TL, LFPOF86-TL, LFPOF87-TL, LFPOF116-LD, LFPOF124-LD, LFPOF125-LD, LFPOF148-1, LFPOF148-O1, LFPOF149, LFPOF149-DG, LFPOF152, LFPOF152-P, LFPOF152-D, LFPOF152-PD, LFPOF153, LFPOF153-2, LFPOF153-R, LFPOF153-2R, LFPOF154, LFPOF154-1, LFPOF154-12, LFPOF154-3 and LFPOF154-6
    • New Treatment Sheet Formats - PFTS18, LFTS24-TL, LFTS25-TL, LFTS87, LFTS87-ND and LFTS88
    • New ADL Formats - LFADL17-TL, LFADL25-TL and LFADL26-TL
    • New Detailed Statement Formats - LFSTMT37, LFSTMT38 and LFSTMT38-D
    • New Auto Substitution Notice Format - LFASN06
    • New Packing Slip Formats - LFPAF32-A, LFPAK61, LFPAK62, LFPAK62-FDA, LFPAK63 and LFPAK63-A
    • New Rx Blank Formats - BLANK58, BLANK59, BLANK60, BLANK61, BLANK62, BLANK63 and BLANK64
    • New Order Review Formats - LFOR01 and LFOR02
    • New Physician Progress Notes Format - PFPRG02

Version 3.0.067 (Database Revision 1.02.084)

  • Patient Profile
    • The Prescription History screen will now display the 'Unit Dose' indicator.
  • Medicare Part D Eligibility Check
    • FrameworkLTC will now store the contract ID and plan ID returned from the Medicare Part D eligibility inquiry on the created payment plan.
  • Patient Payment Plans
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the contract ID and plan ID for Medicare Part D plans.
  • Insurance Plans
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to maintain multiple Part D plans for each insurance plan that is designed as a Medicare Part D plan.
  • Print Packing Slips By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to filter the batch list by facility ID, batch ID, and batch description.
  • Export Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export prescriptions in a file format that can be used with the DOSIS system.
  • Export Purchase Orders
    • When exporting purchase orders in the HD Smith format, the quantity will now be populated with the number of packages ordered instead of the number of packages ordered multiplied by the purchase package size.
  • Print Statements - VFI Export
    • Modified the VFI Export to now include 2 additional address lines for each customer’s address.
  • System Options
    • New System Option 'Packing Slip Toolbar Print Function'. The options are 'By Batch' and 'By Shipping Tote'. The default value is 'By Batch'. The 'Packing Slip' icon on the toolbar will load the appropriate form based on this setting. This system option can be found under <System><General>.
  • New Label Formats - TFLBL219, TFLBL220, TFLBL221, TFLBL222, TFLBL223, TFLBL224 and TFLBL225
  • New IV Label Format - TFIV38
  • New MAR Formats - PFMAR31, PFMAR31-P, PFMAR32, PFMAR32-P, LFMAR198, LFMAR199, LFMAR200, LFMAR200-D, LFMAR201, LFMAR202 and LFMAR202-DG
  • New Physician Order Formats - PFPOF71, PFPOF72, LFPOF147, LFPOF148, LFPOF148-O, LFPOF150, LFPOF150-DG and LFPOF151
  • New Treatment Sheet Formats - PFTS17 and LFTS86
  • New Flow Record Format - PFFLW14
  • New Rx Blank Format - BLANK57
  • New Packing Slip Formats - LFPAK59, LFPAK60 and LFPAK60-FDA

Version 3.0.066 (Database Revision 1.02.077)

  • Facility Setup
    • A 'No Tax Authority Records Found' message would appear when pressing the Find
      button on the Tax Status screen. This behavior originated in version 3.0.065 and has
      been corrected.
  • Patient Setup
    • A 'No Tax Authority Records Found' message would appear when pressing the Find
      button on the Tax Status screen. This behavior originated in version 3.0.065 and has
      been corrected.
  • Drug Utilization Report
    • An error #13, 'Type Mismatch', would occur when selecting the specific pharmacy
      option. This behavior originated in version 3.0.065 and has been corrected.
  • Receive Inventory
    • Under certain circumstances, an error #-2147217873, 'The INSERT statement
      conflicted with the FOREIGN KEY constraint ‘FK_Items_DistributionCds’. The conflict
      occurred in database ‘AR’, table ‘dbo.DistributionCds’.' would occur when selecting
      the distribution code. This behavior originated in version 3.0.065 and has been
      corrected.
  • Update Costs From Disk
    • An error #13, 'Type Mismatch' error would occur when loading this screen. This
      behavior originated in version 3.0.065 and has been corrected.
  • New Label Format - TFLBL218
  • New Treatment Sheet Formats - LFTS85 and LFTS85-ND
  • New Physician Order Formats - PFPOF68, PFPOF69 and PFPOF70

Version 3.0.065 (Database Revision 1.02.075)

  • Rx Entry
    • There was an issue where 'House Stock' items were not being flagged as Profile Only and the SIG was not being populated. This behavior originated in version 3.0.064 and has been corrected.
  • Packaging
    • The 'Open Batch' button was not showing on the screen properly depending on a specific system option. This behavior originated in version 3.0.064 and has been corrected.
  • New MAR Formats - LFMAR196, LFMAR196-ND and LFMAR197
  • New Physician Order Formats - LFPOF145 and LFPOF146
  • New Treatment Sheet Format - LFTS84
  • New Prescription Blank Format - BLANK56

Version 3.0.064 (Database Revision 1.02.074)

  • Patient Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now log all changes to the A/R info tab on the Patient Setup screen into the Audit Log.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter a Follow Up On date on the Patient's Note History screen. This field was added for internal reporting purposes only.
  • Nursing Stations
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify a 1-1-1-3 cycle type.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • When loading the formulary list, under certain circumstances the sorting function was not performing properly, and was leaving leading characters behind in the column headers. This behavior has been corrected. If you continue to experience problems, delete the FormList.lyt file from your workstation.
    • The Inventory Forecast was including the Unit Dose components and the composite when calculating the forecast. This behavior has been corrected and only the components will be included.
  • Work Queue Processor
    • When discharging a patient using the Work Queue, users were not provided with the same functions as when discharging a patient from the patient profile. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • Under certain circumstances, the associated diagnosis would be cleared from the prescription. This behavior has been corrected.
    • When selecting an NDC on the Rx Entry screen, the grid that is displayed can now be modified by the user. The columns can be re-arranged on that screen.
    • When performing a Recall, the users now have the ability to recall more than one prescription at a time by entering a semi-colon in between the Rx numbers.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the current On Hand amount on the drug substitution screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now allows you to click on the Fill History button, located on the main tab of Rx Entry, to view an orders fill history.
  • Scan Rx
    • FrameworkLTC will now display Post It notes.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the prescriber's DEA number on the screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the Entered By name on the screen.
  • Packaging
    • Modified the packaging functionality so that the primary NDC could be scanned in for a compound and still be considered a valid match. You can also scan in the manufacturer barcode for the primary NDC.
    • FrameworkLTC now provides the ability to open the Rx Entry screen from the packaging screen.
  • Print All Processing Reports
    • Modified the All Processing Reports screen so that it will now save which checkboxes the user selects, so that the next time the form is loaded, they won't have to choose their options again.
  • Pre-Billing Verification Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now display a grand total at the end of the report.
  • Export Batch
    • The Pacmed Server + (with NDC) and Pacmed Server + (without NDC) export formats have been modified to include the original date.
  • Move Prescriptions to Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to move scheduled prescriptions to a specified batch.
  • RetroQuick
    • When doing split Retro Quick transactions, the EnteredByNPI value contained a trailing space causing it not to be displayed properly on the Rx Entry screen. This behavior originated in version 3.0.062 and has been corrected.
  • Receive Inventory - Substitute Drug Products
    • When substituting drug products for the Facility Formulary, a SQL error would occur. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Statements
    • Modified the VFI Export file function to now include Rx/OTC Indicator, Invoice Group, and Invoice Group description.
    • The Express Bills Interface file was not blocking items that were billed and reversed on the same invoice. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Export Billing Transactions
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the Patient's Birth Date, Alternate Resident ID, and NDC Code in the Charts Export file.
  • Monographs
    • The monographs generated by FrameworkLTC have been updated to utilize the Integrated Medfacts Module database from Medi-Span.
    • Modified the Print Monograph screen so that the "Print monographs for REORDERS/REFILLS as well as new orders" checkbox value would be stored. This will no longer require the user to check it each time.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, "Display an additional warning prior to deleting an On Site Store". The default value is "No." If this option is turned on, users will receive an additional warning to confirm that they want to delete an on-site store. This system option can be found under <System><General>.
    • New System Option, "Set Inactive Drug Items to Active when using Formulary Builder". The default value is "No." If this option is turned on, drug items that were already in the pharmacy's formulary will have the status flag set to Active when using the formulary builder. This system option can be found under <System><General>.
    • The system option, "Require MAR Group for Rxs" has been modified to only require the MAR Group for transactions with type P or B. Retro quick and Unit Dose composite transactions will not require a MAR Group.
    • The System Option, "Block users from Editing the SIG on Reorders/Refills", was causing a problem where users could not edit the SIG on New orders. This behavior originated in version 3.0.063 and has been corrected. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Directions>.
    • New System Option, "Include Dispensing Machines in the EDK List of Rx Entry". The default value is "No". If the option is turned on, the EDK drop down list on the miscellaneous tab of Rx Entry will include dispensing machines as well as EDKs. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Display>.
    • New System Option "Use Start Date instead of Dispense Date when exporting a batch to Pacmed". The default value is "No". If the option is turned on, then the Start Date will be used when exporting a Pacmed batch through the Export Batch function, otherwise the Dispense Date will be used. This system option can be found under <Interfaces><Pacmed Server +>
    • New System Option "Update ‘Entered by' During edit operations". The default value is "No". If this option is turned on, when a user edits a prescription in Rx Entry, then the Entered By value will update to that user. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><General>.
    • New Label Formats - LFLBL08, TFLBL210, TFLBL211, TFLBL212, TFLBL213, TFLBL214, TFLBL215, TFLBL216 and TFLBL217
    • New ADL Formats - LFADL32, LFADL33, LFADL34, LFADL35, LFADL36 and LFADL37
    • New MAR Formats - LFMAR182, LFMAR182-2MD, LFMAR182-MD, LFMAR183, LFMAR184, LFMAR185, LFMAR186, LFMAR187, LFMAR188, LFMAR189, LFMAR189-I, LFMAR190, LFMAR190-I, LFMAR190-DI, LFMAR190-PI, LFMAR191, LFMAR191-DI, LFMAR191-DIT, LFMAR191-T, LFMAR192, LFMAR192-DI, LFMAR192-DIT, LFMAR192-T, LFMAR193, LFMAR193-DI, LFMAR193-DIT, LFMAR193-T, LFMAR194, LFMAR194-DI, LFMAR194-DIT, LFMAR194-T, LFMAR195 and LFMAR195-NI
    • New Treatment Sheet Formats - LFTS82 and LFTS83
    • New Flow Record Formats - LFFLW22, LFFLW23, LFFLW24 and LFFLW25
    • New Physician Order Formats - LFPOF135, LFPOF135-E, LFPOF135-NT, LFPOF135-NTE, LFPOF135-R, LFPOF136, LFPOF136-E, LFPOF136-NT, LFPOF136-NTE, LFPOF136-R, LFPOF137, LFPOF137-E, LFPOF138, LFPOF139, LFPOF139-E, LFPOF140, LFPOF141, LFPOF142, LFPOF143 and LFPOF144
    • New Antipsychotic / Behavior Monitor Formats - LFAPF27 and LFAPF28
    • New Rx Blank Format - BLANK55
    • New Packing Slip Format - LFPAK11-A
    • New Pre-Pack Label Format - LFPPL16

Version 3.0.063 (Database Revision 1.02.057)

  • Facility Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to copy facility administration schedules to
      nursing stations with in the facility.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives the ability to enter in a Max Days Prescription is Available for
      Credit. If the prescription was dispensed more than the Max Days ago, then the pharmacy can only destroy the returned meds and mark them as no credit given. If this value is left at zero then all prescriptions can be credited.
  • Default MAR Groups
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to copy default MAR group definitions from one
      facility to another.
  • Therapeutic Interchanges
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter in Compounds/IVs for Therapeutic
      Interchanges.
  • Print Physician Orders
    • FrameworkLTC will now remember the sort sequence selected and default it appropriately the next time you print.
  • Order Authorizations
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print the order authorization.
  • Credit a Prescription
    • Added a 'No Credit Given' checkbox under the destroy option. This check should be used when receiving used meds that the pharmacy is not going to give credit to the payor. Using this option will not affect the billing qty or the qty when performing a Retro Quick on a prescription.
  • Patient Profile
    • When moving from one patient to another, it was possible that the proper Default Package Type was not displaying. This could occur if different nursing stations in the facility allowed for different package types. This issue has been resolved.
  • Receive Inventory
    • During Receive Inventory, it was possible that the Actual Package Cost did not equal what was entered in at the Receive Inventory screen. This issue has been resolved.
  • Export Batch
    • The Pacmed Server + (with NDC) and Pacmed Server + (without NDC) export formats
      have been modified to not include prescriptions marked profile only.
    • The MTS export format has been modified to include Patient Initials, Integra Docutrack Pharmacy ID, and Batch ID and name.
  • Find Patient
    • When clicking on Patient Order List, an Invalid Use of Null error could occur. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Added an option to open the Patient Reorders screen when on the Patient Order List.
  • Define Additional Admin Time Schedules
    • The keyboard shortcuts would stop working when moving from one record to another in specific cases. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New System Option 'Block users from editing the SIG on Reorders/Refills'. The default
      value is 'No.' If this option is turned on, then users will not be able to edit the SIG for
      Reorders or Refills, however, the Apply Sig Interpretation button will be visible for these orders. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Directions>.
  • New Label Formats - TFLBL132-A, TFLBL207, TFLBL207-R, TFLBL208 and TFLBL209
  • New Treatment Sheet Format - LFTS81
  • New Physician Order Formats - PFPOF66, PFPOF66-P and PFPOF67
  • New Packing Slip Formats - LFPAK56, LFPAK57 and LFPAK58
  • New Prescription Blank Format - BLANK54
  • New Order Authorization Format - LFOA01

Version 3.0.062 (Database Revision 1.02.043)

  • Facility Setup
    • Added the ability to exclude the patients discharge date when billing per diem charges. This function can be found by clicking Per Diem Rates from the Facility Setup screen.
  • Patient Setup
    • Added a checkbox 'Do Not Cycle Fill Patient.' By checking this option, FrameworkLTC will not cycle fill prescriptions for this patient.
  • Patient Reorders
    • When using the Find button to look up a Linked RoNo, the system would generate an error message. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • Added an option on the ECS tab so that the Other Coverage Code O/R could be defaulted at the Insurance Plan setup tab and would automatically fill in during Rx Entry.
  • Batch Status Monitor
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to double-click on a batch to open it.
  • Renew Rx
    • The physician's DEA# and License# were not getting updated when changing the physician. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Pre-Billing Verification Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select specific facilities.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select specific facility groups.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select specific patients. This feature is only available when selecting ‘Only the Current Facility’.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select the payors to include.
  • Patient Literals By Category Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select multiple literal category codes.
  • Find Patient
    • The 'Open Patient Order List' button on the Find Patient screen has been modified to display reorders and prescriptions that are currently in batches.
  • System Options
    • Updated System Option, 'Require MAR Group On New Rxs' is now 'Require MAR Group For Rxs' and includes all prescriptions instead of just new ones. The Default Value is No. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><General>.
    • If the reorder functionality was disabled in system options, a prescription marked as profile only with zero refills would not fill from Scan Rx, Flash Rx, or the Patient’s Profile. It would give the message that 'Reorder Functionality was Disabled'. This behavior has been corrected.
    • New System Option (for use with the general purpose HL7 interface), 'When using the Recall function with a Linked Order, hold the Discontinue until the New Order is sent'. The default value is 'No'. If this option is turned on and you are using the Recall (with linked order) function, the discontinue message will not get sent to the vendor until the new order has completed the necessary workflow and is being sent. This system option can be found under <Interfaces><General Purpose HL7 Interface>.
    • New System Option 'Clear Level of Service Field (418-DI) when refilling/reordering'. The default value is 'Yes'. If this option is turned on and field 418-DI is on the reorder record, the value will be cleared when the prescription is refilled or reordered. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Electronic Claims>.
  • New MAR Formats - LFMAR13-SC, LFMAR56-N, LFMAR177, LFMAR178, LFMAR179, LFMAR180, LFMAR180-DI, LFMAR180-DIT, LFMAR180-T, LFMAR181, LFMAR181-DI, LFMAR181-DIT and LFMAR181-T
  • New POF Formats - PFPOF52, PFPOF54, PFPOF55, PFPOF56, PFPOF57, PFPOF58, PFPOF59, PFPOF60, PFPOF61, PFPOF62, PFPOF63, PFPOF64, PFPOF65, LFPOF74-3M, LFPOF74-NT3M, LFPOF88-NR, LFPOF88-3, LFPOF88-NR3, LFPOF130, LFPOF131, LFPOF132, LFPOF132-1, LFPOF132-3, LFPOF132-6, LFPOF132-12, LFPOF133, LFPOF134 and LFPOF134-4
  • New Label Formats - TFIV37, LFLBR51, TFLBL182-NI, TFLBL197, TFLBL198, TFLBL199, TFLBL200, TFLBL201, TFLBL202, TFLBL203, TFLBL204, TFLBL204-S, TFLBL204-2, TFLBL2104-S2, TFLBL205 and TFLBL206
  • New Packing Slip Formats - LFPAK52, LFPAK54 and LFPAK55
  • New Treatment Sheet Formats - LFTS78, LFTS78-ND, LFTS79 and LFTS80
  • New Detailed Statement Formats - LFSTMT33, LFSTMT34 and LFSTMT35
  • New Prescription Blank Format - BLANK53

Version 3.0.061 (Database Revision 1.02.025)

  • Nursing Stations
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter the cycle processing time (in days).
      When calculating the days to the next cycle on new orders, an extra cycle will be
      included if a cycle processing time is entered and the dispense date falls between the
      next cycle date less the processing time and the next cycle date.
  • Package Types
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter a dispense package method.
  • Reminders
    • The setup screen has been modified to only show reminders created for you and your
      team.
  • Formulary Builder
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter the package cost when receiving items. Along with the on hand amount, the actual package cost, average unit cost and user costs will be re-calculated to reflect the information provided.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC has added a 'Never Split' checkbox to the Miscellaneous tab. If this box
      is checked, the order will not be split during Unit Dose Billing or Retro Quick.
    • FrameworkLTC has added a maximum daily quantity field to the miscellaneous tab.
  • Renew Rx
    • An invalid syntax error would occur when the physician's name contained an apostrophe. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Scan Rx
    • When using the Automatically Associate Added Scripts to DocuTrack option in Scan Rx,
      FrameworkLTC was incorrectly passing the RxNo instead of the RoNo. This behavior has
      been corrected.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the total quantity written on the screen.
  • Create Billing
    • When selecting specific payors, billing was being created for guarantor regardless of
      whether GUAR was selected. This behavior originated in version 3.0.060 and has been
      corrected.
  • Post Rx Batch
    • FrameworkLTC will now carry the Fill Number through to the history record. The Fill
      Number will be displayed on the Rx History screen.
  • Review Batch
    • When using the MTS Real Time Interface, the Review Batch function was not properly
      sending orders to the interface. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Update Inventory
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to import the '856 SoftWriters Advance Shipment Notice' CSV file that can be downloaded from Cardinal Health.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, 'Require Maximum Daily Quantity on New PRN Orders'. The default
      value is 'No'. The maximum daily quantity field is found on the miscellaneous tab of
      the Rx Entry screen. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><General>.
  • FacilityLink
    • When processing a new Drug Order through FacilityLink, FrameworkLTC was not looking at the system option 'Always convert SIG to upper case.' This behavior has been corrected.
  • DocuTrack
    • FrameworkLTC will pass the following additional physician information to DocuTrack: Street1, Street2, City, State, Zip, License #, Phone #, Phone Extension, Alternate Phone #, Alternate Phone Extension, Email Address, Fax #, User ID 1 Qualifier, User ID 1 Value, User ID 2 Qualifier, User ID 2 Value, Status, DEA Suffix, Allow C2, Allow C3 to C5 and all custom fields.
  • New Label Formats - LFLBL07, LFLBL07-T, LFLBR26-ALT, LFLBR26-NVALT, LFLBR47, LFLBR48, LFLBR49, LFLBR50, TFLBL189, TFLBL190, TFLBL191, TFLBL192, TFLBL193, TFLBL194, TFLBL195, TFLBL196 and TFLBL196-T
  • New MAR Formats - LFMAR64-XL, LFMAR115-XL and LFMAR139-XL, LFMAR168-NRX, LFMAR168-DNRX, LFMAR170, LFMAR171, LFMAR172, LFMAR173, LFMAR173-C, LFMAR173-N, LFMAR173-NC, LFMAR173-NT, LFMAR173-NW, LFMAR173-NWC, LFMAR173-NWN, LFMAR173-NWNC, LFMAR173-NWNT, LFMAR173-NWT, LFMAR173-T, LFMAR174, LFMAR174-P, LFMAR174-M, LFMAR174-PM, and LFMAR175
  • New Treatment Sheet Formats - LFTS10-MS, LFTS76 and LFTS77
  • New Physician Order Formats - LFPOF36-NXL, LFPOF49-N, LFPOF111-O, LFPOF113-L, LFPOF121-NRX, LFPOF122, LFPOF123, LFPOF124, LFPOF125, LFPOF127, LFPOF128, LFPOF129, PFPOF53 and PFPOF53-N
  • New Packing Slip Formats - LFPAK49, LFPAK50, LFPAK51 and LFPAK53
  • New Prescription Blank Formats - BLANK48, BLANK49, BLANK50, BLANK51 and BLANK52
  • New Antipsychotic / Behavior Monitor Formats - LFAPF25 and LFAPF26
  • New Detailed Statement Formats - LFSTMT31 and LFSTMT32
  • New Prepack Label Format - TFPPL07
  • New Refill Too Soon Format - LFRTS10

Version 3.0.060 (Database Revision 1.02.007)

  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • You can now select 'CA Medi-Cal Claim Form (30-1/3-4)' as your hard copy claim type.
  • Batch Status Monitor
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the prescriptions that need to be adjudicated.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view the prescriptions that have been rejected.
  • Final Review
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to reset/clear the final review information (user, date and time) that is already on an order.
  • Print State Medicaid Claim Form
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print Medi-Cal Claim Forms.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, 'Show the 'Preview Translation' button on the literal order screens'. The default value is ‘No’. This system option can be found under <System><General>. The 'Preview Translation' button will display the literal text with the SIG definitions applied.
  • New Prescription Label Format - TFLBL188
  • New MAR Formats - LFMAR65-PT, LFMAR65-PDIT, LFMAR102-PT, PFMAR18, PFMAR19, PFMAR20, PFMAR21, PFMAR22, PFMAR23, PFMAR24, PFMAR25, PFMAR26, PFMAR27, PFMAR28, PFMAR29 and PFMAR30
  • New Physician Order Formats - LFPOF42-T, LFPOF42-DT and LFPOF85-T
  • New Flow Sheet Formats - LFFLW10-T and LFFLW18-T
  • New Treatment Sheet Format - LFTS39-T
  • New Significant Med Sheet Format - LFSIG06-PT
  • New Detailed Statement Format - LFSTMT30
  • New Packing Slip Format - LFPAK48

Version 3.0.059 (Database Revision 1.02.004)

  • Facility Setup
    • GPIs were not appearing on the formulary report. This behavior has been corrected.
    • Compounds were not appearing on the formulary report. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to tie Additional Admin Time schedules to specific NDCs.
  • Facility Setup - Reapply Admin Times
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select which Administration Time Schedule to update and gives the ability to change all orders with this schedule, or to exclude orders that had been manually updated.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • When clicking the Formulary List button, the formulary listing will display in color corresponding to the NDC status codes that have been set up. The formulary list will also save any modifications to the grid layout that a user makes.
  • Pharmacy Teams
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to define teams at the pharmacy level.
  • Pharmacist Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify which pharmacy teams the pharmacist is a member of.
  • Reminders
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to setup reminders for yourself and/or your team. If you have reminders that are awaiting approval, this screen will be automatically loaded upon login.
  • Rx Entry
    • Under certain circumstances, the entered by was being modified causing the pharmacy to lose the information on who originally entered the prescription. This behavior has been corrected. (The circumstances were that if the reset workflow system option was turned on, it would reset the entered by if someone made modifications to the prescription.)
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to link the new order to the original order when recalling a prescription.
  • Prescription Image
    • FrameworkLTC will now attempt to locate the prescription image using the facility, patient and Ro# prior to displaying 'No Image…' message.
  • DTMS Screening
    • When checking the 'Set Reviewing Pharmacist To:' box, the reviewed by pharmacist was set but the reviewed date/time was not being populated. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Post Rx
    • The number of refills and reorder count were not getting updated when posting prescriptions marked as a 'One-Time Change'. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Refill Reminder Report
    • FrameworkLTC will now include the last Rx number on the report.
  • Find Patient
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to access the Fast Literal Order Entry screen for active patients.
  • Print Detailed Statements
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to create a Detailed Statement Export file for Vintage Printing.
  • Create Billing
    • If you created billing and sent detailed invoices to Accpac, and each of these entries for the invoice had a zero bill amount, FrameworkLTC would generate an error. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer default the facility criteria to 'All Facilities'. The user will need to make this selection prior to creating billing.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer default the dispense date criteria to 'All Unbilled Rxs'. The user will need to make this selection prior to creating billing.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to load the patient's Medicare coverage screen directly from Retro Quick.
  • Print Facility Invoices
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include the patient's nursing station name.
  • Print Rx Labels
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print a batch of labels by Drug Name.
  • DocuTrack
    • When loading an associated order from DocuTrack, if the order is not found within a batch, Framework will load the patient reorders screen and display the order.
  • Drug Price Quote
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include the Actual Cost of a drug product on the Drug Price Quote report.
    • FrameworkLTC will now show the quantity quoted in the grids and on the report.
  • Create Unit Dose Composites
    • When performing unit dose composites on refill prescriptions, the date written was being updated to the dispense date of the composite prescription. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Billing Inquiry
    • When not entering in an Rx Number and just hitting Find, an Invalid use of Null error would occur and close FrameworkLTC. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry
    • Under certain circumstances, it was possible to delete the Literal Category Code from a patient’s Literal Order when using the Fast Literal Order Entry. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Import Remittance Advice
    • FrameworkLTC will now total the paid amount column on the Unmatched Payments report.
  • System Options
    • The system option, 'Behavior associated with double clicking a patient on the Find Patient screen', now has 'Open Fast Literal Order Entry' as an option. This system option can be found under <Patients><General>.
    • New System Option, 'Default Origin Code on New Orders'. The default value is 'Not Specified'. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><General>.
    • New System Option, 'Display PostIts and Patient Warnings associated with Rx Entry during Initial Review'. This system option will display any associated Patient Warnings and PostIt notes during Initial Review if these notes are set to display during Rx Entry. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Workflow>.
    • New System Option, 'Print Discontinued Medication Notice when orders are cut or deleted'. This system option will allow you to print a Discontinued Medication notice when cutting orders in FrameworkLTC. The prompt will appear when performing the following functions: Delete Batch, Delete Prescription, Cut All Active Orders from the Patient setup screen, Cut Orders from the Orders List or Cutting an Order from the Reorders screen. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><CutOff Date Options>.
    • New System Option, 'When using the Recall function with a Linked Order, hold the Discontinue until the New Order is sent'. The default value is 'No'. If this option is turned on and you are using the Recall (with linked order) function, the discontinue message will not get sent to Acu-flo until the new order has completed the necessary workflow and is being sent. This system option can be found under <Interfaces><Acu-flo>.
  • New Rx Label Formats - TFLBL185, TFLBL186, TFLBL187 and LFLBR46
  • New IV Label Format - TFIV36
  • New MAR Formats - LFMAR153-P, LFMAR160, LFMAR160-X, LFMAR160-S, LFMAR161, LFMAR161-NI, LFMAR162, LFMAR163, LFMAR163-NI, LFMAR164, LFMAR164-ND, LFMAR165, LFMAR166, LFMAR167, LFMAR168, LFMAR168-D and LFMAR169
  • New Physician Order Formats - LFPOF117, LFPOF117-D, LFPOF117-DN, LFPOF117-N, LFPOF118, LFPOF119, LFPOF119-P, LFPOF119-NX, PFPOF50, PFPOF51, LFPOF120 and LFPOF121
  • New Treatment Sheet Formats - LFTS73, LFTS74, LFTS75, PFTS15 and PFTS16
  • New Flow Record Format - PFFLW13
  • New Packing Slip Formats - LFPAK45, LFPAK45-FDA, LFPAK46 and LFPAK47
  • New Rx Blank Formats - BLANK44, BLANK45, BLANK46 and BLANK47
  • New Detailed Statement Format - LFSTMT29
  • New Significant Med Sheet Formats - LFSIG11, LFSIG11-T, LFSIG12 and LFSIG12-T
  • New Refill Too Soon Format - LFRTS09

Version 3.0.058 (Database Revision 1.01.982)

  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • GPIs were not appearing on the formulary report. This behavior has been corrected.

  • Miscellaneous Charges
    • Under certain circumstances, the item description did not appear when opening the Miscellaneous Charges screen. This behavior has been corrected.

  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify WAC or HCFA/FFP as the calculation base for user costs.

  • Export Billing Transactions
    • Under certain circumstances, an error #-2147217900, "There is already an object named '#0310AchieveExport' in the database", would occur when trying to export billing using the Achieve Matrix export format. This behavior has been corrected.

  • Cutting Active Orders
    • Under certain circumstances, it was possible for adjudicated prescriptions to be incorrectly updated or removed when applying a cut date entered on the patient profile to existing prescriptions in batches. This issue originated in version 3.0.056 and has been corrected.

  • New Label Formats - TFLBL184, TFIV34, TFIV34-R and TFIV35
  • New MAR Format - LFMAR49-C
  • New Treatment Sheet Format - LFTS71

Version 3.0.057

  • Medical Records
    • Under certain circumstances, and with specific formats, duplication of orders could occur when printing medical records. This behavior originated in version 3.0.054 and has been corrected.

Version 3.0.056

  • Patient Setup
    • FrameworkLTC will now show the Delivery Instructions on the Notices tab in Patient setup when the facility is set to be a Retail Facility.
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the Bed, Date of Birth, Admit Date, and Physician name on the Patient Listing report. You also have the option to sort by Name or Bed.
  • Security
    • FrameworkLTC will now log modifications made to program security. The 'Print Modification Log' button can be used to print a listing of these entries broken down by user/group.
  • Prescription History
    • When attempting to show the unit dose components for a prescription in a facility other than the current facility, no records would be displayed. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Rx Entry
    • If the Insurance Plan was setup to submit 415-DF (Refills Authorized) as Original Refills and the prescription was new, a zero was being submitted. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Reorder Rx
    • This function, marked as obsolete in version 3.0.052, has been removed from FrameworkLTC.
  • Refill Rx
    • This function, marked as obsolete in version 3.0.052, has been removed from FrameworkLTC.
  • Packaging
    • FrameworkLTC will now allow the user to verify packaging for compounds against the primary ingredient of a compound in addition to the compound ID.
  • Retro Quick
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer send a reversal to the secondary insurance plan if both the payer 2 paid amount and the patient pay amount are zero.
  • Create Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select one or more facility groups to create billing for.
  • Post Rx
    • The total quantity dispensed was not getting updated when posting prescriptions marked as a 'One-Time Change'. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Print Facility Invoices
    • Under certain circumstances, an 'Invalid Index Value' error would occur when printing Facility Invoices. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Miscellaneous Charges
    • Under certain circumstances, an 'Either BOF or EOF is True' error would occur when entering a new Miscellaneous Charge. This behavior has been corrected.
  • MAR Groups
    • The MAR Groups screen was not correctly displaying negative sequence numbers. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Monthly Controlled Drug Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to sort by dispense date within patient or by dispense date within facility.
    • FrameworkLTC will now print the total number of prescriptions at the end of the report.
  • Polled Drug Usage Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability report the usage at the pharmacy level or at the facility level. If you choose to report the data at a facility level, you can specify that a new page is started for each facility.
  • Profile Scan Report
    • The facility id, nursing station and room have been added to the report.
  • Periodic Daily Log
    • The initials of the person who entered the prescription have been added to the report.
  • Prescription Batch Edit List
    • Added a sort option (chosen in Facility Setup) to sort the Batch Edit List by Dispense Date within Drug Name within Patient Name.
  • Custom Reports
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to grant execute permissions to particular users/groups at a report level.
  • Insurance Plan Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to create a third party formulary by GPI and NDC.
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the BIN and PCN number on the Insurance Plan Listing.
  • Billing Summary by Method of Payment
    • FrameworkLTC now includes the Total Number of Prescriptions and the Total Number of Patients Serviced for each MOP, along with a grand total at the bottom of the report.
  • Drug Quote
    • The drug quote screen now gives you the ability to specify the days supply for regular drugs and compounds if the 'Apply IV daily fee to single ingredient drugs/compounds' system option is set to yes.
  • System Options
    • FrameworkLTC will now log modifications made to the system options. The 'Print Modification Log' button can be used to print a listing of these entries ordered by date modified with the system option.
    • New System Option, 'Set packaging step as complete on orders sent to Automed'. The default value is 'No'. If the option is turned on and the packaging step is required for the order, the packaged on field will be set to the current date/time and the packaged by field will be set to 'AUTOMED' when the order is sent to Automed via the export batch function. This system option can be found under <Interfaces><Automed>.
    • New System Option, 'Clear Cycle Fill flag for new orders if days supply is given in SIG'. The default value is 'No'. If the option is turned on and the sig entered specifies a Days Supply, then the Cycle Fill checkbox will be unchecked if the order is a new prescription. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Directions>.
    • New System Option , 'Allow user to override Total Price In Rx Entry'. The default value is 'Yes'. If the option if turned off, the user will not be able to key a value into the total price field. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Display>.
    • New System Option, 'Prompt for a reason when changing system options'. The default value is 'No'. If this option is turned on, you will be prompted to enter a reason for the change(s) when saving the new settings. The reason will be saved in the modification log. This system option can be found under <System><General>.
    • New System Option, 'Apply IV daily fee to single ingredient drugs/compounds'. If set to yes, the IV daily fee will be applied to drugs and compounds, the same way that it is for IVs. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Calculations>.
    • The system option 'Automatically calculate the total quantity written on new prescriptions with Refills' was renamed to 'Automatically calculate the total quantity written on new prescriptions'. A new child option, '-Only calculate for orders with refills', was added. The default value is the value of the 'Automatically calculate the total quantity written on new prescriptions with Refills' option. If the '-Only calculate for orders with refills' option is turned on, total quantity written will only be calculated on new orders when refills are not zero. If the option is turned off, total quantity written will be calculated on all new orders regardless of the number of refills.
  • About
    • Information regarding the Patient Drug Education Database has been added.
  • New MAR Formats - LFMAR152, LFMAR153, LFMAR154, LFMAR155, LFMAR155-ND, LFMAR156, LFMAR156-DI, LFMAR156-T, LFMAR156-DIT, LFMAR157, LFMAR158, LFMAR159, LFMAR158-T, LFMAR159-DIT and LFMAR159-DI
  • New Physician Order Formats - LFPOF111, LFPOF112, LFPOF112-4, LFPOF113, LFPOF114, LFPOF115, LFPOF115-1, LFPOF115-3, LFPOF115-6, LFPOF115-12 and LFPOF116
  • New Treatment Sheet Formats - LFTS67, LFTS68, LFTS68-N, LFTS69 and LFTS70
  • New Detailed Statement Formats - LFSTMT26, LFSTMT27 and LFSTMT28
  • New Prescription Label Formats - TFLBL179, TFLBL180, TFLBL180-C, TFLBL181, TFLBL182 and LFLBR45
  • New Packing Slip Format - LFPAK07-FDA, LFPAK08-FDA, LFPAK17-FDA, LFPAK25-FDA, LFPAK27-FDA and LFPAK44
  • New Flow Record Format - LFFLW21
  • New Prescription Blank Formats - BLANK41, BLANK42 and BLANK43
  • New Antipsychotic / Behavior Monitor Format - LFAPF24

Version 3.0.055

  • Insurance Plan Formulary Setup
    • Added a checkbox 'Display warning during Rx Entry that drug product is not part of the formulary.' If the checkbox is checked, then Rx Entry will pick that Insurance Plan and then prompt the user while saving that the item is not on the insurance plan formulary list and a different NDC or MOP should be chosen. If the checkbox is not checked, then FrameworkLTC will skip this MOP and pick the next most appropriate option.
  • Batch View
    • FrameworkLTC will allow you to change the quantity to zero. This functionality was removed in version 3.0.054, but has been added back in.
  • Scan Rx
    • Under certain circumstances, the submit quantity did not match the quantity of the prescription when using Scan Rx to reorder/refill prescriptions. This behavior has been corrected.
  • System Options
    • New System Option, 'Set packaging step as complete on orders sent to MTS'. The default value is 'No'. If the option is turned on and the packaging step is required for the order, the packaged on field will be set to the current date/time and the packaged by field will be set to 'MTS' when the order is sent to MTS. This system option can be found under <Interfaces><MTS>.
  • New Treatment Sheet Format - PFTS14

Version 3.0.054

  • Pharmacy Setup
    • FrameworkLTC now requires that the NABP Number is populated.
  • Patient Setup
    • FrameworkLTC has increased the size of the physician's order field, on the notices tab, from 80 characters to 500 characters.
  • Patient Reorders
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the pharmacist that originally reviewed an order on the Reorders screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view a Unit Dose Test Claim submission from the Reorders screen.
  • Nursing Station Setup
    • Shift Schedule has been added to the available administration schedules.
  • Pharmacy Formulary
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter 'User Cost 3', 'User Cost 4', 'User Cost 5', 'User Cost 6', 'User Cost 7', 'User Cost 8' or 'User Cost 9'.
    • The 'Recalculate User Cost 2 for all drugs' button has been renamed to 'Recalculate User Costs for all Drugs'. This button will update all user costs for the pharmacy that have the auto calculate box checked.
  • Formulary Builder
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print a report showing those items that will be added to the formulary.
  • Pricing
    • FrameworkLTC will now log changes made to the pricing table. You have the ability to view the audit log from the Pricing screen.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to select 'User Cost 3', 'User Cost 4', 'User Cost 5', 'User Cost 6', 'User Cost 7', 'User Cost 8' or 'User Cost 9' as a Cost Basis.
  • Fast Literal Order Entry
    • Under certain circumstances, the entry in the patient's audit log showed the wrong literal text. This behavior has been corrected.
    • FrameworkLTC will now create an entry in the patient's audit log when the 'Cut Order' button is used.
    • FrameworkLTC will now evaluate the system option, 'Default literal order administration times based on SIG' when entering literal orders through this function.
  • Rx Entry
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer automatically apply the alternate NDC from the pharmacy formulary. You will now receive a message stating that an alternate NDC was found and asking if you would like to apply the substitution. This modification was made to handle DAW orders.
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the patient's date of birth.
    • The delete button has been removed. You should use the 'Delete Prescription from Batch' function.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to double click on the packing slip id to view the contents.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to apply drug substitutions based on the indication (medical condition) that is being treated.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to view a Unit Dose Test Claim submission from the Rx Entry screen.
    • FrameworkLTC will no longer clear the NewRx flag when using the 'Add to Profile' button.
  • Delete Prescriptions from Batch
    • This function replaced the delete button on the Rx Entry screen. This allows the pharmacy to control which users are allowed to delete prescriptions.
  • Submit ECS By Batch
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to only submit claims that have passed Initial Review.
    • FrameworkLTC now allows for IV prescriptions to be submitted by batch.
  • Initial Review
    • FrameworkLTC will now display the days supply on the screen.
  • Create Unit Dose Billing
    • Composite transactions are not created when the unit dose composite results in a quantity of zero. This resulted in the components not getting marked as billed. This behavior has been corrected and FrameworkLTC will now mark those components as billed regardless of whether a composite transaction is created.
  • Outstanding Rxs Report
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to include 'All Orders' or 'Active Orders Only'.
  • Custom Reports
    • FrameworkLTC will now prompt the user for confirmation before deleting a report from the list.
  • Receive Inventory
    • When inserting a record into the pharmacy formulary for the received NDC using the information from the ordered NDC, the pharmacy user costs will also be inserted.
  • Find Patient
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to search by birth date.
  • Update Costs from Disk
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to update 'User Cost 3', 'User Cost 4', 'User Cost 5', 'User Cost 6', 'User Cost 7', 'User Cost 8' or 'User Cost 9'.
    • FrameworkLTC will now recalculate the pharmacy user costs. This is equivalent to pressing the 'Recalculate User Cost for all Drugs' button of the pharmacy formulary screen.
  • Export Billing
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to specify the billed start date, billed end date, pharmacy, facility, method of payment, and authorization number as selection criteria for all export formats. It also gives you the ability to include transactions that have previously been exported.
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to export billing transactions in the NCPDP Batch File format. The NCPDP Batch Sender ID and NCPDP Batch Receiver ID fields have been added to the Pharmacy Configuration Parameters grid on the Insurance Plans screen. These fields are used when exporting in the NCPDP Batch File format.
  • Print State Medicaid Claim Forms
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to print hard copy claim forms for Illinois.
    • All of the state claim forms will now be printed from this one central screen.
  • Miscellaneous Charges
    • When creating a miscellaneous charge, the item lists from all pharmacies were being displayed. This could cause a problem when using multiple pharmacies with different Accpac databases. This behavior has been corrected.
  • Formulary Checker
    • FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to enter a drug and find out if it is on the Facility Formulary, Third Party Formulary or State Medicaid Formulary. If the drug is not on the selected formulary, you have the ability to search for alternatives based on the drug indication.
  • System Options
    • The system options have been broken up into major and minor categories.
    • New System Option, '-Do not re-interpret SIG on Reorders/Refills'. If this option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will not re-interpret the sig when adding or editing a reorder or refill in Rx Entry. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Directions>.
    • New System Option, 'Rx Entry Sort Order'. FrameworkLTC now gives you the ability to sort prescriptions in the Rx Entry screen 'by Rx Number' or 'by Entered Date/Time, Rx Number'. The default value is 'by Rx Number'. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Display>.
    • New System Option, 'Show the additional label text on the initial review screen'. If this option is turned on, the additional label text will be displayed below the comments on the initial review screen. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Workflow>.
    • New System Option, 'Display a warning during initial review if the patient's status is not active'. If this system option is turned in, a message will pop up, when loading the prescription information, stating that the patient's status is not active. This system option can be found under <Prescription><Workflow>.
    • New System Option, 'Make date of birth a mandatory field'. If this option is turned on,
      FrameworkLTC will require you to enter the date of birth before you can save a patient's profile. This system option can be found under <Patients><General>.
    • New System Option, 'Make gender a mandatory field'. If this option is turned on, FrameworkLTC will require you to enter the gender before you can save a patient's profile. This system option can be found under <Patients><General>.
    • New System Option, 'Default response for removing prescriptions from edit batches when the patient's status changes from active to inactive'. The default value is 'Yes'. When saving a patient, whose status has been changed from active to inactive, the following prompt can appear: 'Do you wish to remove any prescriptions for this patient from any active batches?' This option specifies whether the 'Yes' or 'No' button is the default button. This system option can be found under <Patient><Admit/Discharge>.
    • New System Option, 'Behavior associated with double clicking a patient on the Find Patient screen'. The options are 'Change to this facility', 'Open Patient Order List' or 'Open Patient Profile'. The default value is 'Change to this Facility'. This system option can be found under <Patients><General>.
    • New System Option, 'Warn if revenue is less than cost when saving a prescription in Rx Entry'. The default value is 'No'. If the prescription has been adjudicated and Payor 1 Paid Amount + Payor 2 Paid Amount + Patient Pay Amount is less than Cost, a message will be displayed when saving the prescription. If the prescription has not been adjudicated and Total Price + Copay is less than Cost, a messages will be displayed when saving the prescription. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><General>.
    • New System Option, 'When receiving a packing slip, default the date received to the delivery agent assigned date'. The default value is 'No'. If the option is turned on, the date received will default to the date the tote was assigned to a delivery agent. If the option is turned off, the date received will default to the current date. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><Workflow>.
    • New System Option, 'Allow edit of Qty Per Dose and Times Per Day in Reorders'. The default value is 'Yes'. If the option is turned off, the Quantity Per Dose and Times Per Day fields will be disabled on the Patient Reorders screen. This system option can be found under <Prescriptions><General>.
    • New System Option, 'Show report containing possible Therapeutic Interchanges when patient info changes.' The default value is 'No'. If the option is turned on, any changes to the Patients Pay